weekend open thread – February 6-7, 2021 by Alison Green on February 6, 2021 This comment section is open for any non-work-related discussion you’d like to have with other readers, by popular demand. Here are the rules for the weekend posts. Book recommendation of the week: The Chicken Sisters, by KJ Dell’Antonia. Two family-owned restaurants with a century-old rivalry battle it out on a reality TV restaurant competition that ends up bringing out plenty of family drama. * I make a commission if you use that Amazon link. You may also like:all of my 2019 and 2020 book recommendationsall of my 2017 and 2018 book recommendationsall of my 2015 and 2016 book recommendations { 1,445 comments }
General Organa* February 6, 2021 at 1:45 am I just moved in with my boyfriend, and it’s my first time living with a romantic partner. I moved into his apartment; I think we would have both preferred a new/larger space, but due to a variety of circumstances this made the most sense (and he’s been good about making space). Anyone have suggestions or things you wish you’d known before moving in with a partner? If it helps, we are both in our 30s and prior to this were spending 3-4 nights a week together—things are good and we are excited to do this, but as two very independent people I think we are both a little apprehensive.
On that Academic Job Market Grind* February 6, 2021 at 1:52 am I think my number one piece of advice for newly moved in together is “bring up the little things that annoy you now OR make your piece with them. Either of those are fine choices but it’s so much easier to say “I hate how you throw your coat across the couch” on day 5 than day 500
Decidedly Me* February 6, 2021 at 11:31 am So many times this! If it’s really going to bother you, then just bring it up. It feels horrible to be told that you’ve been doing something that really bothers/annoys/etc your partner long after you’ve been doing it.
Joan Rivers* February 6, 2021 at 12:57 pm Yes. Throwing your coat across the couch? How long does it stay there? Who is going to hang it up? Those little habits get ingrained when single and more ingrained when moving in. Did the coat get thrown when you were first dating? That’s when you ask him or her to hang it — show him where but let him hang it. “I don’t let things get out of place when my apartment is this small” is a hint. Bring things up early on, to know each other better. Ask about his family’s household roles. In fact, learn about his family more, esp. his mother.
Zooey* February 6, 2021 at 4:41 am Have a conversation now about how you share household labour and what you expect for the house. This is especially important when you move into one person’s space as otherwise you can get stuck in ‘guest’ mode – it’s a lot different even if you were spending a lot of time there before.
There’s probably a cat meme to describe it* February 6, 2021 at 7:40 am Yes! Sort out the chores AND the finances now. Don’t fall into the trap of assuming that it’ll all just magically fall into place because you love and respect each other. Spending 3-4 nights a week together is not at all the same as cohabitation. In time you’ll discover that you’re both different when it comes to what you consider clean, necessary and a fair and equitable division of responsibility. Doesn’t matter how similar or aligned you *think* you are, I promise you things get very different once you’re both settled and comfortable. Don’t wait till 12 months down the track when you’re forced to bring it up because you’re becoming increasingly resentful about always paying for the groceries or cleaning his beard hairs out of the sink. Have that talk now while you’re both in a good place. Be honest about your needs and expectations and work out a plan for who will contribute what and how frequently. Also, consider that your previous 3-4 nights a week were probably somewhat counting as date nights… but when you live together they just become regular nights. The novelty of moving in together wears off and mundane routine sets in. So think about how those 3-4 dates a week will translate. What’s the minimum each of you need in terms of time and attention in order to still feel loved and satisfied in the relationship?
Dear liza dear liza* February 6, 2021 at 7:43 am This. We basically ended up with a household chores chart. We divided up grocery shopping and laundry, each of us taking one. We also had to negotiate “alone” time- each of us was used to having an apartment to ourselves and it was rough having someone always there.
I Wrote This in the Bathroom* February 6, 2021 at 1:32 pm *THIS* is what we didn’t do the only time I moved in with a partner. (Now known as my ex-husband.) We had wildly different expectations about household duties and neither of us knew. Finding out in the process of living together and running a household together was not the best way to find out.
Joan Rivers* February 6, 2021 at 1:51 pm It’s amazing how often people don’t discuss household responsibilities and money. They don’t even discuss if they want to have kids sometimes! As if in 2021 it’s still a mystery where babies come from! They don’t discuss how he had a mom who was very tough on him, but then she finds out she pushes his buttons in some ways. They don’t discuss their families and know where they come from. Even genetic issues! All this could be on a list they go down w/a therapist before moving in, but you can do it for yourself too, casually. People may not have great insight into issues but they’ll probably be able to at least bring them up. One thing I know is that when I have a man’s eager attention, before he’s sure he’s “got me,” that’s when to elicit information, because once he gets comfortable he may not be that forthcoming, and may get defensive. Better to play detective early on, casually, and get some clues, than to wait for a confrontation. Men aren’t always the ones who are less aware in a relationship w/a woman, but that’s been my experience.
AnonEMoose* February 6, 2021 at 7:27 pm Totally with you on the “it’s REALLY IMPORTANT to discuss this stuff.” Especially on the kids issue – my now-DH told me on our second date that he was not interested in having children, and would have broken up with me if I’d said that I did. Fortunately, I didn’t; we’ve been married 22 years, and are happy with that decision. But if we had not discussed it early on, it could have ended very badly. It’s one of those things that I think some people just assume, and that’s a really, spectacularly, bad idea. And don’t assume “Oh, they’ll change their mind” if the answer is “I don’t want kids.” Maybe they will, but maybe they won’t. And a breakup now would hurt…but it’d hurt more and be more difficult after, say, 10 years of marriage!
Scc@rlettNZ* February 6, 2021 at 8:50 pm I was absolutely dumbfounded to discover during a conversation one day that my partner and his now ex-wife never discussed the subject of children before they got married. Luckily for them they were both on the same page but seriously?
Quinalla* February 7, 2021 at 9:20 am Yes, discuss chores and finances ASAP and also leave open room to negotiate and bring up in the future because things will change. It doesn’t matter really how you do this, just so long as it is clear and if something isn’t clear, or doesn’t feel fair, or someone is overwhelmed and needs help, etc., you bring it up. I wish we had set up a monthly check-in or something at the beginning of our marriage as I think something like that makes it easier to have space to bring things up, but we manage.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 11:49 am It’s tough because people DO change their mind sometimes about, say, having kids. Huge issue. But you can for sure make it clear that he has to “change his mind about tossing his coat down” as if the magic elves will hang it up for him. And it IS true that not all females are the “neat ones” but often as she settles in she may want and even need to create more order so that the household runs well.
AnonEMoose* February 7, 2021 at 2:15 pm People do sometimes change their minds on the kids issue, it’s true. But it’s a bad idea to assume that someone will. I’ve heard too many stories of one partner saying “But I thought he/she would change his/her mind!” about a partner who said from the beginning they did not want kids. And it ends badly for everyone. And situations like finances do change, too – it happens that someone badly wants to change careers, or gets ill or injured and can’t pursue their previous career. Mostly, it’s important to keep those lines of communication open.
tamarack and fireweed* February 7, 2021 at 7:10 pm Agreed. 1. Never ever assume your partner will change their mind. 2. Never count on being able to change your partner’s mind – about anything. However good you think your arguments are, and however much you think experience will prove you right. If you can’t live in the long run with their current attitude it’s time to rethink the relationship. 3. Don’t assume your partner will never change their mind about anything. Changing-of-mind will surely happen about something you don’t anticipate, and it’s a bridge to cross when you get to it. 4. It’s possible to gauge how closely both you and your partner cling to attitudes once they’re formed. Are they someone who easily throws attitudes away and adopts new ones? Or who is pretty set in their values and judgements? It’s often good to have general conversations about how dear to our hearts our attitudes are, and what we consider pretty rigidly vs what we may be flexible about. But don’t expect the outcome of such a conversation to be set in stone. Life throws curveballs, and people surprise themselves.
Jay* February 6, 2021 at 8:29 am What everyone else said. Use your words. There’s a Paul Simon song that says “negotiations and love songs are often mistaken for one and the same.” I think he meant it cynically or ironically or something, but I think it’s actually true. Being clear about your needs is a gift to your partner. Unvoiced expectations are the land mines of relationships. If you decide something isn’t worth bringing up now, ask yourself if you will still feel that way in six months or six years. If that idea makes your skin crawl, then bring it up now, no matter how trivial it seems. There are always compromises. A true compromise does not leave one partner with resentment. A totally minor example: my husband doesn’t hang up wet towels the way I want. He hates my way and I decided a long time ago to let it go. I do not seethe with resentment when I see the towel hanging in the bathroom. I don’t re-hang it. On the other hand, I did seethe with resentment every time I saw the litter of tools and debris he left in the backyard whenever he was working on a gardening project. The projects went on all summer and he never cleaned up because “I’m just going to use all that again the next time.” My seething resentment made me unpleasant to live with and erupted periodically into fighting. Finally I picked a calm moment and said “When I see all that stuff in the yard, I can’t go out and enjoy it. It feels like it’s not my yard.” That got his attention. Now he picks up all the tools and debris and if I want the hose put away, I do it myself. Agree about going from “date night” to “ordinary night.” We lived 3,000 miles apart for the first three years of our relationship, so when we saw each other it was a special time and we spent all of the time together. Then we moved in together and didn’t set aside any time to spend together. That was a bad choice and we spent a long time figuring out what the problem was.
Lady Meyneth* February 6, 2021 at 10:35 am Gosh, this! It doesn’t matter if it’s something so small you feel bad even bringing it up; if it mars your enjoyment or peace, it should be in the open. If it’s small, odds are it’ll be small to your partner too and so not that hard of a fix. For me it was, no joke, the way he squeezed the toothpaste (yes, I do have OCD tendencies, under control now). I’d go brush my teeth and actually cringe, and try to arrange the tube to how I thought it should be, only to have it “ruined” next time he brushed his teeth. I didn’t mention it for a long time, because it seemed so awfully petty, but it drove me crazy. He eventually noticed, talked to me about it, and actually suggested separate toothpastes for each of us. Such a simple solution, and it made my life so much better.
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 11:04 am Excellent advice. And if you later decide you can’t keep the peace you made with it, act like it’s day 5 again when you bring it up. Remember they haven’t been throwing the coat *at you* for all those days.
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 11:06 am Whoops that was meant to be in response to Academic Job Market Grind! But this is excellent advice too. My Partner and I invested in separate tubes of toothpaste as well and it’s made me very happy
Smirkpretty* February 6, 2021 at 11:06 am Mine is crumbs in the butter. It took me nearly 2 years to say something. It turns out he was more concerned about not wasting. Like, what happens if he takes a big hunk of butter and he doesn’t use it all? So he was taking just a little then a little more. Crumbs ensued. Now after we talked, he might take too much and not worry about it, or take too little and use a clean knife to reload.
Joan Rivers* February 6, 2021 at 1:04 pm I was about to say: Separate t’paste. Separate BR’s too, if you want. Or need it. Don’t be embarrassed, it’s fine. As for the “tools all over the yard” guy — that implies a shabby workman to leave tools out to get rained on. What doesn’t he get about this?
allathian* February 6, 2021 at 2:38 pm BR? I assume you mean bedrooms? For sure. I’m a restless sleeper and if someone else keeps me from getting a good night’s rest, I’m not going to be very pleasant to live with.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 12:02 pm Yes. My cat’s 16 now and has taken to booping me on the nose as I sleep, for attention. Moving from one side to the other when I do. I’m affectionate but having a person there could REALLY throw me. And I love to read myself to sleep, when I’m alone.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 9:09 am Discuss organization clearly. Unnecessary arguments can escalate from differences in alphabetization of books, CDs and albums, or where things go in the pantry. Toaster on the counter vs. Toaster put away is only the most recent topic I’ve heard about. Second, that old adage about never go to bed angry? Drop it. Sometimes trying to submit something late at night can backfire because you are all just plain tired. I don’t mean drop the disagreement, just plan to take care of it at a time when you are not exhausted.
Joan Rivers* February 6, 2021 at 1:06 pm I suggested separate BR’s because I don’t like to feel taken for granted. It sets a standard.
Generic Name* February 7, 2021 at 11:26 am Do you mean bedrooms or bathrooms? What standard does either set? I’m intrigued.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 11:54 am BR! Just my preference. It establishes that we’re always choosing what we do together. And can get away from each other. Plus, it’s a place to keep mementos and have a quiet place to go when you need it. But I’m very introverted.
Filosofickle* February 7, 2021 at 12:37 pm My partner I each have our own bedroom even though we sleep together, in “my” bedroom. “His” is the guest bedroom. We also have a 3rd bedroom, our office. We’re renting now and in the past as we talked about buying we figured we might have to downsize to 2 bedrooms for cost reasons — not ideal but doable. But during the pandemic each of us having a space that’s all our own PLUS an office has proven to be invaluable. He absolutely loves having his own dedicated space and I don’t want him to lose that. Yet a bigger place is out of our price range. (That said, in the future he shouldn’t be at home all the time like now. I will always work from home but he definitely will not. So a large 2nd room that’s my workspace during the day but his room in the evenings/weekends might work? We also have separate bathrooms which we also love. No idea how we could pull off a 3BR/2BA without moving far away!)
ThatGirl* February 7, 2021 at 12:43 pm Lol you answered with the same abbreviation which doesn’t help but you clarified bedroom elsewhere.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 1:01 pm 3BR, 2BA is such a common abbreviation I thought it was obvious.
Filosofickle* February 7, 2021 at 3:20 pm They were responding to you, not me. In the beginning of this thread you said each partner should have their own BR, and Generic Name didn’t understand if you meant bed or bath room. That’s what they were asking about a few comments up, and when you responded BR! that didn’t answer the question but context did.
Filosofickle* February 6, 2021 at 1:35 pm All our arguments have to be early in the day. We agree on that. That gives us time to process, emotionally regulate, and reconnect by evening. Super important for us.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 2:28 pm I love the Judith Viorst argument ender of “I won’t be mad if you won’t.” It allows for the possibility of peace without litigation.
Jay* February 6, 2021 at 2:51 pm Totally agree. Bedtime is a terrible time to try and have any kind of serious conversation, particularly one involving a conflict. I’m a fan of taking a timeout during an argument anyway so I can catch my breath and get into a place where I can really listen rather than construct my own argument in my head while he’s talking. Take all advice with a grain of salt, probably including ours. I read an article early on that said happy couples slept snuggled together (and yes, I remember that “Friends” episode.) I was young enough to feel wildly insecure about our separate-sides-of-the-bed practice. That was a lot of emotional energy wasted…. We fought about clutter and organization for *years,* long after we’d resolved the other major issues. Eventually I gave up on the spaces I mentally designated as “his” – the garage, the basement, his desk, his nightstand. I was just.so.tired of having the same fight over and over. I kept the other spaces tidy enough to suit me (mostly) and if I wanted to clean up and found a pile of his stuff in my way, I relocated it to his desk chair (where mostly he stuck it on the floor, but that was my designated Not My Space so I could live with it. Mostly). Amazingly enough, what finally started to move the needle was those home organization shows that played on HGTV or TLC about 1-15 years ago. He saw enough of them to realize that a) his mess wasn’t all that overwhelming – there were far worse 2) he wasn’t the only one who felt ashamed and c) things got a lot better when people got rid of stuff. It’s still a work in progress but we can now watch TV in the basement, see and walk across the garage floor, and he has enough room on his desk for his computer and an external monitor. I’ll take it.
Ginger ale for all* February 7, 2021 at 2:06 am If you go to the bored panda website and do a search for the terms bed side, you will see the second entry where couples each document their side of the bed. You can see where folks just let the other person have their own space to let it all hang out.
Generic Name* February 7, 2021 at 11:32 am That was so funny! The number of guys with baseball bats on their side was hilarious. (My husband has his training katan by the front door) My husbands side of the bed has clothes all over the floor and his nightstand drawer is filled with drill bits and carpenter’s pencils (he’s a carpenter).
Not A Manager* February 6, 2021 at 9:22 am Carve out private time and space for yourselves. Talk about what your expectations are about doing things together/being together.
TX Lizard* February 6, 2021 at 9:54 am Add your own decorations/knick knacks/furniture so that it feels like your home as well, not just his home that you moved into. It took me a little while to start feeling like I was in my home, not just a long term house guest. Adding your own stuff that is just yours helps speed that up!
A Simple Narwhal* February 6, 2021 at 10:38 am If you only have one bathroom, definitely coordinate planned usage/schedules. It doesn’t have to be anything formal, even a “hey I’m going to take a shower, do you need the bathroom first” can make a huge difference. When I first moved in with my now-husband, we definitely had some moments of annoyance when we both had a plan for the morning only to find it conflicted with each other’s plan. (Like if my morning rotated around my plan to be up and in the shower at 7:00, only to find out that the overlap with his morning and trying to share the bathroom slowed things down or there were moments where someone had to wait, making them late, etc.) Also be willing to interrupt/adjust a bathroom routine, I remember back when I had a lengthy hair routine I would get annoyed having to stop or pause to work around him getting ready, which was totally unreasonable I know, but it was an adjustment I didn’t realize I needed to make. This all falls under the “be sure to communicate” umbrella, but it’s definitely something I didn’t notice until we actually permanently lived together, even though I was more or less living with him at the end of my last lease. When we moved to our next place we made sure it was at least a 1.5 bath, never having to wait for the bathroom is so nice!
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 3:15 pm Congrats on your new living arrangements! Lots of good advice so far, much of which I dearly wish I’d heard before I first attempted to cohabit. One thing that leapt out at me when I was married: despite knowing each other quite well, we had vastly different expectations as to how involved we wanted to be in each other’s hobbies/chores/relationships with family, and it wound up being a deal-breaker. Much of this might fall under other posts about communication and boundary setting, but the specifics might make a difference: my ex had a parent who loved to get on the phone for long, chatty calls about nothing in particular – rather charming in itself, and even though I’m a phono-phobe I could enjoy some amount of chatting now and then. But he expected me to be on the line at the same time for the ENTIRE DURATION OF THE CALLS. Ahem. I mean, chiming in with “Hi, mother-in-law! How’s the weather where you are?” would be fine with me, but being expected to hang out for lengthy chats about people and places I didn’t know and would never see… not so much. I tried to explain this to him, he said his mother would be so hurt if I didn’t (she’d probably SAY she was hurt but I’m not sure she actually would have minded, though he got his ideas about faaaaaamily from her, so…), and I wound up getting on the extension in another room – where I could read a book while going “Uh-huh” every now and then, just to keep the peace. But I hated it with the fury of a thousand blazing suns, so… yeah. Turns out I’m vastly happier living by myself, but if I were ever tempted to cohabit again there would be a lot of discussion about boundaries and alone time and ability to veto! Side note: the ever-helpful Captain Awkward has a number of letters about roommates (romantic or otherwise), including advice about the dreaded chore-differential problem; she recommends getting a cleaning service if the roommates can’t come to terms about cleaning (and can afford it), and while it’s not a solution for everyone it could take some amount of the “irksome” off the table. Other advice deals with communication, guests (if/when/who/how long/advance warning/food-sharing/etc.), noise, alone time, and more.
Washi* February 7, 2021 at 8:37 am Ah, yes to discussions about spending time with each other’s family and friends! That was something I didn’t think would be an issue because we never fought about it before we moved in together…but then it was the only thing we regularly fought over for like, 8 years. Mr. Washi assumed that we would do everything together, and I assumed I could pick and choose and skip anything that sounded boring, and the reality is we both had to land somewhere in the middle.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 12:09 pm In-laws are a huge problem, in the “Dear Abby” columns at least. Not just parents but obnoxious SIL’s or even GF’s. I’ve usually liked parents but the siblings, not so much. Peoples’ chutzpah can be amazing.
Achoos* February 6, 2021 at 6:59 pm Something else to talk about- are you on the lease? If not, how will you pay your boyfriend each month? Just the logistics- it was emotionally a lot easier for me to have money automatically transferred to a shared account than it was to write a check to him each month. One time I forgot to write the check on time, he was understandably upset, and I, sad to say, didn’t react well. We worked it out but it was a logistical bump I hadn’t anticipated.
oranges & lemons* February 7, 2021 at 12:48 pm This might not be an issue if you’re both independent types, but I find it helpful to explicitly draw a boundary around what “alone time” looks like. Otherwise if you’re a people-pleaser like me, it can feel like you’re constantly on-call for when your partner wants something. Maybe you can put on headphones or go to a certain area, or designate a certain time of day for when you want to just do your own thing without interruptions.
General Organa* February 7, 2021 at 8:05 pm This is all incredibly thoughtful, thank you so much! So much of this will be helpful, but I’m particularly struck by the chore conversation. We’ve been spending weekends together throughout quarantine, but I think I still am in some of the “guest” mentality and need to get over that–especially because contrary to traditional gender norms, he is the neat freak of the two of us (but I’m the better cook, so then again, it might be a win/win if I cook and he cleans). :-)
Squidhead* February 8, 2021 at 12:09 am Chiming in very late, but consider the idea that each of you might consider yourself an “expert” at something and may need to discuss or accommodate. Since it was his place first, logically he may know some things that you don’t (the toilet runs if you hold the handle wrong; the tenant upstairs gets mad if we put trash in the trash room before trash day so just don’t because I’m not dealing with it again). He probably *is* the expert on those things. And you are probably the expert on how to wash your grandmother’s china. And maybe one of you has strongly held beliefs about how to vacuum or chop onions or whether naps on the couch are okay or whether towels can be washed with clothes or when to pay a bill so it isn’t late. For some of these it could feel like “I’m 30 years old, do not tell me how to chop onions unless you want to chop all the onions from now until forever.” You’ll probably need to agree to disagree, or at least let whoever is doing the chopping do it their way. But other times one of you needs to defer to the other and wash the china correctly or whatever. I guess what I’m getting at is that by my mid-30s I was fairly set in my ways about many things and might not have realized that my partner was equally set in a different way (my spouse and I have lived together since our early 20s). In our house, there are tasks that each of us “owns” in large part because we’re unwilling to have them done differently. Others, we each do it our own way and leave each other alone, since nothing creates needless friction like trying to teach someone how to do something “right” when they were doing it just fine.
On that Academic Job Market Grind* February 6, 2021 at 1:46 am We just watched In & Of Itself on Hulu and I don’t want to spoil it because I think folks should go in cold but I need to know how he does the letter thing.
N. Parker* February 6, 2021 at 8:05 am My husband and I watched that the other day. SO GOOD!!! Honestly it gave me a the first real bit of otimism I’ve had for such a long time. We have been discussing it off and on – every so often one of us will pop up with “Do you think he [insert explanation]? None of what we have come up with has solved it.
Rose* February 6, 2021 at 9:38 pm SAME. My cousin saw it live and said it seemed legit. I just like to accept it for what it was. Everyone who has Hulu, watch this ASAP!
Lunch Eating Mid Manager* February 7, 2021 at 6:02 pm Yep, same, we watched it last night and then I dreamt about it. The letters…!?!?!?
JustWondering* February 7, 2021 at 10:28 pm Just watched it after my brother recommended it and wow the letters just woah
Grey skies* February 6, 2021 at 1:58 am That picture is giving me renaissance vibes. So much love for the model!
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 10:10 am Olive is gorgeous, isn’t she! The picture reminds me of my late, lamented fluffy tuxedo cat, who often took that pose…
Marion Ravenwood* February 8, 2021 at 4:55 pm “I’m in the middle of important grooming business human, this better be good.”
MistOrMister* February 6, 2021 at 3:48 am Did anyone read Dreamland which was Alison’s book recommendation a few weeks back? I liked the premise of the story and the time period, but the lack of communication by the main character was rather absurd in my,opinion. And I didn’t feel like the ending really fit the story. It felt forced to me.
Lemon* February 6, 2021 at 4:04 am I’ve noticed that I start feeling physically sick – feverish, shaky, clammy hands – when I get nervous or when things are going wrong. Unfortunately stepping back from the situation isn’t always an option (i.e. at work or if an important decision needs to be made). I’d love to hear from anyone who’s experienced something like this, and what strategies you use to overcome it in the moment. P.S. this has happened to me in both personal and professional contexts – I didn’t think it was exactly on topic for the Friday open thread so I’ve posted it here. Please feel free to delete if it’s not appropriate
Outside Earthling* February 6, 2021 at 4:39 am Yes. This happens to me too. Rather than try to resist or combat it, I’ve come to accept that it is something that happens to me occasionally and that it will inevitably pass. I try to be kind to myself and not judge myself for reacting that way when I am stressed and nervous. I try to breathe slowly and deeply. I also had counselling and found that process illuminating in terms of understanding myself and my reactions a lot better, and accepting myself the way I am.
MistOrMister* February 6, 2021 at 6:48 am There are anxiety breathing gifs you can find online that you can follow when you get nervous. I would think that might be helpful to use.
Dee* February 6, 2021 at 9:46 am Agreed. Also, the absolute fastest ways I’ve been able to calm down from emotions affecting me physically is the dive reflex (probably not possible at work) and the app Mira (on Android, not sure about ios). If you are logged out you can still use it, and it’s quicker versus if you’re logged in where it’ll ask you how it went.
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 11:10 am I recently learned not everyone has the dive reflex. If you are someone who doesn’t have it (or if you can’t use it at work), gently pressure to your vagus nerve (basically your sternum) stimulates similar neural pathways. When I can I place my forearms up and down my chest and squeeze, but even just pressing with the knuckles of one hand is a bit helpful, and less obtrusive in a workplace setting
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 2:34 pm Oh, that is fascinating—I used to do that as a kid to self-soothe and I bet that’s why.
Been there* February 6, 2021 at 4:50 am In my job we have to frequently do presentations to the public and appear before judges. Pressure!!! I found out a few years ago many of my coworkers who seem to have it all together get just as nervous as I do — and they take short-term beta blockers or other meds. So I got one too. It just lowers my blood pressure a bit and it really really helps, takes about 20 minutes to kick in and I feel much more calm. No side effects to the one I take and I only use it once every so often, even though my doc said I could use it daily if needed.
Batty Twerp* February 6, 2021 at 5:47 am I got a similar recommendation for beta-blockers from my GP. I’d been getting increasingly more anxious about seemingly unrelated situations – I thought the initial trigger was serving jury duty, but rereading my journal (at my doctor’s suggestion) it was clear I’d been having problems for a long while before that. Then I had a panic attack on a motorway in Scotland at 70mph while on a supposed relaxing break. Adrenaline and square breathing got me to a services where Hubby Twerp could take over the driving. And it turns out the actual cause of all of my anxiety was something else altogether. Working that out (therapy), and I’ve not had to take a beta-blocker in over 18 months. Be kind to yourself, remember to breathe, and see if you can work out if there’s an underlying reason that can be addressed.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 7:27 am For me, cutting out refined sugars helped and regular hydration helped. On the psychological side, being prepared for things that are foreseeable problems also helped. If you are a worrier, as I tend to be, taking care of things as they come up can be a huge help in lightening the worry load. Don’t let too many concerns stack up, it makes the next concern that appears to be so very, very hard. Concerns, even if unrelated, seem to have a snowballing feature and can really bog us down.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 7:47 am Making sure you’re well hydrated. In the moment, deep breaths–it can do wonders. Know that these are feelings/sensations, which are fleeting–they are not you. On a more ‘tactile’ level, sniffing peppermint oil helps me a lot with the clammy feeling and nausea that can sometimes come.
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 10:11 am You can pavlov yourself a bit. I’ve trained myself to slow my heartbeat and anxiety to certain songs – Honor (Main Theme) from The Pacific is my biggest go to. Takes some time, but now whenever I start to feel that come on, I’ll play it. It’s short, so it’s a fast quick fix if it’s happening before a meeting. (You can start this by meditating or deep breathing while listening to the song every day, eventually it just becomes a thing.) I’ll loop certain songs for an hour or two when I’m working through something particularly anxiety inducing. (Also Marconi Union – Weightless can be helpful, although sometimes it causes me more anxiety.) Otherwise work on redirecting. Get anxiety > do x/y/z that is distracting and takes your full attention, then once you’re calm go back to the situation. Rinse and repeat. ((And, I used to visualize a hole in my head where I would box up my anxiety, and toss it through the hole. Kinda worked a bit just to acknowledge the anxiety and try to mentally get over it, even if it’s terribly silly to admit.))
Dee* February 6, 2021 at 10:13 am That doesn’t sound silly to me, it sounds rather brilliant honestly.
Silence* February 6, 2021 at 10:23 am Pay attention to your breath. Shoulders back/wide not hunched and breathe in the diaphragm not just the chest. Inhale for 3 to 5 counts hold for a beat and exhale slowly for the same count as the inhale. Feet flat on the floor and weight even on both.
Jenny* February 6, 2021 at 1:40 pm I’d also recommend regular cardio. This is going to sound weird but this comes from my therapist when I was having anxiety. Regular cardio trains your body to be used to your heart rate going up and helps you push through the physical symptoms of anxiety.
Juneybug* February 6, 2021 at 1:56 pm This help me but check with your doctor first – If I am regularly taking my vitamins B and D, my daily anxiety level is 1 – 2 with stressful times going up to 6-7 (scale 1 to 10). But if I don’t take them regularity, my daily anxiety is 4-5 with stressful times easily hitting 8+. I am sorry you are going through this!
Jenny* February 6, 2021 at 2:07 pm I actually got treated for anxiety this year. The symptoms were somewhat similar, I actually felt shaky in my arms. Things that were helpful were mindfulness exercises (the app Mindfulness Coach is free) and regular heartbeat raising exercise (anxiety symptims and the symptoms of exercise are similar, to the point people with anxiety sometimes avoid cardio, exposing yourself to the elevated heart rate can help you deal with the physical symptoms of anxiety). I also recommend tea when you can. I find a cup of mint tea can help a lot.
Anonbeth* February 6, 2021 at 4:12 pm Agree about deep breathing. Breathe into your belly, not your chest (pretend your chest is a tunnel and the breaths are trains passing through). This will get more oxygen to your brain and help bring you down a level. If you can do these in the situation: play or hum a song that you find calming. Hold a warm beverage (warmth on the palms). Doodle something small and repetitive (a series of tiny squares). Get up and do some gentle squats or stretches to feel in your body. Keep doing the breathing. If you have to speak, sometimes deliberately speaking in a different register (lower, slower) will help. The response may not actually go away (it doesn’t for me), but if you can do what you need to do despite it, it’s fine. This one may or may not work, and is better in more prolonged situations: I imagine my thoughts as a little mouse (a cute cartoon mouse in an apron) who is overwhelmed. I visit her in her little mouse cottage where she’s trying to bake muffins or something and everything is getting out of hand. I gently take the mixing bowl away and tell her don’t worry, I got this, you go rest. My little thoughts-mouse goes to lie down with a blanket. I take over the baking, which it turns out isn’t that hard, and mentally exit the cottage and do whatever the stressful thing is. If I feel another burst of “aaa!” I tell the mouse don’t worry, it’s going okay, I’ll handle it. It sounds a bit nutty but I think it works because I’m giving my anxiety some compassion, and because I’ve promised to do something for someone (a hack for my brain that usually makes me perform better).
I take tea* February 7, 2021 at 3:29 am Oh, I need to try this. I’m a fixer and get really stressed out when I can’t just fix myself. I’ll try to outsource it.
I take tea* February 7, 2021 at 3:29 am Oh, I need to try this. I’m a fixer and get really stressed out when I can’t just fix myself. I’ll try to outsource it.
Bibliovore* February 6, 2021 at 8:28 pm This happens to me. The best tool lately is the breathe app on my apple watch. Pulls me off the cliff everytime.
Quinalla* February 7, 2021 at 9:27 am What helps for me is acknowledging the feeling and also reframing it a bit, instead of “I’m scare and nervous!” I’ll say, “I’m scared and nervous but also excited about this presentation!” It sounds silly, but it helps to associate that feeling with more than just anxiety. Sometimes I’ll even be like “Thanks body, I know this is important and you are letting me know in your own way how important it is!” Also sounds silly but can help too. I also will tell myself based on past experience that it will pass in 5-10 minutes (or whatever is true for you), that I prepared well for this presentation, that most people feel something like this in this situation, etc. Sometimes a mantra can help too, I actually don’t have one for this situation, but they are helpful for me sometimes. Short lines you can repeat in your head (or out loud in the bathroom/in your car) a bunch of times to help calm you down.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 12:18 pm NEW AGE Tip: Because I’ve been in several car accidents, their fault, and drivers seem to drift into my lane or run stop signs, I have to do a ritual when I get in the car. I picture the car in a “bubble of light” that protects it from being hit or hitting anyone else. Now I also picture my body in one. And it works. If I forget, someone comes right at me. Started it after a semi totaled my SUV on the highway. Somehow I lived, but had nightmares, etc.
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 12:15 pm You’ve gotten lots of good suggestions. I just want to say that the fact that you recognize what’s happening is very helpful in and of itself. Even pre-covd, it’s always been just a bit easier to power through when you KNOW that you’re not going to make anyone else sick and you’ll be ok at some point. More importantly, when you understand what is going on, you have a better chance of actually tackling it. Lots of luck with this. And thanks for sparking this thread, as I’m finding some of these suggestions really helpful even though my situation is a bit different.
Foreign Octopus* February 6, 2021 at 5:53 am I’m trying to cut all soft drinks out of my diet and want to know people’s opinions on fruit teas. Despite being British, I dislike normal tea and think that fruit teas may be healthier all round. If anyone has any suggestions, what’s a good tea to start the morning and then another to end the day?
Lena Clare* February 6, 2021 at 6:13 am I love redbush (organic is better) in the morning with (oat) milk, and fennel and chamomile in the evening.
Lena Clare* February 6, 2021 at 6:14 am Oh and when I tried cutting out caffeine from my diet I felt terrible. I have decaff now, so not completely free, but I would reduce intake over time rather than cut it out completely in one go.
Quinalla* February 7, 2021 at 9:28 am Yes, for most people cutting down slowly or at least cutting down to 1-2 cups first is much easier on the body. I like chamomile in the evening, something citrusy in the morning – usually a blend.
Nela* February 6, 2021 at 12:16 pm Rooibos (red bush) is my favorite non-caffeinated tea as well, I usually drink it in the evening (because I love my vanilla flavored black tea in the morning). The mix I currently drink has bits of cinnamon and orange in it, it smells amazing.
MistOrMister* February 6, 2021 at 6:39 am I can’t speak to different teas for morning vs night as I just drink whatever and don’t seem to,notice any difference depending on the time of day. But I have been drinking Celestial Seasonings (Seasons??) Zinger teas lately. Cherry didn’t do much for me, but I enjoyed the mixed berry and raspberry. They have enough flavor that you don’t need to add sugar (I cannot drink black tea without sugar). I’m not sure teavana is still around, but they have any number of herbal teas that are amazing.
I Wrote This in the Bathroom* February 6, 2021 at 12:31 pm I found a brand named Traditional Medicinals. They do herbal mixes, and are available on Amazon for semi-normal prices. I first started drinking their Nighty Night tea for better sleep (they also have Nighty Night Extra, that they add valerian root to), then found their Organic Hawthorn with Hibiscus, that is supposed to be good for blood pressure, and that I drink during the day.
pancakes* February 6, 2021 at 1:31 pm Vitacost carries that brand too, for those of you trying to avoid Amazon.
I Wrote This in the Bathroom* February 6, 2021 at 1:33 pm Oh that is good to know! I have an account with them and am on a subscription with them for my hair color! Thank you!
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 1:04 pm You’re welcome. I think I started shopping there for hand soap, which we can’t always get in refill size locally, but they have an interesting selection of teas and even some food products. My latest find there is German egg noodles!
Sarah* February 6, 2021 at 6:58 am I am fond of Twinings ginger tea (not their lemon and ginger) one, I sometimes drink it to soothe my stomach and it is a nice one to have in the evenings. I can’t really help on the morning one because I need my morning coffee :D I tend not to like the fruit ones but I have also liked Pukka’s liquorice, ginger and honey one, and Twinings liquorice I liked for a while (it’s pretty sweet-tasting, not as bitter as liquorice you buy as sweets). Peppermint tea I drink for stomach-soothing and it’s ok as an after-dinner tea.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 7:29 am I loove orange tea and peach tea is good too. I keep ginger tea on hand for days when I feel less than optimal. I think those are my favorites so far.
Regular Reader* February 6, 2021 at 7:41 am UK Reader here. Strength of flavour varies greatly between brands so it may take a while to find what you like. Heath & Heather and Taylors of Harrogate both do some excellent teas/infusions. H&H – lemon and ginger and Taylors Spice Apple to name just two. If your soft drinks have caffeine in them do cut down slowly. Caffeine withdrawal is real as are the headaches.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 7:49 am I generally don’t like flavored teas, and the only one I’ve found that I like (love it) is Celestial Seasonings Cranberry Apple Zinger. I drink that once in a while when I want the stronger flavor–it’s mostly plain green tea all day.
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 8:52 am I really like hibiscus teas – either just hibiscus, or with a fruit flavor (like the celestial seasonings “zinger” ones). I usually drink them in the afternoon when I need a pick-me-up, so maybe they’d work for you in the morning? A neighbor recently gave me a bunch of Tazo “passion” tea, which I really like – it’s hibiscus and citrus and maybe rose hips? I’ve also been drinking a “hibiscus spice” blend, I think from Ten Ren.
Sp* February 6, 2021 at 12:54 pm Yes – hibiscus! I love the Tazo one you mentioned but also get a plain hibiscus version from a company called Hey Ru – I am sure there would be varieties where you are.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 9:20 am At the risk of sounding pedantic, do you mean tisane? Or do you mean caffeinated tea leaves covered with another flavor? If it’s the former, all I will suggest is to keep in mind that if you have pollen allergies, you might want to avoid chamomile and other flowers. If it’s flavored tea, I’m a big one for black lychee from an Asian market. And I’ve also found myself craving Genmaicha–it’s a Japanese green tea made with roasted brown rice. Very very different flavor. Sometimes served with or after sushi.
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 10:15 am Look for a tea shop to go to (particularly once covid is over). Most of the goods ones will make individual cups to try and let you smell the tea before buying. My local one has made me fall in love with several kinds, although I tend towards black teas, I really enjoy the peach, lemon, cranberry blends they have. Also herbal Chais are a game changer.
Anono-me* February 6, 2021 at 10:54 am Giving up soda pop is a challenge. I do it periodically, but have not yet been able to give up soda pop forever. (I’ll probably try again this summer, but I am not ready to tackle that in addition to everything else right now.) I love mint tea and mint tisane . I start with actual mint tea for the caffeine and gradually switch to just mint. I usually drink it from morning to late afternoon. After dinner, I don’t drink much tea, but occasionally I might have a chamomile tea or an orange and honey tea. Couple of non tea quiting soda pop thoughts for your consideration: The other thing that I do when cutting soda is to drink sparkling water with juice. Usually I start at 3 parts carbonated water to one part juice and gradually back on the juice. I miss the cold fizzy part of soda. Sometimes people can be weird about somebody else quitting soda pop. I think that they can feel ‘judged’ because you are making a healthier choice and committing to it in a big way. So with casual acquaintances you may find it easier “to feel like ___'”, rather than to be “drinking ___ because you gave up soda pop”. Good luck with it all and have fun finding new liquids to ingest.
Helvetica* February 6, 2021 at 12:09 pm I love fruit teas! Rosehip is something I really enjoy, whether on its own or in a blend, it has that perfect fruity tang that I prefer over overt sweetness. I don’t know if Heath&Heather is available in the UK but I loooove their selection -they even have a tea called “Morning time” which has a good rosehip, apple, hibiscus etc combo. And mint tea is excellent and refreshing so would work well for a morning tea, though it isn’t a fruit tea. I also enjoy sage tea a lot, Heath&Heather has a sage and lemon myrtle one which I think is a nice evening tea.
SJNB* February 6, 2021 at 12:21 pm UK reader here – I like Pukka’s three cinnamon or three ginger in the evenings, and I like Twinings range of fruit teas – you may be able to find a selection box so you can try a few types before you commit to a whole box!
Bluebell* February 6, 2021 at 2:46 pm I’m also a huge fan of Pukka teas. Where I live in the USA we don’t have it in most grocery stores. Fortunately there’s a health food store one town over that carries it and they do curbside pickup. I usually buy 4boxes every month or so to stock up. I usually drink a turmeric tea every day and a chamomile choice every night, as well as something else from time to time.
Chaordic One* February 6, 2021 at 12:24 pm I love “Tazo” brand “Wild Sweet Orange ” tea. Its ingredients are: lemongrass, blackberry leaves, citric acid, rose hips, spearmint leaves, turmeric (for color), riboflavin (for color), orange peel, hibiscus flowers, natural flavor, rose petals, natural orange essence, ginger root, licorice root and licorice extract. It’s caffeine-free and tastes fruity and sweet. If you didn’t know better, you’d think sugar had been added to it. (I don’t add any to it.) I like it in the afternoon and to end the day, although you might want an herbal tea with chamomile at the end of the day to help you sleep.
LQ* February 6, 2021 at 2:26 pm I love mint teas in the morning. They very much feel like a morning beverage to me. I’ve been also enjoying a chocolate tea (cacao husks as tea), in late afternoon. Both of these I think are good when they cool a bit too, which is sometimes really important for me. My new favorite has been a chocolate and lavender tea, which…took several mugs before I was really like I love this, before it was like…I’m suspicious I like it but not sure…
MEH* February 6, 2021 at 2:30 pm I really like raspberry tea because it’s bracing, but also refreshing. I get the Traditional Medicinals brand. I also like peppermint for a pick-me-up. Peach is good for relaxation as is blueberry. I make ginger (fresh), lemon (a few squeezes), and honey tea when I’m feeling a tickle in my throat. It’s also just really tasty! These are all caffeine-free. For a caffeinated punch, I recommend green tea with pomegranate by Bigelow. Hey, I’m Taiwanese. I drink lots of tea!
PollyQ* February 6, 2021 at 2:40 pm I’m a big fan of Stash teas in general, and their Lemon Ginger is a fave.
I take tea* February 6, 2021 at 3:02 pm Lots of good suggestions. I’ll add fennel. Very good as a digestive, I drink it sometimes in the evenings. It’s part of a lot of Pukka’s mixtures too. A little warning: if you have problems with high blood pressure, watch out for liquorice root, Pukka at least have it often in their herbal mixtures. Makes it sweet, but can be bad for the blood pressure, I’ve understood.
LemonLyman* February 6, 2021 at 9:31 pm Have you tried kombucha? It’s fermented tea and naturally carbonated so it still gives you the fizz of a soft drink. And because they are fermented, there are good gut benefits to drinking them. You can buy different flavors. Personally, I find them a bit sweet (they are naturally sweetened) so I like to cut them with some carbonated water from my Soda Stream. I also enjoy drinking plain carbonated Soda Stream water.
Iced Tea Enthusiast* February 6, 2021 at 10:16 pm Honestly, look for Polish teas. We have Loyd’s here in the US, which is a Polish brand and they do a TON of tisanes that are tasty and cheap as heck. If you want a black tea with fruit flavorings, look around for Hyson. Their peach, raspberry, strawberry, and black currant teas are great, both iced and hot. If you want to jump into the (for UK people) TERRIFYING world of (delightful) iced teas, get a pitcher that will fit in your fridge, fill w/water, and dump in 3 tea bags and leave in the fridge over night. Cold brew iced tea is easy, and it is pretty difficult to overstep it.
Scc@rlettNZ* February 7, 2021 at 1:18 am Lol. Iced tea is so not terrifying. I discovered it when I worked a ski season in the US and now I make and drink it all the time. I like mine unsweetened though, which has been the cause of many a good hearted debate between myself and a friend from North Carolina who now lives in NZ.
Fizzy water* February 6, 2021 at 11:11 pm A slight bit off topic, but worth an ask – do you think you’ll miss the carbonation/cold of soda? I flavor bubbly water, and am 100% off sugared drinks and caffeine. Fresh mint or fruit is great, but a few drops of orange bitters (like, what you’d use in an alcoholic drink) makes carbonated water surprisingly delightful.
not always right* February 7, 2021 at 12:01 am I use Celestial Seasonings Peach flavored tea. I used to use one half cup of sugar per gallon (I live in the south in the good ol’ USA, so I drink iced tea) but now, I use one quarter cup. I am slowly weaning myself from the sugar altogether. I hope to be at that point by mid year.
Cambridge Comma* February 7, 2021 at 6:50 am I can’t quite empathise with the not liking tea but if you have a Mercadona nearby they have a roibusch/citricos tea that is nice. Just leave the bag in throughout if you want it to taste of something. Otherwise you could try loose leaf white tea, following the timing and temperature instructions exactly. It’s quite a different taste from black tea. Twinings teabags are available all over but are very high in microplastics apparently, so I don’t get them any more .
oranges & lemons* February 7, 2021 at 12:54 pm If you don’t mind a small amount of caffeine, I really like green tea with toasted rice in it. It has a nice malty flavour, kind of like beer but lighter. I’m not a big fan of fruit teas or sweet drinks in general, though.
BetsCounts* February 7, 2021 at 10:42 pm I like mint tea in the morning & evening, and white tea during the day. Also, I love sleepytime as much as the next girl, which is why I was FASCINATED by Food + Wine’s story about the “conspiracies, eugenics and aliens” behind Celestial Seasonings. Def worth a read!
BetsCounts* February 7, 2021 at 10:48 pm Eeeep forgot to recommend Tea Forte’s herbal & fruity blends. Delish!
with a comma after dearest* February 7, 2021 at 11:42 pm I started drinking this herbal tea a few years ago when I had bronchitis and it is so delicious I drink it now just because – Throat Coat tea, which is apparently made from slippery elm leaves from Kentucky. It has a sweet licorice or fennel taste, you’d swear there was sugar. And so soothing to the throat!
A.N. O'Nyme* February 6, 2021 at 6:04 am Writing thread! How’s everyone’s writing going? I’ve been busy, so I don’t have much to report other than I got some research done.
The Other Dawn* February 6, 2021 at 7:05 am I’m gearing up to start posting weekly again on my personal blog. I’ve really trailed off in the last year, posting maybe once a month or so. I recently started a fitness challenge and part of it is submitting updates, photos, etc. Given my huge lack of motivation this past year, I’m going to use the blog postings as a way to keep myself accountable and interested, even though my trainer is overseeing my nutrition and workouts and tracking me everyday. Plus it will help me get back to writing regularly, even though it might be a short blog post. Also, he’s asked me to write a blog post about my experience with weight loss surgery for the company’s website (the company is running the challenge and he recently joined as one of their trainers). I’ll need to start going through all the pages I wrote a few years ago (I was wanting to write a book) and see what I can pick out and elaborate on. I’m pretty excited about it, because I like sharing my WLS experience, warts and all. What’s even more exciting is he’s going to interview me afterwards.
Laura H.* February 6, 2021 at 8:10 am I updated a fic on Sunday but haven’t gotten a review, so I’m feeling a little down and scared I wrote a bad chapter (It’s not impossible). Rationally I’m sure folks are just busy. Doesn’t help you NOT consider worst case.
Dee* February 6, 2021 at 10:01 am Aww, yeah that’s not a fun feeling. Definitely can be hard not to take it personally.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 9:42 am Ever since yesterday’s touch typing question, I have been remembering a problem my daughter and I have with many video games. We don’t like death by infinite speed up. Both of us find it really nerve-wracking. I remember in second grade, she would not play the math game based on Space Invaders. At the time SHE said she wished it would go as fast as they want her to do and stop. Out of the mouths of babes: include a mode that defines a WIN as success. Or just plain pattern it on Angry Birds (“play until you win”) instead of Space Invaders (“play until you lose”).
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 9:43 am Oh heck, I lost my comment to an internet glitch and on reload I managed to reply to the wrong thread. This is for the gaming thread.
KristinaL* February 6, 2021 at 2:47 pm I’ve got to spend more time working on self-publishing a picture book I’ve written, but I keep getting distracted by painting pages for a new picture book I’m working on. Painting is much more fun!
AMD* February 6, 2021 at 3:49 pm I’ve been participating in the NYC Midnight Microfiction and Short Story Competitions the last four months and that has been fascinating. Highly recommend. Figuring out how to get a story down to 250 words was a great challenge, and I’m much, much better at that than at actually writing a whole, 2,500 word short story, not to mention better than any of my failed novel beginnings.
A.N. O'Nyme* February 6, 2021 at 6:05 am Gaming thread! What’s everyone been playing this week? As usual, this isn’t limited to video games, feel free to discuss anything here. Also feel free to ask for recommendations and help identifying vaguely-remembered games. I’ve gone back and played some Freddi Fish again – I spent so much of my childhood playing the first game, and still remember most of the lines and songs. Heh.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 6:17 am I’ve been stuck on Animal Crossing: New Horizons since it came out, lol. Been thinking lately about trying to find a way to play some of my old nostalgia computer games though. Descent, Jill of the Jungle, Helious, some others. Seems like a tough prospect though.
Usually a lurker* February 6, 2021 at 4:29 pm Archive.or has tons of old games that you can play on the site. I play Jill of the Jungle on there a lot.
LimeRoos* February 7, 2021 at 11:09 am Thank you! I haven’t seen Jill of the Jungle since some random emulator in college. We used to stay up super late in middle school playing and waking up the parentals lol
Parenthesis Dude* February 8, 2021 at 12:13 pm Classic Reload also has retro games. As does GOG.com, but those aren’t freeware.
Brittle Bird Bones* February 6, 2021 at 7:37 am I just finished playing Bioshock 1 and 2 for the first time. I loved these games, they’re awesome! Fantastic story and immersive setting! Very excited to jump into Bioshock Infinite.
Courageous cat* February 7, 2021 at 11:59 am Bioshock 1 and 2 are literally like, art. They are perfection. especially that little sister scene in 2. I never did finish Infinite sadly.
Beancat* February 6, 2021 at 7:37 am I finally picked up Breath of the Wild after almost four years – I’ve been off for two weeks to recover from surgery and finally have the time to play. I’m so disappointed that I’ve avoided it for so many years, because I’m having a fantastic time. I’m a few hours away from challenging Calamity Ganon and I’m pretty excited. This will be my first Zelda game I’ve ever finished! (Started many over the years, never quite finished any of them for one reason or another…)
Purt’s Peas* February 6, 2021 at 9:39 am That’s one of my absolute favorite games :) Seeing the lightning dragon for the first time and going to fly next to it through the storm—so beautiful.
Office Grunt* February 6, 2021 at 10:02 am I’ve beaten Link to the Past and Link’s Awakening hundreds of times. Finding the Randomzier variants has re-kindled my love of the games, and watching runners on YouTube made me realize how much room I have to improve.
LimeRoos* February 7, 2021 at 11:11 am Breath of the Wild is amazing. I’m never going to finish it – hate boss fights, love exploring – because all I care about is finding those damn Korok seeds :-)
Regular Reader* February 6, 2021 at 7:43 am Lockdown has seen me become far, far too involved with Game of Thrones Winter is Coming. Never played a multiplayer before and now I’m messaging during battles and goodness knows what.
Aqua409* February 6, 2021 at 8:37 am It’s my birthday tomorrow and have a long weekend. My family and I played Wingspan last night, Gloomhaven will be played today and I picked up a new board game with some birthday money that I have kept my eye on and going to try out Quacks of Quedlinburg.
DarthVelma* February 6, 2021 at 10:33 am Happy Pre-Birthday! Love Gloomhaven. The partner and I definitely need to get back into our campaign soon. I’ve heard good things about Quacks of Quedlinburg. Hope you’ll let us all know how it goes.
Nicki Name* February 6, 2021 at 12:06 pm +1 for Quacks of Quedlinburg! I’ve only gotten to play it a couple of times but loved it.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 9:44 am I had nesting failure, my reply is under the writing thread. Feh!
Dee* February 6, 2021 at 9:50 am “include a mode that defines a WIN as success. Or just plain pattern it on Angry Birds (“play until you win”) instead of Space Invaders (“play until you lose”).” I’ve never thought about it that way but it makes a ton of sense that those two things could feel very different to players. I love thinking about game design and what makes a game feel a certain way so your comment is so interesting to me!
Fish* February 6, 2021 at 10:34 am I love Three Houses! I’m about 2/3rds of the way through a Blue Lions Maddening run (new game +, because I don’t hate myself), and I’m having so much fun. Who are your favorite units?
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 11:01 am I’ve been working through a Blue Lions where I’m collecting every dang person I can. (I may be regretting this choice when it comes to leveling them up because I’ll be damned before I leave some at lower levels.) I’m hard pressed to pick favorites, depends on the day, but currently I’d say Balthus, Hilda, and Mercedes for their ability to never die. But I literally just named my new dog after Ferdinand so, I might have to say that. (He looks like a Ferdinand, there was no other choice for him.)
Jackalope* February 7, 2021 at 8:46 am I’ve been spending a LOT of time on FE3H; I’m 125 hours (since Christmas!) in on my first run-through, chapter 15. I’m playing the Black Eagles Crimson Flower game, and just spent a few days when I had free time leveling up my “benched” characters. I was trying to get everyone up to level 40, but did finally lose patience a bit and a few of them are still level 38 or 39. I’m kind of looking forward to being able to get back to playing with my regular battle favorites, but it’s been fun getting to know the strengths of the other characters too. My run is on casual mode because I was in no way going to consider it acceptable to let any of my characters die (especially not as members of an opposing army….), and I recruited *all* of the characters that I could. So I’m trying to level up…. (goes and counts) 28 characters including my Byleth. Now that I’ve finished my lengthy battle run, I’ve probably got 3 *hours* of support videos to make it through (if it’s anything like previous lengthy battle runs). So… there’s that.
Jackalope* February 7, 2021 at 1:49 pm I’m enjoying it a lot. I’ve heard that your feelings about the game are really affected by whether you start with Crimson Flower (like me) or whether you start with pretty much any other route, and I believe that’s going to be the case. (I will have to wait awhile before I play one of the others because I don’t know how I will handle having one of my main peeps become the villain!) I was happy that I didn’t have to kill the head of one of the other houses (although I did have to kill one of their housemates, which was hard); I let them go.
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 11:20 am Jealous! I miss playing D&D, I should see if there’s an online group somewhere to join…
Torrance* February 6, 2021 at 1:33 pm You might be a little spoilt for choice actually. In general, you could start looking at the D&D Beyond forums (the LFG section is pretty active) and obviously there’s also Roll20 & its database. There’s also various Reddit, Facebook, and Discord communities that might be helpful if you want to get into the weeds.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 7, 2021 at 4:12 pm An old gaming group is trying to set up a new game across the internet. Our DM had us try Roll20 and now we’re trying Tableplop. There is *so* much interface I’m missing plain old tabletop. I haven’t talked my tech-loving crew into trying just plain old videochat and honor-system for rolls.
Jackalope* February 7, 2021 at 8:47 am My friends and I have been doing a Zoom D&D game since April or May. We don’t use minis, and so it’s fairly easy to do everything over Zoom. D&D has definitely been the game that adapted best to a video format….
Seeking Second Childhood* February 7, 2021 at 4:28 pm Are you willing to talk more about this, maybe next week? Especially interested in the DM’s point of view.
Jackalope* February 7, 2021 at 5:08 pm I’d be happy to. Any specific questions? I can say that it makes it easier logistically that our DM has been playing over Skype for several years now with some friends in another state so has worked out the bugs.
Hello Sweetie!* February 6, 2021 at 10:27 pm Same! Although we missed this week, some of my friends and I started a new game for 2021. Playing in Icewind Dale. It’s fun, and we’re doing well through zoom!
The Rat-Catcher* February 6, 2021 at 11:09 pm We are also in Icewind Dale! My Groton is having a delightful time ignoring all the cold.
Putting Out Fires, Esq.* February 7, 2021 at 8:39 am I’ve been DMing my first D&D campaign (not a new player) and I’m having an absolute blast. My players are too. They’re big into reading every book they find, so I’m having a great time making up lore and fairy tales and pompous academic articles for them to find.
Jackalope* February 7, 2021 at 8:48 am So are you actually writing the articles up, or just describing them?
Decidedly Me* February 6, 2021 at 11:36 am My partner and I bought the board game Mystic Vale and played for the first time. It was a lot of fun! He won by a lot and we haven’t played enough to know if that was luck or skill lol!
Nicki Name* February 6, 2021 at 12:13 pm I’ve finally gone back to Fire Emblem: Three Houses to play the two routes I haven’t done yet. My favorite FE game of all time is Fates, and I was disappointed by how little difference there was between the routes compared to it. I’d still kind of like to see the different endings, though.
Holly the spa pro* February 6, 2021 at 4:41 pm This x1000. Fates is my favorite FE game too! I am having a really hard time getting into 3H as much because i just loved fates so much. Im not very far into 3H but it feels kind of stale so far. Maybe i need to get further into it?
A.N. O'Nyme* February 7, 2021 at 10:38 am I really should continue with Fates…Woops ^^’. So many games, so little time…
A.N. O'Nyme* February 7, 2021 at 10:41 am Also can I just say how much I love finding people who don’t hate of Fates? Admittedly I have some problems with it too, but damn, the vitriol gets out of hand sometimes.
Nicki Name* February 7, 2021 at 8:04 pm The battles never get as interesting as in Fates. The number of things you can do inside the monastery grows over time, and on later playthroughs you can leverage the renown you got the first time through to do more earlier, so that gets more interesting and less grindy. It’s like for this installment, the focus is on the stuff you can do inside the castle that was introduced a couple games ago. As I said above, the main thing that’s keeping me going is the hope of seeing the pieces of the story that are unique to each route. I’ve also found that bumping the difficulty level up to hard this time is helping. Usually I play through the FE games in easy mode, and then come back and tackle hard mode later.
CatCat* February 6, 2021 at 12:19 pm Plowed through Outlanders on iPad/Apple Arcade. This kind of town building, resource allocation game is my jam! Any recs for similar such games for iPad?
Grace* February 6, 2021 at 12:25 pm There’s been an Avatar: the Last Airbender tabletop RPG announced for release this time next year, and I’m simultaneously incredibly excited and slightly concerned about the timeline. Hopefully it’ll all be well-balanced and stay true to the source material!
MEH* February 6, 2021 at 1:24 pm I’m playing two games with black cats (my fave, I have one) in them. Divinity: Original Sin 2 by Larian Studios because I’ve been interested in D&D for a few years, but have not played it yet. Div 2 is about as close as a video game can get to it, I’ve been told. I like it, but I’m already paralyzed by too many choices such as who to keep in my party. I also have half a dozen side quests that I want to do before finishing the main mission. The second is Tales of the Neon Sea by Palm Pioneer. It’s an indie, colorful, cybperpunk point-n-click about the friction between man and robot, but also, there’s a stray cat colony that I absolutely adore. One member is William, a black cat, who becomes my friend and follows me around. I got to play as him for a bit as well, which sealed the deal for me. There’s also a mystery involved and I’m hopeful that I’ve finally found a detective/mystery video game that I actually like.
Quinalla* February 7, 2021 at 2:05 pm Played Codenames online (board game) – it is in beta but free and worked with no issues for us, need 4 players minimum and plays just like the original Codenames boardgame. I recommend being on at least voice chat for a better experience. Also picked up the video game Valheim, it is a survival game with a viking theme that makes it really fun. You can play with up to 5 people, recommend 3-4 at least if you can!
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 6:14 am So, ever since the first time I got to spend more than half an hour in New York City, I’ve wanted to live there. So late last year, I decided to put a plan in motion that will hopefully end up with me living in NYC. Timeline is like a year or two, but I’m comfortable with that. Over-prepper that I am, though, I’m trying to learn as much as I can about what things will be like. The question that I’m stuck on presently: how does the actual “moving” part work? As in, logistically speaking? I’ve seen reference in my research to moving companies that specialize in moving to NYC, but haven’t found any. I can’t afford to just jettison everything and start over (nor do I particularly want to, especially in the case of things like my instruments). I could probably bear to pare down to what will fit in my vehicle, and DIY, but I plan to sell it when I go, and Do Not want to drive in the city. Potentially relevant info: I currently live a couple of hours drive/train ride from there, so getting there will not be the hardest part. I also live close to my mother right now, and could theoretically leave some stuff with her and have it shipped over time, which is an option I’ve considered, but would prefer not to use if there’s a better one. So…. anybody been there, and have some advice for me? Or see something obvious that I’m missing? Thanks!
Legalchef* February 6, 2021 at 6:37 am I’m a little confused. If you live a couple hours drive from NYC why wouldn’t you just call some moving companies and get a few quotes when the time comes? There will likely be an additional fee for the distance, but if you don’t want to drive in the city (and therefore wouldn’t want to rent a uhaul) that’s your only option other than a “person with a van” situation, which you’re less likely to find for longer trips.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 6:50 am Good point, I was unclear. From the research I’ve done, there appear to be pretty complicated parking rules, especially for large trucks, so I’ve seen it said that it helps to get a company experienced with that specifically.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 8:31 am Good news! Nobody, least of all moving companies, follows the parking rules here. Do not worry about that – just make sure your movers are willing to handle the number of flights of stairs that will be involved. And welcome! It is a wonderful-terrible place to be (I’m at 18 years.)
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 8:49 am Ha! Thank you! That’s how things are in my current city, too, but as I’ve never driven in NYC, I don’t know how it rolls there
HarvestKaleSlaw* February 6, 2021 at 9:00 am Your movers will double park, so don’t worry about that. I’ve done DIY U-Haul moves in NYC . For those, you just have to get lucky with parking. If you’re moving to Manhattan don’t even try it. Get professionals. You also have to remember, if you are driving into the city, that you will get a very expensive ticket if you drive your UHaul on a parkway. There is a “commercial truck” setting buried in Google Maps that will tell you where you are okay to drive. Depending what building you are moving into – if it is a doorman building especially or you are renting in a coop – your movers will need to be bonded and to supply a COI to the management. Sometimes your building will even have a list of approved moving companies that you will need to choose from. The building might ask them to lay Masonite down on the hallways and put up corner protectors. The nice buildings won’t let you just drive up with a Budget truck. Are you all good with finding a place and signing the lease? That’s the part that gets complicated here.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 9:26 am Ooohhh, more good info, thanks! I’m still researching the “getting an apartment” step….. The actual act of moving is just where my brain happened to get stuck right now. This is one of the reasons I’m totally fine with this being a long-term plan, lol!
HarvestKaleSlaw* February 6, 2021 at 9:44 am Totally! Um… at random, some pearls of wisdom I have picked up: I am sure you know, but living here is expensive. Spend a lot of time looking at StreetEasy to get a sense of what your dollar buys in different neighborhoods. When you narrow it to a neighborhood, visit that neighborhood at different times of day, not just middle of the afternoon when everyone is at work. Always ask about bedbugs. Legally they have to tell you. If it has had an infestation within a year, walk away. City government also has a rat map that will tell you about your building and block. Check it out before you visit a building. Learn what to look for to identify a rat problem (rub marks, chew marks, bunch of rat traps, all that). Things are more tenant-friendly with COVID, but in normal times, have your documents ready to go and be ready to put in an application right there and then if you find a good deal. You will need 3-5 years of W2s, possibly tax returns, references from past landlords, several months of bank statements, a credit check, a letter from your job, a year of pay stubs, and a human toe. I am joking about the last one, but not the others. If you freelance, landlords get nervous and can’t deal with a stack of 1099s. They might just ask for a guarantor. You will also need a guarantor if you don’t make 40x monthly rent. There are guarantor companies that you can pay to do this for you, if you don’t have family you can ask. Rent reforms made it illegal to require more than one month’s security deposit. Lots of places are still going to ask you for first and last month’s rent plus security, and you need to decide whether that is worth it to you. If you push back, you will lose the place, but you are also getting solid evidence that the landlord is shady, and you will know what you should expect from them if you rent. “Key money” is also not legal, but decide whether it’s worth it to you. If it’s more than you can afford to be scammed out of, don’t try to play the game. Meet the super, if you can, and try to meet a neighbor. Brokers will cost you 12-15% of the annual rent, on top of what you are already paying the landlord. I have never been able to stomach that, but it could be worth it for you. This is changing, but it used to be they had a line on the best places. A broker is definitely worth it if it gets you a rent stabilized apartment – but that’s a whole other ball of wax. Oh. And then there’s the landlord’s broker, who will charge the same fee, but provides zero value to you as the tenant. If you don’t want to drop three months of rent on some schmuck who just unlocks the place and gestures vaguely around, keep your search to “no fee” apartments. If you have your own broker, I think they split the fees with the landlord broker – I’ve never used one, so I’m hazy on all of that. A lot of NYC landlords are great – I have a great one now – but that’s not the norm. Believe nothing they or their agents say unless it is in writing on the lease. “Oh yeah that’s going to be fixed before move in” is always a lie. Brick Underground is a good website to learn more. Curbed is okay too. That’s all I can think of!
HarvestKaleSlaw* February 6, 2021 at 9:47 am Oh yeah – most “two bedrooms” in Manhattan in the vaguely-affordable price ranges are “wing two bedrooms.” Basically there is a kitchenette with a bedroom on one side and a living room on the other, and the living room is one of the bedrooms. If you are looking for a two bedroom with a roommate, you may want to look for “true two bedroom.” In brownstone BK, the affordable two-bedrooms tend to be railroads. I’ve lived in a railroad apartment, but I wouldn’t do it with roommates. What neighborhoods are you looking at?
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 12:03 pm Still working on that research, ha. Nowhere in Manhattan, for sure. Maybe in the Bronx? Going to schedule a trip to explore when it’s safer.
HarvestKaleSlaw* February 6, 2021 at 7:52 pm Cool! I have a decent number of friends who live in the Bronx, but I can’t say I know it. Bronx apartments are not listed as often on Street Easy, unless you are looking around Fordham or in Riverdale, so you may have to go there and put boots on the ground more than in another borough. When you do visit the Bronx, stop by Arthur Ave for cannolis. It’s a really cool area, but it has a rep for housing discrimination — zero clue if that is merited though and don’t let it stop you if you like Belmont when you visit. Back ten years ago, we almost moved to Parkchester. Maintenance is an issue in the towers, but you get a good amount of space for your money, and it is a decent place for families.
pancakes* February 6, 2021 at 9:47 am I’ve lived in NYC since the late 1990s. Agree with others that the move itself will be the least of your concerns. Things like parking and building rules for which elevator to use are a one-time concern and mostly the moving company’s responsibility. Figuring out which neighborhoods you want to look at is going to be key. I was a frequent visitor before I moved here, usually at least weekly, so I had a good sense of where I wanted to be.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 12:03 pm I’m a little too far out to be a weekly visitor, but I definitely plan on visiting to get a better feel!
Voluptuousfire* February 6, 2021 at 11:43 am Yep! I live in NYC and certain expressways and such don’t allow commercial traffic, I think over a certain height. A lot of the expressways have overpasses and trailers over a certain height can get stuck. I’ll listen to the news radio traffic reports and every so often truck will get into those expressways and get stuck and cause a huge traffic thing.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 12:05 pm Oooohhh, I’ve heard of that from friends in Boston (“someone got Storrowed again!”) but not in NYC
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 1:36 pm there appear to be pretty complicated parking rules, especially for large trucks, so I’ve seen it said that it helps to get a company experienced with that specifically. Any moving company that works in NYC will have the experience you need. Instead of looking for a statement of NY moving experience, look for companies located in New York or with branches in New York.
AvonLady Barksdale* February 6, 2021 at 6:50 am When I first moved to New York I had no furniture (moved into a partially furnished room and went from there) and I rented an SUV one-way to get it there. I realize you don’t want to drive there, but if you’re OK with a one-time option that doesn’t require keeping a car, that’s a simple one. If you want to hire movers, just call around to long-distance movers in your area and ask them for estimates. Yes, there are some companies that won’t move to NYC, but there are many that will, especially for a premium. You can also ask a friend or relative to help you with a U-Haul. But the key is that you will really need to find a place first. The difficulty of your move will very much depend on your neighborhood. It’s not even as simple as, “Brooklyn is easier than Manhattan,” it’s closer to, “Bay Ridge is easier than Jackson Heights.”
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 6:54 am Thanks! I was getting that idea about the neighborhoods, but wasn’t sure yet if I was right. That’s good to know.
alex b* February 6, 2021 at 9:28 am I’ve lived in NYC since 2006. Wonderful-terrible is exactly the right description (from mreasy above). I moved here from another state and have also moved a few times within the city (between and within boroughs). Frankly, the movers/moving plan are among the easiest things to organize. It’s basic research, decision-making, a LOT of money, and one really crappy but necessary day. You just arrange it a few weeks out. I think you’re kinda stressing on the wrong thing. MUCH more salient things: money and apartment-hunting. You’re going to drop thousands simply to move here. Then your monthly expenses will be high, whether or not you have roommates and no matter where you live. I’d recommend saving like a miser for the next year; I always plan for my savings to evaporate almost completely during nyc moves. Also be sure you are realistic about your salary and expenses. Then there are the neighborhoods and the areas within the neighborhoods. Mere blocks can mean the difference between safe and unsafe, relatively convenient and INCREDIBLY inconvenient. Same with individual buildings (laundry, groceries, amenities– easy stuff elsewhere varies from annoying to extremely hard here; you have to figure out your deal-breakers vs. must-haves vs. nice-to-haves). If you’re a year or so away, know that neighborhood qualities change quickly even in normal times, and it will be interesting to see what drastic stuff happens in the next year or two. I recommend ultimately picking 1-3 neighborhoods and enlisting a well-reviewed broker; they simply find you better places even though, again, it’s expensive. I don’t mean to be a downer; it’s exciting!! It’s not great right now, but New York will definitely be back in time for your arrival. :)
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 9:37 am I’ve already been making notes on some of that, but there’s some good stuff there to add to my research list. Thank you! This is such a huge undertaking! But I decided since I’ve literally never changed my mind about moving there, it was worth it to try at least!
alex b* February 6, 2021 at 10:14 am That’s awesome; go for it! I fled my bad family at age 20 to come here. I didn’t have any lofty aspirations or anything; I love the anonymity the city offers, and it just felt right. I still love it. Now in my mid-30s, it’s a matter of personal pride to have made a good life for myself, by myself, in NYC. SO maudlin, but true. I’m even one of those who’s obnoxiously proud to have stayed through the pandemic lol. Most people dip their toes in and then leave, which is fine. There are different ways to experience the joy of living in one of the greatest cities in the world. Anyway, don’t let people scare you away; just be realistic and come in knowing that it’s not glamorous, and you will have to make many compromises and sacrifices. You will curse and love aspects of the city every day. :)
CSmithy* February 6, 2021 at 10:31 am “Then there are the neighborhoods and the areas within the neighborhoods. Mere blocks can mean the difference between safe and unsafe, relatively convenient and INCREDIBLY inconvenient.” This is a REALLY good point. When I lived in Brooklyn, I lived in the same neighborhood for six years in two different buildings. One building was right on the subway and getting everywhere was easy; the other building was a ten minute walk from the subway, which SOUNDS doable but gets old fast when it’s 90 degrees or raining or you’re hauling groceries/laundry. I had started paying for laundry pick-up and all that not long before I moved out of the city because I was exhausted with the day-to-day out there. I don’t regret living there at all — it was awesome in many ways — but it is -not- easy unless you have money to blow on conveniences.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 12:10 pm Yeah, the parking at my current place is such that that’s pretty common for me as well, to get from my apartment to my car. It does get old, you’re not wrong, ha. I’ll keep that in mind
CSmithy* February 7, 2021 at 9:00 am Good luck! I had a 5 minute subway walk at my last place and I felt like that was perfect. I hope you love it there; New York is an amazing city and I can’t lie; I think about it and miss it at least once a day.
Green Snickers* February 6, 2021 at 9:36 am What is your budget for the move? Are you needing to do it for a few hundred dollars or could your potentially spend a few thousand?
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 9:37 am I’ve got a couple of years, I can get a few thousand together
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 1:49 pm Do that – your sanity will thank you. Also, in the long term it’s actually going to cost you less to pay that fee than trying to do it yourself or on the cheap.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 9:39 am I can (and plan to) get a few thousand together between now and moving time. Another in a list of reasons it’s a ways out, for sure
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 9:39 am A few thousand specifically for the moving budget, I should say
Green Snickers* February 6, 2021 at 10:02 am I moved to NYC on the cheap from Philly 3 years ago. I rented a one-way Uhaul, packed it myself, drove it up and hired a Task Rabbit to help me unpack. I think it was like $220 for everything incl gas and tolls. I had never driven in NYC before and was moving to Gramercy- I had to transverse the entire island west to east and it was a little scary but I got the hang of driving about 10 mins in so by the time I got to the city, I was good. I just drove really slow and allowed myself to take a little longer/take a less than ideal path so I didn’t have to take any big risks. You will pay an arm and leg for someone to drive a truck for you. If you are really nervous about driving, I’d see if you can get a family friend to drive and take the train back. All personal preference but you can save a lot by driving yourself.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 2:27 pm Oh, nice, that’s a good point, any money I save on the move can definitely be used for other things
Mstr* February 6, 2021 at 10:12 am I recommend Alpha Moving & Storage as a fast & thorough service that’s somewhat local. Haven’t used them for Manhattan specifically but maybe give them a call.
Joan Rivers* February 6, 2021 at 1:16 pm You’re lucky you can leave things w/your mom and move it in gradually; presumably you’d visit her and maybe can take something back w/you. It doesn’t have to be all at once.
riverbflat* February 6, 2021 at 2:28 pm Yeah, I did that some for my move to where I am now. It’s not my preference, but definitely an option, and potentially the best way to handle it
Nonprofiteer* February 8, 2021 at 1:39 pm One thing to consider is that some close-in suburbs are more convenient to Manhattan than outer parts of the outer boroughs. I lived in lower Westchester for several years, and could catch a train to midtown in about 30 minutes. I assume you are wanting to move for big city life, but do keep in mind commuter trains and ferries are pretty good (except for NJ trains).
Anna* February 6, 2021 at 6:33 am Are there any shows that you initially dismissed, but when you decided to go back and give it another go you actually found it enjoyable? I recently started watching the sitcom ‘Superstore’, and found it surprisingly amusing. I’ve never even heard of the the show before coming across it on Netflix, and only gave it a go because it had America Ferrera on it. I wouldn’t have thought a show set in a superstore would be anything but depressing, but it’s actually been great for just some light-hearted entertainment, and the characters are mostly likeable without being bland. (Plus, I’ve never been to the US, and even though I’ve heard the jokes about Walmart basically supplying everything you’ll ever need for your entire life, the sheer size of that place is weirdly fascinating to me.)
MistOrMister* February 6, 2021 at 6:44 am I refused to watch Psych when it first came out because I was a huge Monk fan and felt like Psych was just trying to cash in on Monk’s popularity. I finally watched it a few years ago and realized it is an absolute gem! Especially the later seasons when they really let Shawn and Gus both be quirky. I felt like Gus was a bit too buttoned down at the beginning of the series.
Filosofickle* February 6, 2021 at 1:45 pm Oh I love Psych! If I’m having a lousy day, that’s my go-to pick me up. There are also YT compilations of all the ways he introduces Gus that are fun diversions. :D
CJM* February 6, 2021 at 7:14 am When I initially watched “Fleabag,” I didn’t like how the main character talked to the camera, so I quit about ten minutes in. In time I forgot I’d ever watched it, and I tried again and absolutely loved it. A friend raves about “800 Words,” but I tried it a few years ago and didn’t like it for the same reason (if I recall correctly). It’s time to try it again because of my good “Fleabag” experience and because I recently learned that a favorite actress is in it.
Voluptuousfire* February 6, 2021 at 11:52 am Just rewatched the first and second seasons of Fleabag the past few days. It’s refreshing to see a female character who isn’t a nice person.
Aqua409* February 6, 2021 at 8:41 am Shameless is my show that my parents absolutely loved and dismissed for years. My husband and I have been slowly watching it over time and loving it.
Msnotmrs* February 6, 2021 at 9:14 am I loved “Star Trek: The Next Generation” as a little kid, but then tried to watch it a few years ago and tapped out after about 2 or 3 episodes. Now I’m watching it with my husband and we are enthralled. It’s so good! Interesting characters, plot-heavy, with way less of the hamfisted moralizing of the first series. And the special effects have held up surprisingly well.
Dee* February 6, 2021 at 9:54 am I grew up with TNG and it was sooooo amazing. Nowadays? I’m trying to watch it from the beginning and I bailed halfway through the Ferengi episode. I can’t decide if I’m going to try again or just skip to season 2!
NeonFireworks* February 6, 2021 at 10:15 am First two seasons are really uneven and awkward – things get much better after that. I never rewatch the Ferengi episodes.
Arya Parya* February 6, 2021 at 10:18 am Just skip to season 2. Once Riker gets a beard it really starts getting great.
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 12:23 pm haha, I feel the same way about Deep Space 9. I prefer the show after Sisko has no hair + a beard.
Msnotmrs* February 6, 2021 at 12:37 pm We’re almost done with season 1 and I’m actually already really impressed. But people said similar things about the last show we watched (Schitt’s Creek), that it doesn’t really get going until season 2 or 3, but I liked both shows from the get-go.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 9:17 am I bounced off the first episode of The Mandalorian like four times (much to my Star Wars nut husband’s dismay) when it first came out, but about a month ago, I sat down and binged through the whole first two seasons in one weekend.
Enter_the_Dragonfly* February 6, 2021 at 10:06 am Not a series, but I rolled my eyes at Hamilton when it first came out, it sounded so gimmicky. Then I listened to the soundtrack and watched it and did a complete flip, Hamilton’s 100% earned every good thing anyone’s ever said about it. Also, the British show No, Honestly (from the 80s maybe?). I thought looked pretty bad but watched it anyway and now I just kind of love it. It’s not amazing and yet it somehow is! I can’t put it any better than that. People have mentioned most of the others that came to mind. In the opposite direction, I used to LOVE The Good Life and watched it over and over again (the Tom and Barbara one, not the Paris one) but Tom is so awful I just can’t watch it any more. And they’re both so mean to Jerry and especially Margo, even though they do so much!
ThatGirl* February 6, 2021 at 10:19 am Not me, but last year I convinced my husband to watch Crazy Ex-Girlfriend and he thought it would be a wacky sitcom with music, and then he got extremely invested and loved it and we still sing the songs all the time.
I take tea* February 6, 2021 at 6:32 pm I’ve heard Crazy Ex Girlfriend is good, I just really dislike the name. But maybe I should try it.
ThatGirl* February 6, 2021 at 7:23 pm It’s really good! The name is kind of misleading because it upends a lot of the stereotypes and examines some of the misogyny behind the term. I don’t want to spoil it but definitely worth the time.
MCL* February 6, 2021 at 10:36 am It took a couple episodes to get into Bob’s Burgers, but it’s a favorite now. I like that it’s about a family that loves each other, and their wacky adventures tickle me!
Decidedly Me* February 6, 2021 at 11:40 am Blindspot seemed right up my alley genre wise, but I just couldn’t get into it. I think I tried a few times (I really wanted to like it as I thought the premise was interesting). Recently started it again, got hooked, and am on the final season (no spoilers please!)
Chilipepper* February 6, 2021 at 1:05 pm Ooh, I also thought Blindspot was right up my alley but I could not get into it. I will try again!
LemonLyman* February 6, 2021 at 11:45 am Chuck. Figured it was a show for overgrown 12 year old sci-fi nerds and that I’d hate the “hot chicks fighting hot chicks” element. It is a show for overgrown 12 year old sci-fi nerds and it does sometimes have hot chicks fighting hot chicks but it’s SO much more than that. It’s really sweet and I thoroughly enjoyed it. Zach Levi is adorable and the whole cast is a lot of fun.
CatCat* February 6, 2021 at 12:24 pm Adventure Time. My spouse and kid watched it and I was like, this is a weird kids show. Then I started paying more attention and realized this post-apocalyptic surrealist tale is not a kids show. Not even sure how a kid could enjoy it when it gets into some truly bizarro existentialism. I found it fascinating, funny, nostalgic for some reason, and disturbing. I quite enjoyed it.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 12:59 pm I was going to comment Superstore after your first sentence. Its so funny! I thought it would be stupid but the jokes are funny!
Elizabeth West* February 6, 2021 at 2:18 pm Same here. I especially like the little random bits where they focus on a customer either doing something weird or gross, or finding something odd in the store. :’D Usually, I give a show three episodes before I tap out. That’s enough for me to know whether I want to continue or not. Shows I really love will almost always get me right away.
Jenny* February 6, 2021 at 1:42 pm I actually didn’t like the first season of Schitt’s Creek very much. So glad I stuck with it.
Dark Macadamia* February 6, 2021 at 2:40 pm For some reason it just never really appealed to me despite a lot of friends with similar taste loving it. I finally gave it a try out of boredom/not having other ideas and liked it, not as much as most fans seem to but still pretty good!
LemonLyman* February 6, 2021 at 9:37 pm It definitely grows on you! It’s about a super sweet and supportive family. Who doesn’t love that?
All Monkeys are French* February 6, 2021 at 3:26 pm I’m with you. It felt too cringey and like it was punching down. I finally took the advice to skip season 1 altogether and now I’m hooked.
The Rat-Catcher* February 6, 2021 at 11:18 pm This is good to hear because I eye-rolled my way through season 1 because I heard it would get better and I just started season 2.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 5:37 pm The Office, took me about 3 tries to get into it but a random episode was on at my Phys therapists office (pre COVID) and something Michael Scott said reminded me of my boss (LOL) so I got into it.
Lilith* February 6, 2021 at 11:03 pm I’m embarrassed to admit how many episodes it took me to get Rolland Schitt’s name. What a doofus I am.
Mstr* February 7, 2021 at 4:38 pm Not to mention his wife “jostle in” and son “mutt.” I’m disappointed they named their newborn Jr. and missed the opportunity for another joke.
BetsCounts* February 7, 2021 at 10:55 pm It is just now reading your comment and saying Roland Schitt out loud that I got it, so you are waaaay ahead of me!
not always right* February 7, 2021 at 12:15 am For me it is Leverage. I had zero interest in it but one day, I was home sick. Wouldn’t you know it but the batteries died in the remote and I was out of replacement batteries. My TV does not have manual controls, so it was stuck on a channel that was having a Leverage marathon. Turns out, it is quite entertaining. There is someone in the commentariat whose name is Damn it Hardison! It makes me giggle whenever I see it. Another one is The Librarians (tv show).
Melody Pond* February 7, 2021 at 5:30 am The Expanse. My husband had been a huge fan of the books and begged me to watch it with him for probably three years. Somewhere in that time, I did watch the first episode with him, and it just didn’t grab me. It was a little too offbeat. Fast forward to the year of the final season of Game of Thrones. Like many others, I was so disappointed with the ending, and I’d been so invested in the show up to that final season. I remember four or five weeks later that I still had this lurking feeling of being unfulfilled/unsatisfied – and something clicked in me and I decided I wanted to give The Expanse another try. (Funny enough, George R. R. Martin is apparently a fan of The Expanse books.) Thank god I gave it another try! It’s one of the best things I’ve ever seen! It helped that I was watching with a spouse who is very well-versed in all the real world science that the show deals with, because he had great commentary to add that really enhanced my experience. He also is a veteran and spent time in the navy, so he would explain to me how realistic the space battles are, and how they rely on weapons and technology that we mostly have today. It was just fascinating, and all that was on top of an incredibly compelling story set in the midst of political tensions between people living on Earth, people living on Mars, and people living/working in the Asteroid Belt (mainly mining resources in incredibly dangerous conditions for the economic benefit of Earth and Mars). It’s on Amazon Prime. They just wrapped up season 5, and it was phenomenal.
Sleepless* February 7, 2021 at 4:19 pm I love The Expanse. I’m a long term sci fi nerd. The CGI is the most beautiful and detailed I have ever seen, and the characters and their relationships are so real.
tacocat* February 7, 2021 at 12:53 pm Schitt’s Creek for me. I’d heard it was a “slow burn” kind of show, watched two episodes and was like “why bother,” ditched it for like 2 years. Then a few people told me to give it another chance and after a few episodes I was so into it and watched the whole series in about 3 weeks. Comedic genius.
Loopy* February 6, 2021 at 6:45 am Lately I’ve been agonizing over something and hoping the group can maybe give some opinions. I started going on early Sunday morning hikes at a popular state park. The first few times it was very, very empty the first hour and I found such peace and comfort in being utterly alone in nature. To the point where when more people started showing up right at open with me, I became irrationally annoyed by having others on the trail, though everyone was perfectly quiet and respectful. I know I am being super weird about this sudden need to be *perfectly, absolutely solitary in nature*. But it was just surprisingly healing and I’m craving it again. I really want that alone in nature experience again but it’s a popular spot and that’s just not practical. There a few other nature preserves but they are much less well known and are not staffed on weekends at all. I know I could likely get exactly the experience I’m looking for but also worry about how safe it is as a woman to go out alone to these other places. These areas are in much more unsettled areas and likely if anything were to happen, no one would hear a scream or be out at the preserve to assist if something were to occur (I’m talking about being attacked by another person). I have pepper spray but that’s it. I also don’t know how much being nervous would ruin the experience. Have any other women in particular grappled with situations like this? I’m sad that I don’t feel like it’s a good idea.
PX* February 6, 2021 at 7:22 am How founded is your fear? I think thats a good question to ask yourself in situations like this. For instance in a situation like yours, I would be more afraid of hurting myself (eg falling and breaking something) than someone attacking me (fewer people typically mean less crimes). What are statistics like of crime or incidents in the area you want to go to? If the more likely threat is an animal attack for example – how does that change your response? I’m assuming you are American here, but I do have to say I see a huge difference in fear culture between America vs other parts of the world sometimes. I see it as a combination of things like your history, the way your media cover things etc – but I find it really interesting. In other parts of the world I know, the question would be more around making sure you are being safe and practical with respect to things like having the right equipment and making sure someone can find you if you get injured, and the thought of being attacked would literally never even occur to someone. For me personally, I make a fairly conscious effort to not let fear run my life. Which might sound very trite, but I’ve had lots of good experiences in situations which would probably sound incredibly risky to many on here – but I generally try to make an active choice to believe and trust that most people in the world are decent human beings. I try to be smart about the decisions I make and am extra cautious when I’m in unfamiliar surroundings or possibly sketchy areas, but I think there’s a difference between being cautious (and prepared!) but still doing things vs not doing things because of “what ifs”. But thats me and my own personal comfort level!
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 11:14 am Guns are very common here. And so is sexual assault and other violence against women. Statistically low overall, but I don’t think it’s fair to characterize this fear as unfounded.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 12:43 pm Sexual assault and random shootings are not common in nature preserves and national parks. City parks? More common. The question is about assessing risk, to see what is realistic.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 3:02 pm It’s also unlikely I’ll be mugged at my front door at gunpoint, statistically, in my safe neighborhood, but it happened to a good friend – right outside my door. Everyone has a different level of comfort for risk, and it can’t be ignored that women alone are physically vulnerable. Men as well, but given that women tend to be smaller and less strong than men, women have a higher population of “predators” to potentially deal with in the wild.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 3:56 pm Yes thank you, I am a woman and I have been coping with the concept of physical risk for several decades. Have you stopped leaving your house because of the robbery? Would you consider that a reasonable response, because some risk exists? True awareness of risk includes a sense of proportion.
mreasy* February 7, 2021 at 8:10 am You’re right. And I am a sometimes alone hiker. The point I was trying to make (not very effectively) is that fear and anxiety about the real, albeit relatively small statistically, threat of violence, should not be dismissed out of hand, not because it’s likely, but because the fear and anxiety itself is real. I don’t think that’s what you were doing – but it’s common for women’s fears to be dismissed (as I’m sure you’ve experienced) even though they are based in some reality.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 12:34 pm Thank you for saying this. Women want to believe they’re safe, or we wouldn’t get into an elevator with a stranger. We want to think when we unlock our door we’re safe cause we don’t want to think someone has already broken in and is waiting for us. Many years ago a stranger did break into my place, at 7 pm. He beat me up, threatened to kill me, robbed me, raped me, held me captive 2 hrs. — and then came back a few nights later. He was my worst nightmare. He had been stalking me apparently, though I never realized it. Commenters will talk about their desire to feel free but they won’t want to hear about this. It IS rare that someone breaks in, but it happened. So if you choose to hike alone, what safety measures do you take? In case you break your leg or run across a predator, human or otherwise? Educate yourself about the options. Don’t tell yourself nothing can happen. Then live your life.
Natalie* February 6, 2021 at 6:23 pm Not to freak anyone out or anything, but the vast, VAST majority of violence (including sexual violence) happens between friends, relatives, and other people known to each other. Random violence is not particularly common.
TL -* February 6, 2021 at 7:48 pm And random violence is far more likely to happen to men than to women. Stranger assaults still do happen, but they’re by far not the biggest risk to women, they just get a disproportionate amount of attention.
mreasy* February 7, 2021 at 8:15 am Absolutely, and of course as a culture we focus on random attacks on white women as news stories. I didn’t do a good job making my point – I was trying to say that the fear & anxiety that could ruin the hike experience shouldn’t be dismissed just because it’s statistically unlikely (which it is), but recognized as real and based on reality, even if the potential for experiencing violence is vanishingly small. But I did not express this well! It is for sure extremely unlikely to be attacked (by a human) on a hiking trail, however remote, but feeing physically vulnerable when isolated also makes sense.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 12:39 pm One issue w/violence against women is: Opportunity. Men may be randomly violent to each other but often seize an opportunity w/a woman. Like a burglar who also sexually assaults, but that wasn’t the main goal of breaking in.
Jackalope* February 7, 2021 at 2:15 pm I didn’t understand PX’s comment as saying Loopy’s fears are unfounded. I understood it as a question: are her feelings founded? If so, what are the concerns and what can she do to make things better? PX mentioned looking into crime stats in the area, considering the danger of animal attacks, etc., and figuring out how to deal with the different possible threats, not dismissing concerns as unlikely.
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 11:53 am This is very similar to how I feel, and I think it’s a good question to ask where your fear is coming from. Is it logical, where does it come from, and what can you do about it? I often run and walk alone in the woods, and that sometimes means after dark (since by the time I finish work in the winter, it’s already dark). Many people tell me how dangerous that is, but *statistically* I am safer when I’m in the woods taking reasonable precautions than I am driving to the woods, walking to and from work, or (this is the saddest one) living with a male partner. I carry a compass/bear whistle combo, and text someone on arrival with my route and an alarm time. There are also some apps that will monitor your progress and can automatically send an alert if you stop moving more than X minutes if that’s something you want to look into. I found a lot of not being afraid when alone was doing it, and deciding I wasn’t going to buy into my fear. There can be power in fear, but there can also be a lot of restriction, especially when it comes to the absolute pleasure of being alone in nature. I’ve been spending time alone in the woods since I was in high school, and the scariest moments have been getting well and truly lost (found a road, kept walking till I found another road, got home and memorized all the roads surrounding that nature preserve), and being caught in thunderstorms.
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 12:01 pm As a loner who likes to walk in the woods in NE, my experience is that it’s very realistic to fear large unleashed dogs. There’s a big demographic in my area of people who want to seem cool/tough with a problem breed, but aren’t willing to restrain/train appropriately. I never walk without a blade (which I have trained with) because those dogs just do not stop once they start.
peasblossom* February 6, 2021 at 7:35 am I’m a woman who hikes alone on the regular! A couple of thoughts: For the less well known spots, have you hiked in them before or are they new to you? If you’ve never done them alone, take a friend with you once on a scouting mission to help you get familiar with the space. There’s a huge difference between hiking in an isolated area you’ve never been to and an isolated area you know. In terms of being unsafe, the more you hike alone, the more you start to hone your situational awareness and feel less general anxiety and can hone in on anxieties that tell you specifically “this is not a safe space.” While you’re getting used to that I’d: a.) try shorter trips, b.) let people know where you’re going and when, c.) go only to places where you can make a call if you get in trouble. For the popular spot, it might be worth exploring other times of day or less visited areas in the park. You might be amazed by how much variation there is in people on the trail if you go at sunset rather than early morning, or if you go on the second entrance trail rather than the first. Ask a park ranger; they should know what the busiest times/sections are.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 7:35 am I agree with you and I don’t go. I thought about bringing my dog, but some how that made it worse. But I know of women who do go. I wonder if there are times where we feel more vulnerable and this is why our interest in going just isn’t there because of increased feelings of vulnerability?
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 8:28 am I hike alone and sometimes get nervous, but I always make sure my husband and a local-ish friend know where I’m going and when I expect to be done – and that I will text them at the end of the trail. It is probably not entirely safe, and I wonder if I should be doing it! What if you try a relatively short trail on your own and see how you feel? That way if you’re too anxious to enjoy it, you’re only in that mode for a short period of time.
anon24* February 6, 2021 at 9:27 am Could you go with someone first to scope it out and see how safe it feels? I’m a woman and I’ve hiked alone, but I like to check out a new place with a partner first. Solo hiking doesn’t bother me at all, I’ve spent many hours in the woods and feel far safer there than anywhere else. I just trust my gut feeling and never hike with headphones on (which sounds counterproductive to your goal of peace anyway) and if a trail gives me a bad feeling on a certain day I don’t hesitate to turn the other way. I’ve also learned to walk quietly and pay attention to the wildlife behavior and generally know about other hikers on the trail well before they know about me and have inadvertently scared several with how quietly I come up down the trail. While the chances of being assaulted in the woods are not zero, the chance of being assaulted by someone you know are far higher and I refuse to live my life in fear and missing out on opportunities to relax and do the things I enjoy.
Anon for this* February 6, 2021 at 9:27 am This sounds like an anxiety problem, not to armchair diagnose. Why don’t you plan on the state park for the first hour, and enjoy it, and then leave when people start filling in?
Dwight Schrute* February 6, 2021 at 9:42 am I’m a woman and I’ve solo hiked twice. One time I took my dogs and didn’t get any creepy vibes from anyone I saw on the trail. The other time I went to a different place that I’d been to before with friends but with no dogs and there was a man who definitely creeped me out the entire time I was hiking. It felt like a rush to get back to the car and other people on the trail. I don’t know how to describe it but he seemed to pop out of no where repeatedly on the trail and just had a creepy stare anytime I did see him. I haven’t solo hiked since
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 12:45 pm Security expert Gavin de Becker’s book, “The Gift of Fear and Other Survival Signals that Protect Us From Violence,” talks about the gut feeling we can get. If I had a dog I’d always want to take her w/me.
lapgiraffe* February 6, 2021 at 9:55 am I hike alone, and like PX said I’m more concerned with safety/not getting hurt than I am about stranger danger or anything. I grew up in a rural Mountainous area and it’s only been in the last couple years that I’ve become aware that the woods scare people. To me they are a comfort, but I guess if you grew up with scary movies and the news then you could develop some scary ideas about them. I know places like REI and LLBean offer intro courses to outdoor safety, local outdoor orgs also offer similar programming, and they’ve all done great virtual programs this past year as well. Maybe taking one or two of those would help put you at ease? It sounds like you choose Sunday mornings in particular, but I often pick “less desirable” times on purpose to avoid such crowds, especially this last year. This includes going out when it’s really cold or when the weather is meh, I often get excited about a cold but sunny day midweek because I know trails will be relatively quiet. Branch out from this popular path, find other parks, I use apps like AllTrails which is good not great, but having the pro version to download maps which are GPS enabled is wonderful when I’m on new trails. I also search through the comments to see what people have been saying lately – is the trail overgrown, is it well marked, is it too popular and everyone is bringing their dogs snd not cleaning up after them, etc. I also try to comment as well to pay it forward even if all I have to report is good news. But I think the online hiking resources available are still not as robust as getting good trail books and physical maps. Perhaps this state park has a gift shop or visitors center, always chat up the rangers for their advice and maps. Lastly I do always let someone know where I’m going, trail info and time I expect to be back on the grid (and I give myself a wide buffer on this because if my phone dies or I can’t get service as quickly as I expected or it just takes me longer I don’t want someone freaking out, basically if they don’t hear from my by nightfall then call help). I usually hike big, popular trails, but with everything last year I opted to go more off the beaten path, less strenuous (for safety), and I was really rewarded with some lovely secret gems and a lot of peace and quiet.
Forrest Gumption* February 6, 2021 at 10:19 am I always carry pepper spray and/or a large walking stick when I (female) go on solo hikes. Here in the hills of Northern California there are bears, mountain lions, and the occasional weird/creepy person. Please protect yourself , but don’t live in fear. The chance of something bad happening is small, but knowing you have some form of self-defense can be reassuring.
Quadra* February 6, 2021 at 10:24 am I’m similarly craving solitude in nature recently and am also a woman walking/hiking alone. I almost always feel safe, though that’s an acquired skill. My best piece of advice is to go to established parks, but find the areas that are less utilized – side entrances, walking on mountain biking trails (be alert!), and going an hour or so before dusk when it’s less crowded. I do always tell my partner where I’m going just in case.
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 10:25 am I’m a woman and I wouldn’t hike alone in my area because mountain lions are known to use the area. Frankly, I think it’s unwise for anyone to hike solo in this area, but being a biologist I’m probably hyper aware that there are wild animals living among us that we never see. What is your concern about being alone in a different place from the one you were alone at and enjoyed? Is it just fear of the unknown? Maybe you could hike there a few times with friends to familiarize yourself with the area before going solo.
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 10:28 am Have you considered other ways to commune with nature too while still sticking with the trail you enjoy? I’m talking finding a scenic place to stop and take a break, or put up a hammock, or something. Look into safety whistles and such if you don’t have that yet. But in reality, your regular path is just as likely to have someone do something as a less common path, since it’s about many things more than opportunity. Change up your routine, routine is the biggest thing that can cause you problems if someone is actually staking out an area looking for a victim.
Cheesesteak in Paradise* February 6, 2021 at 11:03 am I agree the odds of running into a serial killer or rapist at a state park are similar to the odds of being hit by lightning. And in an isolated setting, you would hear anyone coming from a long way off. The bigger concern is how strenuous the terrain is and how good the trails are – are you talking a walk on a well labeled and cleared trail or backcountry? You’re more likely to twist an ankle then to be attacked by animals or humans, but if I were in a standard park with labeled trails that was a couple miles from my car (so I could hobble if I had to) that would be safer for being alone. I’m a woman in the US.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 12:50 pm I didn’t expect a stranger to break in any more than you expect to be hit by lightning, but it happened. And then he came back. If women are assaulted in the city, they for sure can be in isolated parks. Just be prepared.
ten four* February 6, 2021 at 11:11 am I hike alone regularly (woman in her forties). One of the basics of outdoors solo safety is to tell someone where you’re going and how long you expect to be out, and text them when you get down from the trail. Remember that dummy who had to cut off his own arm because he didn’t do that? Don’t be that guy! I have passing anxious thoughts on the trail about safety, but I try to let’em go by. In 20+ years of hiking all over the US (including a few years of backpacking as a professional) I have never encountered a threatening person. I did get too close to a moose once, and that was scary! I agree with the poster who suggested hunting up safety stats in the area you are hiking in. I would bet that it’s actually really safe, and that you will feel more confident once you have the facts in hand. Getting out solo in nature is very important to me too, and I hope that you can get to a place where you feel comfortable with it! Remember to take a water bottle and a snack :P
I Wrote This in the Bathroom* February 6, 2021 at 12:40 pm I’m a woman that got into hiking in the late 00s and started hiking alone around that time, still do it on occasion. I’ve always felt safe. (The closest I came to feeling unsafe on a hike was last spring, when everything shut down for Covid and everyone suddenly had nothing else to do but hike, and people showed up on my usual trails in large numbers, maskless – but that’s not the kind of unsafe you’re asking about!) Maybe I’ve been lucky, but I’ve had zero issues. I suspect the more advanced/difficult trails are probably safer than the beginner/easy ones, but that’s just a gut feeling, who knows? Everyone I’ve seen on the trails were mostly concerned with their own hike or run, and not interested in attacking people. (having skimmed through the comments) I *would* be afraid of wild predator animals or aggressive dogs, but I’m fortunate to live in an area that has neither. I mean people here probably do have aggressive dogs, they just don’t take them hiking. All dogs I’ve seen on trails have been happy social balls of fluff.
All Monkeys are French* February 6, 2021 at 4:03 pm I am a woman who enjoys hiking alone. Like many others here have said, my biggest fear is injury or getting lost. I worry a little about wildlife because bears and mountain lions are a thing here. I only worry about humans if I might accidentally trespass on their land/weed grow/houseless encampment. If you stay on marked trails and follow the other good advice here, I hope you can safely and peacefully enjoy hiking alone.
Chance of thunderstorm* February 6, 2021 at 4:49 pm I would add my voice to those more concerned about injury than stranger danger. Not to dismiss those feelings but people encounter risk reward scenarios every day – is it worth the risk to drive to a destination knowing how many car accidents occurred daily etc. Consider what steps you take to mitigate risks and if concerns such as being in an unfamiliar area are influencing your perception of risk. Also, nervous is not necessarily bad! It’s a normal reaction to the unfamiliar and knowing you can push through that to complete something is amazing. In terms of hiking alone there have been some great suggestion. I would add spare power for you cell phone, but don’t rely on being in cell service. Know how to look up your coordinates on your phone if you have a compass app. Have appropriate clothing and extra clothing if it rains or you fall in a stream. If you had to sit on the ground for three hours to wait for help – for you or some other hiker- are you going to be warm enough? (Large plastic garbage are very versatile!) Food and water – so important. I make terrible decisions when hangry. All in all I would encourage you to keep exploring your local parks until you find a place or time of day that gives you the quiet you crave. You might have to put up with some people who are likely just as annoyed that you are in ‘their’ space but I think the rewards will be worth the effort. Good luck!
Loopy* February 6, 2021 at 8:01 pm Was all set to sit down and reply individually this week and my laptop totally is kicking the dust and keep freezing. So I’m on my phone but a few quick notes: I’ve actually done solo hiking before quite a few years back and it’s gone fine! I have a few thoughts on my recent fear: in general I’m more anxious these days but also have had a somewhat anxious MIL for a few years now. I usually tell her I do things AFTER the fact and she’s always a bit worried and expresses concern over what ifs. I didn’t think it bothered me but now I realize I may have to try and cut that down as I’m possibly internalizing her reactions more than I thought. Also some folks realized this is likely general anxiety and it probably is part of it. I am finally seeing someone and will mention it. I was feeling up to going to a place I’ve been once before but feel pretty good about (easy hiking, no rough terrain, well established trails) and was pretty excited about it. It’s 45 minutes away though and with all the rain we are getting today and overnight I decided to put it off since it has enough marshland that flooded trails are a concern. I was really getting excited about it but I don’t want to waste 1.5 hours round trip if fifteen minutes in I can’t keep hiking. I’d like to have the first more remote experience be positive so I don’t start making excuses. I am feeling better about it though and hope I get out there soon. Bummed about the rain but I do think tomorrow will be just clearing up around 6 AM and likely the rain will have caused some serious trail issues. Also, the place I go now isn’t big enough to find more remote areas there. I do know the less traveled trails but unfortunately you can hear road noise from a nearby highway and man, does that grate on me!!!
lobsterp0t* February 7, 2021 at 2:50 am I think of it this way. It seems unlikely something bad will happen. If something did happen – to a man – people wouldn’t suddenly philosophise about how he took an unreasonable risk by walking a trail alone in the daytime. And wouldn’t insinuate he had invited it. Which says to me, the risks are less than the social fear instilled which is about gender, not actual risk. There’s always a risk. Surely you’re more likely to slip and sprain something than be ace murdered? I say that not to be flippant but to say that in considering your biggest fears when it comes to solo hiking, it could be easy to discount actual risk. How you mitigate against those things really looks quite similar to suggestions here. Why not drive out and just take it a little bit at a time? See how it feels. Don’t go far the first time and build your confidence on the less familiar trails.
Joan Rivers* February 7, 2021 at 12:58 pm Men get sexually assaulted, you just don’t read about it in your newspaper. Some crimes have been deemed “not family friendly” and haven’t been covered but that doesn’t mean they haven’t happened. Or they’re not described graphically. As a survivor of violence, I don’t know why women don’t drive to the park together and then go on separate walks. With a cell phone and/or alarm to contact each other if they sprain an ankle or get assaulted.
Jackalope* February 7, 2021 at 2:11 pm Do you mean driving in the same car? Right now that might be more of a risk than going on a walk alone, if they aren’t in your household or pod.
Geraldine* February 7, 2021 at 3:29 pm I’m sorry that happened to you, but it’s not reasonable to live life expecting danger around every corner. You were much more likely to be attacked by a partner than a stranger, yet you aren’t recommending no one ever has a partner, I’m sure. I think you are responding out of care, but it’s concerning to me how fear driven and alarmist your comments here are. Have you had therapy? Did you get help with dealing with what happening to you? It doesn’t sound like you’ve been able to process your experience and heal, sadly. I’m so sorry and I hope you will seek help. (And if you won’t, at least please stop trying to impose your fear on others, it isn’t actually helpful, despite how I’m sure it feels to you.)
Fern* February 7, 2021 at 7:47 pm I don’t find Joan River’s comments “alarmist”or “imposing fears on others”. The OP brought up her specific fear of being assaulted by a stranger, and Joan has added their relevant, lived experience to the discussion. Joan Rivers opened up to us about an incredibly violent trauma. I find it inappropriate and dismissive that you would tell them to “process and heal”. Even decades of therapy and healing don’t just erase such trauma. Many commenters have piped in with “nothing bad has ever happened to me” and I think Joan’s comments about something bad that *did* happen are just as valid and needed in this discussion.
Roci* February 7, 2021 at 11:57 pm I’m honestly not sure Joan Rivers’ experience is relevant. The OP is asking about safety hiking alone, Joan was attacked in her home. So is the home not safe? Should women never be alone lest they be assaulted? What does this have to do with taking safety precautions when out in the wild? I think the relevant lived experiences of other women who hike alone in nature, and the precautions they take, are much more helpful than sharing a cautionary tale about a woman in a totally different situation.
Jackalope* February 7, 2021 at 2:28 pm I have done a lot of solo hiking over the years (I’m in my 40s) and haven’t had any problems with it, although I know my experience isn’t universal. I find it helpful to think through the different possible issues and figure out a plan beforehand, so if any of them happen, I’m prepared. That of course shows up in things like carrying essentials with me (extra food & water, a map, emergency blanket, etc.), but I also think of it in terms of safety from other humans. For example, in the area where I go on the most regular basis, I have a general idea of what I would do if I were attacked, depending on which part of the trail it is, or if someone is acting sketchy but not openly threatening. I won’t say I’m never nervous, but for the most part I can enjoy it. (I will add that the further you go from society, the less likely it is to be a concern. Joan Rivers made the valid point below that sometimes assaults against women by men are crimes of opportunity, and it’s not impossible that some men would be out for a hike, see a woman, and attack her without having planned it. On the other hand, for someone who intends to commit assault, it’s less likely that they’d go so far out of their way instead of going for a victim in a more accessible area.)
oranges & lemons* February 7, 2021 at 4:23 pm Personally, I’m not too worried about other people in remote wilderness areas. Chances of running into another person are pretty slim as it is, and they are likely to just be other hikers going about their day. There are tons of wilderness areas in the region I live and I’ve never heard of anyone being attacked by another person, and for what it’s worth, everyone I’ve met on remote backpacking trails has been pretty friendly and helpful. I’d be more concerned about running into a bear or twisting my ankle, but those aren’t prohibitive either if you plan for them.
Elf* February 6, 2021 at 7:25 am Did anyone read My Dark Vanessa from Alison’s list of book recommendations? I will put my thoughts in a reply for spoiler reasons.
Elf* February 6, 2021 at 7:38 am I did think it was well-written, but I was disappointed about the lack of nuance in the situation. I had been really anticipating it because from the description (had a relationship with the teacher at 15, now she’s an adult and someone else has accused him, has to reevaluate) I had thought it would be more a situation where she had a relationship with him that she enjoyed and was in some ways good for her, and that in retrospect given the new info she has to reevaluate past details and her own feelings. I was especially looking forward to this because I (and every woman I’ve actually talked to about it) have various things from my own past that I felt the need to reevaluate (or avoid reevaluating) in the wake of Me Too. The reality of the book was just unsubtle. There wasn’t anything good about the relationship; there’s relatively unambiguous rape, she doesn’t really find him physically attractive at the time, it’s portrayed as pretty unequivocally icky and damaging. She is very damaged by it. I think it also pathologises him to a disturbing degree; being only attracted to young teens to the point where he can’t perform with a grown adult is – a narrative choice. I can understand that the author might have wanted to avoid glorifying student-teacher relationships (it’s certainly been done), but I think that the book was lacking a lot of subtlety and interest it could have had if the situation had been more ambiguous.
ninapivot* February 6, 2021 at 8:46 pm It sounds like you just wanted it to be an entirely different book.
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 1:58 pm but I think that the book was lacking a lot of subtlety and interest it could have had if the situation had been more ambiguous. I’m not sure why this is a problem. I think that exploring more ambiguous situations is valuable and even necessary. But I think that it is also CRUCIAL for us as a society to truly grapple with the less “interesting” situations. Because while this happens to be a work of fiction, it explores something that is a REALITY for too many young people. The long term effects of these kinds of situations may not be “interesting” to readers. But they are real, and painful. It’s ok to be looking for a light and interesting read. But that doesn’t speak to the quality of the book – it’s not intended to be a light read. It’s intended to grapple with a serious problem. I don’t know how well it does that, as I have not read it. But the issues you raise do not address that question at all.
Workerbee* February 6, 2021 at 8:18 am I had it on my Libby list, but then removed the hold after a friend’s review revealed some triggering things.
Ciscononymous* February 6, 2021 at 11:31 pm I read it and while I never experienced that exactly, I did find Vanessa’s characterization of herself as a willing participant to avoid calling herself a victim, and by extension him a rapist, all too familiar. I stayed up all night finishing it.
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 2:01 am I loved it. a lot of the characters were unlikeable and there were no real moments of catharsis. But to me that’s real, these felt like real people. It was painful to read, seeing how much she devalued herself. And the way that the abuser gaslit her so much into always feeling badly for him. It’s such a poignant encapsulation of how many women when we get into our teens want to be confident and like sex but still feel such intense shame in our bodies and sexuality. I still think about it!
Teapot Translator* February 6, 2021 at 7:34 am I’m eating breakfast before going for an easy hike. This week’s been the usual: dance, yoga, dumbbells exercises. What I’ve had to work on is the self-imposed pressure to perform. Even though I’ll never be the kind of person who’ll do an ironman (I have stuff to do! also, too much running!), I always feel like I’m not doing enough. One voice says, “According to science, any kind of exercise that gets you moving is good,” while the other one goes, “If we’re not doing any HIIT two hours a day, we’re losing our time!!!” I don’t want to do HIIT; I’d hurt myself. But the voice is there. What do your voices say?
nep* February 6, 2021 at 8:00 am I know how consistent I need to be to have that great sense of strength and well being all the time. When I’m not consistent, the difference is huge. I lead Zoom workouts and I’m constantly reminding participants that it’s truly their workout alone–intensity level varies from person to person, of course, and in one person even from day to day, depending on history, hydration/eating, rest… What gives you the sense that you’re not doing ‘enough’?
Teapot Translator* February 6, 2021 at 12:15 pm I think I have this internalized false idea that if I’m not drenched in sweat and out of breath after every single exercise, it was a waste of time? I’ve been exercising from home and I’ve had injuries in the past, so I’m careful (what if I fall down and hurt myself?!). So I often choose safe, easier choices. Which my rational mind tells me is the right thing to do because I will get a better, bit by bit, over time. I just need to be patient. But part of me is judging myself for not being miraculously better at this exercise thing.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 2:01 pm If you are moving your body and doing what’s reasonably challenging but prudent for you, you’re nailing this exercise thing.
CJM* February 6, 2021 at 7:58 am I tend to be a couch potato but am trying to exercise more. Lately my daughter and I are using a buddy system: We text every few days to set up a time to exercise “together” in our separate homes. We try to check in afterwards (positive reinforcement), but that may not happen if she’s busy getting ready for work. She does Tae Bo with Billy Blanks, and I play energetic music and dance. Having an exercise buddy is about all that’s ever worked for me, although I did go for an impromptu walk the other day when the sun was out and I had just returned from an errand (and so was already dressed). Baby steps!
Teapot Translator* February 6, 2021 at 12:21 pm An exercise buddy is super important! Now I can exercise on my own, but I used to go to the gym with a friend or join up classes. Now, my friends and I talk about what we’ve been doing during the week and I get a similar feeling of community. Which is why I post this thread every week! To feel like we’re all moving together. I like walking. And sometimes, depending on the time of year, of where I’m walking, I’ll hear the birds singing while the sun in shining. Great feeling.
Workerbee* February 6, 2021 at 8:20 am We had major snow shoveling to do, so I skipped the elliptical that day! Today is housecleaning morning so I may do the same. Though I’m always a little dismayed that despite what feels like a lot of activity and effort, I don’t track as many steps as I think I’m taking when I’m chasing around the vacuum cleaner and contorting to get in the corners and under things.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 10:03 am I am back on my elliptical and I missed it so much! new and I were talking the other week about avoiding rear-view mirror looks at what you used to be able to do, and it’s very true (I find it hard to imagine how I did the speeds I did a few years ago, and they weren’t even that fast). But it feels so good.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 10:00 am I didn’t do well. My 54yo knees aren’t liking the exercise bike & hill walking, I haven’t managed to work up a sweat with gentler stretches & calisthenics, and, well, I’m really missing the pool. (Boo hiss pandemic that means indefinite closure of public sessions at the school pool.)
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 5:04 pm I keep coming back to this thread hoping someone will mention an activity that I haven’t considered that will be the magic bullet.
Teapot Translator* February 6, 2021 at 5:14 pm :( I don’t have a problem with my knees, although I am avoiding jumps because of past foot problems. I did find a Healthline article called 6-Low Impact Cardio Exercises in 20 Minutes or Less; I’m going to try their exercises to see if it helps with my cardio.
Office Grunt* February 6, 2021 at 10:05 am USARugby is using a #fitrefraffle contest to get refs geared up for when the pandemic is over. I’d been doing 15-20 minutes of jogging on a treadmill 2-3 times a week, but due to potential peer pressure I’m up to 30-40.
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 10:28 am I’m really proud of myself. I did yoga with Adrienne 4 out of 5 work days, and I’ve gotten back into walking around the lake on weekends. COVID has been really hard on me mentally and physically (I don’t think I ever got it, but just the never leaving my house part), so I’m glad to be moving again.
Teapot Translator* February 6, 2021 at 12:27 pm Glad you’re moving again. Some people say to get out and exercise when we’re not doing well mentally, but in my case, I’ve found the opposite. Once I felt I had more or less a handle on my GAD issues, then I was able to focus on my physical well-being. Same thing when the pandemic hit, I had to be in a relatively good place to have the energy to exercise again.
The teapots are on fire* February 6, 2021 at 11:28 am Kept up Fitness Blender two straight weeks. I dropped down to a slightly easier workout plan that I”m more willing to do and I’m calling it a win.
Teapot Translator* February 6, 2021 at 12:30 pm I’ve been exploring Fitness Blender. I used their stretching exercises twice now. I like them.
CatCat* February 6, 2021 at 12:27 pm I’ve been really keeping up regularly with barre3. Usually 30 min videos, but sometimes just 10 min videos when it’s just not going to happen otherwise. I love that there are 10 min videos. I also like that the modifications are available and clearly shown with plenty of mods for troublesome knees or shoulders.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 12:51 pm I have found a run/walk training program that is less aggressive than Couch to 5K, and so far it looks like I’ll be able to follow it without getting injured. I love running for the mental benefits but have temperamental joints. I have started C25K more timrs than I can count, but it’s been a number of years since I’ve been able to complete it and sustain a jogging routine, because something always goes sproing when it shouldn’t. I’m hoping if I take it slow enough, everything will get acclimated in sync.
Lady Meyneth* February 6, 2021 at 4:04 pm For those in COVID hotspots, or still afraid to go out for exercise, the Down Dog apps are pretty awesome. I’ve tried the one for high intensity training and the one for yoga. Both are easy to follow, have clear instructions and great music, and let you set the time and pace of your exercise. It’s also temporarily free during the pandemic (but not too expensive anyway).
Hi there* February 6, 2021 at 5:58 pm This was an unusual week for me since I did snow shoveling and went snowshoeing instead of running. I was thrilled. I also kept up with the additional strength program from my online running coach, which is about 10-15 minutes of strength every weekday. Next week will be more hectic but hopefully I am on a roll and will keep it up.
Rebecca Stewart* February 6, 2021 at 7:50 pm I have exercise intolerance due to my chronic pain disorder, which means I can’t do any sort of formal thing on a regular basis, and it’s not possible for me to start something and get sore and tired but be okay in a little while. If I get sore and tired I’ll be barely able to get out of bed for a couple days. So the exercise I do has to be just slipped in and barely there, and it has to be nearly every day. And I can’t go to the gym right now because although it’s open, I don’t feel safe going what with COVID going on. This is really frustrating because I feel much better when I go every morning and shove some light weights around. I was actually to the point where I started to increase the weight a tiny bit when COVID came in, so I know that works.
MedievalProf* February 7, 2021 at 9:19 am I use the app Aaptiv, have for a few years now. I think it’s $11/mo or $60/year? Highly rec this app if you can afford it — classes from 5 min to an hour +, something for everyone (including yoga, pilates, and barre). During Covid I have enlisted a long-distance friend to be my workout buddy. We report what we’ve done and suggest classes to each other. Sometimes we do one of the “challenges” together. The trainers are hit-or-miss, but Ackeem is always great (he has some more low-key beginner options too, for both strength and running). Kenta is amazing for abs especially. Wes and Rochelle have some good outdoor running routines. Mary O will kick your butt into the next county! I have two sets of dumbbells (5 and 12), a yoga mat, and running shoes and I make it work! I think I’ve stayed about as fit as I was during quarantine, and in normal times I’m a group exercise junkie.
AvonLady Barksdale* February 7, 2021 at 9:41 am I lapsed a little this week. Usually I do at least a 20 min strength workout 5 mornings, but this week was rough. Usually I walk the dog to daycare on Mondays, but last week the weather was terrible so we drove for drop off and pick up, then I just wasn’t feeling it. Then the dog wanted extra long walks this week. So I exercised but not the way I wanted to. I pushed through a trainer-led workout today and it was challenging but good.
JobHunter* February 7, 2021 at 12:55 pm I started doing Seven Daily Moves. I do reps of 15 or about 4 minutes of each activity to get a half hour per day. It doesn’t require much space, so it’s perfect for getting some activity while cooped up due to snow.
Teapot Translator* February 6, 2021 at 7:36 am I have no idea what to cook this week. I intend to make “fried” chicken. I have buttermilk I need to use. I say “fried” because I read on the Internet that I can just fry the chicken a little bit in a pan, then put it in the oven to cook.
pancakes* February 6, 2021 at 9:17 am Maybe try the recipe for Judy Hesser’s oven-fried chicken. It’s terrific and I’ve been making it for years. It doesn’t call for buttermilk, but I bet you could use it in place of the brine with good results.
CoffeeforLife* February 6, 2021 at 9:28 am I can speak for John Legends fried chicken- quite tasty. I read it performs beautifully in the air fryer. I like to pan fry thighs in ghee (nomnompaleo) recipe and they are so good.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 5:18 pm It’s not chicken but it’s a favorite… do you like raisin bran muffins? There was a 1970s fad for making them with buttermilk and a box of box of cereal. There are variations all over the web. One nice thing for a busy human is that the recipe is designed to let you make a huge batch to refrigerate — and cook a few muffins at a time over a few weeks. (They never last that long in my house.)
Bobina* February 6, 2021 at 7:53 am I am contemplating making cookies this weekend. I usually do cakes/fruit bread type things, so cookies are venturing into the unknown really. There is a recipe for chicken adobo (NYT) that I’ve been wanting to make for a while now, but I feel like there are other things I need to finish first. A beef stew to use up this can of stout thats been hanging around for months. I also have a lot of dried beans/lentils I kind of want to go through because they’ve been in the cupboard for a while. But not sure I’m in the mood for that kind of food. I feel like I’m already over my stew/curry phase, but its not warm enough for salad-y things! I made a lentil recipe this week that was too rich/acidic for me (something about the red wine and tinned tomato’s didnt work for me) and now I’ve got those leftovers I need to do something with (adding cream helped, but now need to decide whether to freeze them or just finish it during the week).
CoffeeforLife* February 6, 2021 at 9:32 am I made Levine Bakery’s chocolate chip cookies and they were great! Huge if you follow the recipe so for the second batch I made them regular cookie size.
Anonymath* February 6, 2021 at 12:28 pm DoubleTree hotel revealed their chocolate chip cookie recipe at the beginning of the pandemic, and that has become our go-to cookie recipe here. I make mine a little smaller than suggested, so one batch makes about 33 cookies.
CJM* February 6, 2021 at 8:13 am I’m gearing up to make Lithuanian bacon buns! They were a family favorite when my in-laws were alive; they’d bring home a few dozen when they visited friends in Toronto. We called them “bulkutes,” and they were fantastic. (I liked to briefly reheat them in the oven.) I’m not much of a cook, but it’s past time to try making them myself. The grocery store was out of frozen bread dough the other day; that’s been a hot item during the pandemic. Next week I’ll put yeast and flour on the grocery list and make the bread part from scratch. The inside is simply bacon and onion, so that should be easy, and I have a few recipes on hand.
Might Be Spam* February 6, 2021 at 12:42 pm We always had these for holidays. As an adult, it’s now my job to bring them and everyone always reminds me so I don’t forget. Or they’re afraid I might change my mind. I’m going to make some this week. Thanks for the idea.
Might Be Spam* February 6, 2021 at 3:15 pm I just searched for “bulkutes” and everything came back in Lithuanian. I used Bing and Google and both of them switched my language to Lithuanian. Hilarious.
CJM* February 6, 2021 at 6:14 pm Another fan! I love it. Do you have a favorite recipe you could share? I found one with a photo that looks exactly like what I remember, and that’s the recipe I plan to start with. It’s by A Coalcracker in the Kitchen. I found it by Googling “Lithuanian Bacon Buns.”
Might Be Spam* February 7, 2021 at 3:18 am It’s the same as Coalcracker’s recipe except I don’t use sugar. When it’s not a holiday, sometimes I get lazy and use frozen bread dough. From scratch, seems better to me.
CJM* February 7, 2021 at 6:38 am Thanks! I’ll probably skip the sugar too. I was surprised to see it in the ingredients list.
Anonymath* February 6, 2021 at 8:47 am My son’s school had a dried pasta fundraiser instead of wrapping paper or chocolate, and now we have a box of strangely shaped (flamingoes, pirates, etc.) pasta in the pantry. So Sunday dinner will be strangely-shaped Mac n’ Cheese. Our pink grapefruit plant made two fruit this year, and they’re destined for a Grapefruit Merengue Pie (got the recipe for an easy lemon one off Allrecipes). And the garden is full of mustard greens and turnips, so I’m making storage batches of greens with bacon and onion for the freezer.
Ali G* February 6, 2021 at 10:03 am Last weekend I pulled some frozen caramelized onions from the freezer and used it on a naan pizza with mushrooms and spices, and I decided I need caramelized onions on hand at all times. So today I am caramelizing 5 lbs of onions in the slow cooker. For Superbowl Sunday we are having: oven nachos with all the fixings and pickled red onions, chicken wings, and a caramelized onion and bacon dip for chips.
Ali G* February 6, 2021 at 11:38 am I googled! It’s easy – just slice and dump (I used the food processor), add some melted butter and salt. Cook on low for like 10 hours. I’ll let you know how it goes!
Ali G* February 7, 2021 at 1:19 pm Update: it worked and my house smelled amazing! The dip is fantastic.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 10:04 am Lunar new Year approaches! This week will be all about the food my former housemates taught me to cook. Annoyingly, I can’t find the sausage grinder though, so I can’t use the pork loin I had intended to turn into dumplings. Hi ho hi ho to the grocery store I go.
CoffeeforLife* February 6, 2021 at 1:41 pm Do you have a food processor or even a small electric food chopper? I use those instead of a meat grinder. Works perfectly for the big Costco loin I turn into ground pork
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 5:26 pm Alas our food processor was on its last legs so it is still in storage at my fatherinlaw’s place. I fear that may be where my Kitchenaid sausage grinder is too….because it turns out the sausage grinder my husband was telling me he knew we had is the hand grinder his mom gave him. And our grocery store had no ground pork either, my choices are shovel my way to the storage unit, drive to the Asian market, or make dumplings from beef, turkey, or lamb. Choices choices :)
A Simple Narwhal* February 6, 2021 at 10:13 am I’m trying gluten-free for a week to see how my body reacts to it, I’d love to hear any recipes anyone has or meals they’ve liked!
DarthVelma* February 6, 2021 at 10:40 am Not sure it’s technically “cooking” but I made my first ever homemade liqueur this past week. Coffee liqueur to go in espresso martinis for my partner. He said it was good. :-) A couple weeks ago we made our own Irish cream. So a big chunk of his drinks are homemade now. This coming week is going to be green apple infused vodka. I’m craving apple martinis for the first time in years, but I really don’t want to use any of the super-sweet mixers I used in the past.
Sister Michael, Judo Blackbelt* February 6, 2021 at 11:03 am Making cheesesteaks and fries today, which I’m so looking forward to! Tomorrow we are having a selection of appetizers while watching the Puppy Bowl. I also made cinnamon chip scones with coffee icing this week and am looking for something different to bake. I’ve been on a scone kick so I’ve made a bunch of different flavors.
The teapots are on fire* February 6, 2021 at 11:31 am I made my first batch of Meyer Lemon marmalade last week and it turned out really great! I used a recipe that has you blanch the lemons to soften the skins and it was really easy to shave the pulp off the skins. There’s no bitterness (so if you like your marmalade bitter don’t do this). It’s basically lemon jam. I have PLENTY more lemons so I’m planning another batch this weekend.
wingmaster* February 6, 2021 at 12:04 pm Bún bò Huế (Vietnamese beef soup) in the Instant Pot! Other than that, probably take out for this weekend since it’s Superbowl weekend.
Nela* February 6, 2021 at 12:27 pm I tried something new this week that I loved, it’s very quick and easy to do. – Chopped some veggies and put them in a steaming basket (cooking or sautéing works too) – I had carrots and zucchini, I wish I had mushrooms too that would have tasted even better – Made a thick “pancake” mix with 2 eggs, a can of tuna, flour and seasoning, spread the mix across a pan and browned on both sides – Filled the pancake with steamed vegetables and rolled it, though that part didn’t work out 100% because my pancake was a bit too small – Eat with both hands :) it was tasty, healthy, and pretty low carb I found the tuna pancake recipe on some Korean guy’s YouTube, he has some amazing recipes but I’ll need to order some Korean sauces and spices first. This one worked with basic spices.
Loubelou* February 7, 2021 at 8:39 am Ooh this sounds yummy! I have just started keto and am struggling to find interesting recipes that aren’t a big hassle or require ingredients that I have to order specially. I will try this.
Nela* February 7, 2021 at 8:48 am I hope you’ll like it! I think this will become one of the staples for me.
CatCat* February 6, 2021 at 12:28 pm Going to harvest my Aerogarden lettuce and the broccoli sprouts that I sprouted in a jar and make them into a salad this weekend. So excited!
adk* February 6, 2021 at 12:42 pm Making chili tomorrow. Contemplating trying my hand at cornbread too. Apparently the chicken wings at the store didn’t look good, so husband didn’t pick up any. Though now he’s thinking about making Korean Fire Chicken instead. It’s only the two of us for the Superbowl, so we don’t really need all that food, but leftovers are always delicious. Last night I made Spicy Mexican Pork Chops from a recipe from food dot com. Pretty good, needed to be spicier.
Jenny* February 6, 2021 at 1:43 pm I made chili and cornbread this week. Chili turned out terrible but cornbread was great.
adk* February 6, 2021 at 2:19 pm Oh! We make chili about once every 2 weeks. The leftovers are even better than the Day Of.
Sparkly Librarian* February 6, 2021 at 12:51 pm Chicken soup is on the stove right now. The last few batches have been with cabbage and rice or with greens and potato, so my wife asked for a standard chicken noodle. I couldn’t get wide egg noodles in the delivery, so I’m going to try it with a fresh fettucine and hope it doesn’t go all to mush. I made an unsatisfactory bean dip the other day, not realizing it was Super Bowl season. I just had some yogurt to use up. It separated; next time I’ll use sour cream. Or just eat cheesy refried beans. Atakilt wot (Ethiopian veggie dish with carrots, cabbage, sometimes cauliflower, and usually potato) in the Instant Pot was well seasoned, but overcooked. Next time only a minute or two cook time, not five! And add potato (the recipe my wife found omitted it, and I was kinda put out).
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 2:40 pm Omelet fans, tell me your favorites! I’m a recent convert and I’m mostly just sautéing lying-around veggies (usually some combination of peppers, tomatoes, and onions), adding chopped spinach to the batter, then adding some grated whatever-I-have cheese before I fold up. Then I add salsa verde on top. What others do people recommend?
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 3:27 pm Re omelets: if I’m going to throw in lots of ingredients I generally go for a frittata rather than an omelet, as that seems to hold up better against tons-o-veggies. For omelets, I usually stick with plain or cheese – but the “cheese” variations are endless, depending a lot on whatever odd bits of cheese I have on hand and want to use up. A nice little goat cheese with some herbs, or a heartier Manchego grated to help it get melty, or the last of a bag of multi-cheese-shreds that I got for a different recipe and forgot about until it was almost too late… [Funny how often *that* happens!] Might throw in random herbs, and when I have the Aerogarden pumping I’ll often put several leaves of lettuce on the plate and plop the omelet on top, so it softens but doesn’t quite cook the greens.
zaracat* February 6, 2021 at 3:54 pm I’m cooking just for one and freeze all my leftover cooked vegetables, adding successive batches to the same container. Then when I need an easy meal I just defrost a tub, lay the vege on the base of a small cast iron frypan and pour over a couple of beaten eggs, top with grated cheese and cook in a hot oven for 15-20 minutes.
Filosofickle* February 6, 2021 at 2:51 pm I am really struggling with food this week! I usually love to cook for us (me + partner) but he has Covid and has lost his sense of taste/smell. So there’s no fun in cooking for someone who can’t really taste! And if if I approached it like what would I cook if it were just for me, then honestly I’d rather make a sandwich or order a pizza. I wouldn’t bother cooking. But he wants super healthy fresh foods so he can get better, so that’s a monkey wrench. Since we’re quarantined I ordered grocery delivery today so we have loads of good things (and a few junk snacks for me), and he can make himself salads or snack on raw veg or whatever floats his boat. My strategy is going to be big pots of nutritious soups, stews, and grain/legume salads. This week I cooked a quinoa vegetable white bean soup and a vegetarian lentil shepherd’s pie. (Which, technically makes it a cottage pie I realize. But that’s the recipe name.) A couple weeks ago I made a beet & farro & greens salad that was a huge hit so I’ll make that again.
Sprechen Sie Talk?* February 6, 2021 at 3:27 pm I frankensteined two recipes together last night to make chicken pot pie with cheddar biscuit topping. I was originally going to make some chicken soup but eh, its going to be cold and crappy here the next week and something heartier was necessary. It turned out fantastic with homemade roux that I lightened up with some dijon and lemon juice so it wasn’t so stodgy. This week on deck I have got Budget Bytes Southwestern Cabbage Skillet and a Greens Filo Pastry Pie Ive made before from the Washington Post.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 5:50 pm I found a Lidl next to my gym which to me is very similar to Aldi and they had lots of veggies and readymade salads. I bought a few and plan to use those. Not cooking anything fancy this week but making use of those salads, some veggies and adding protein. really trying to cut out eating candy on a daily basis but seems that hwen I cut candy out, I crave potato chips even more.
Rebecca Stewart* February 6, 2021 at 7:58 pm I do five week menus. We always have the same breakfasts; I have toast and fruit, because I can’t eat heavy in the mornings, and Boyfriend and Girlfriend have a slice of quichecake. This is a hybrid between a savory cheesecake and a crustless quiche. This week’s is chicken bacon ranch; next week’s is steak with mushrooms and onions and cheddar cheese. Lunch is the same week to week. Mondays are always chicken quesadillas, etc. Dinner is where we have our big variety. I cook from scratch. This upcoming week is as follows: Monday is Steak Diane with mashed potatoes and brussel sprouts tossed in bacon drippings with black pepper and sea salt. Tuesday is General Tso’s chicken, with steamed broccoli and rice. Wednesday is personal pizzas, so we all get what we want. Thursday is baked cheese tortellini with pan-roasted zucchini chunks and garlic bread. Friday is tacos, hard or soft to suit preference, with Spanish rice and refried beans and flan. Saturday is tandoori grilled shrimp, with jasmine rice, saag aloo, and naan. I will probably make rice pudding if I get around to doing it. Sunday is beef stroganoff with green beans and homemade rolls.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 8:42 pm can I come over? That all sounds amazing. I’m missing the before times when I had free reign of a kitchen and endless time to cook.
Brittle Bird Bones* February 6, 2021 at 7:35 am Is it possible to ask your doctor if a full appointment is actually necessary or if we can just follow up over the phone? I have a new orthopedic doctor to go over bone density issues I’m having. I had my first appointment, where we discussed my history of bone issues. She said that she thought I was just calcium and vitamin D deficient, not full Osteopenia, and had me get blood work to confirm. She also gave me a list of things to do (diet, strengthening exercises, supplements) before we turn to drugs. After my blood work, she has me make another appointment. At the appointment, she pulls up my blood work results, says ‘Yep, it’s what I thought; just keep doing what we talked about last time and we’ll follow up in six months’, and gives me a referral for blood work in a few months. And that was it. I spent $60 on a co-pay (a big deal when I’m furloughed) and a lot of time for something I feel could have easily been a phone call. Even the referral, I could have gotten through my email in 6 months. I’ve never felt like I had a doctors appointment that was a waste of time and money before but this one truly did. I’m wary of my follow up in 6 months just being ‘yep, looks like this is helping, keep doing what you’re doing’. So is there a polite way to ask a doctor if a phone call will suffice rather than a full appointment?
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 7:38 am I get so sick of how many times we get dragged back to the office for something close to nothing. What I would say here, is “I have a $60 copay every time I see you. Since I am on furlough right now is there a more cost effective way of reviewing my results such as a phone call?”
Teapot Translator* February 6, 2021 at 7:39 am I would imagine that because of the pandemic, doctors are taking appointments over the phone? We’re not in the same country, but mine does. Maybe when the clinic calls you to fix an appointment, you can ask if it can be a phone call?
CC* February 6, 2021 at 8:02 am Just be aware that telehealth appointments generally still have copays. You may be better off contacting your Primary care provider & see if they will take over the management now that the ortho gave you a plan, since the primary care copay is typically less than a specialist copay.
Doctor is In* February 6, 2021 at 9:26 am Family Practice physician here. Definitely push back on paying for an appointment just to go over test results that could be conveyed in a phone call or email (unless something very important/life changing like cancer). Just ask. And good idea to see if your family doctor can manage going forward. Very reasonable.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 10:07 am I think it’s fine to ask even if the answer is no. It doesn’t sound like there’s a prescription in the mix or an unstable situation that might require closer monitoring. What I’d do is ask if you can wait to see the lab results and then go another six months without a visit if they’re good. Six-month followup is a pretty standard plan so she may not even be thinking about other possibilities.
TL -* February 6, 2021 at 10:24 am For my thyroid meds, I came in for the first bloodwork results and everything else has been over the phone/via the online messaging system. So ask? She may just do the first one as an appointment in case you had any additional questions or concerns.
RadNP* February 6, 2021 at 12:02 pm Ask for sure. I would want to know if my patient was having that experience.
Chaordic One* February 6, 2021 at 1:01 pm My parents’ doctor is doing video consults for these kinds of things. It meant having to get my tech-challenged parents set up to use Zoom on their PC (which was was a completely different hassle). He only has them come in if he do a more thorough physical exam or wants to run tests.
JustEm* February 7, 2021 at 6:07 pm FWIW video visits currently get billed the same as in-person, so that wouldn’t help OPs problem. (I’m a doctor who does both televisits and face to face). For OP, definitely ask! I almost always suggest my usual follow up frequency, but am happy to push it back if the patient has concerns about copay etc and will do brief things via Mychart.
saf* February 8, 2021 at 11:30 am I recently changed endocrinologists as mine would only give results in person. His reason? “Insurance won’t pay me for phone calls, and I need to be paid.” I know he needs to make money. I also know that a 5 minute “All as expected, come back in 3 months” is nothing BUT a moneymaker.
Bobina* February 6, 2021 at 7:39 am Gardening thread: how are all the plants doing? I had said I’d follow up from a few weeks ago now that the germination time for the heuchera seeds is up (60 days) and unfortunately no success. About a month ago there were definitely some tiny (and I do mean tiny, like maybe 2mm) shoots that had appeared, but they all seem to have died. One is hanging on for dear life but thats about it. But I’m still happy with that result because conditions in my flat arent really ideal – pretty sure it was slightly too cold (18-27C is ideal according to the package and I was probably just at the lower end) and there was definitely not enough light. So I’m going to try and sow the other half of the packet in a few months (April maybe) when its warmer and there will be more light. Other than that, bulbs have been coming up which is exciting to see (Dutch Iris and Ranunculus) and I really need to do something (ie repot) the very floppy peperomia I have, but its meant to be very cold this weekend and I really dont feel like spending the 20 minutes on the balcony that it would require, so it might have to suffer for another week.
Elf* February 6, 2021 at 7:45 am I’m starting planning for the raised beds I want to put in. I’m planning asparagus and rhubarb, anyone have experience with those (or advice on where to buy)?
Venus* February 6, 2021 at 8:39 am They are both perennials. I wouldn’t bother putting the rhubarb in raised beds, but it also depends on your other options. Asparagus seems to be hit and miss. It thrives in my yard but others haven’t had any luck. I started mine from seed, which is less than ideal when starting out because you can only start to pick it in year 4.
Anonymath* February 6, 2021 at 8:52 am I didn’t have any luck with rhubarb, but that’s probably due to my location. My asparagus crowns went in the ground on the side yard since I didn’t want them to take up a whole raised bed. They also aren’t really supposed to grow in our area, but no one told these crowns that! They’ve been producing for almost 7 years now and I can’t get rid of them. If you do plant asparagus, I’d recommend putting in more than you think you need, because a harvest of 3 stalks every few days isn’t going to go very far.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 1:06 pm Asparagus likes a lot of manure, so dig it deep and feed it well. Ours has been going in the same bed for about nine years. When the spears are thinner than a pencil, don’t cut them. Let the fronds open out. You want the fronds to stay all season until they brown out or get frost-killed, because that strengthens the root. They can get quite tall – over 6 feet in my area – so take that into account when you’re planning where to put them. They are pretty and fernlike. When they are brown and dead, cut and compost them, but — this is important — don’t add them back to the asparagus bed. Use them somewhere else, and mulch the asparagus with leaves, straw, pine needles, etc – something fresh. Asparagus beetles lay eggs in the debris, and if you let them stay you’ll get an infestation. They don’t eat other plants, so it’s safe to use elsewhere.
Here we go again* February 6, 2021 at 7:01 pm Asparagus can take years for the root crown to mature to produce enough for a meal
allathian* February 6, 2021 at 7:46 am My Christmas amaryllis in a pot is still blooming! The first stem faded before the New Year, but there was a second one.
WellRed* February 6, 2021 at 8:13 am Does anyone know anything about orchids? I received one in September and it bloomed until December. Do they bloom again or is it a one shot deal? Also my house is chilly, which may affect it?
Workerbee* February 6, 2021 at 8:29 am Mine just bloomed again, and it seems to be on at least a twice a year routine. I have it in a pot with orchid potting mix, and it sits on a low stand in front of the east window, which goes almost all the way to the floor. There is a baseboard register beneath the window. I have a couple plants in front of the orchid and there is a lacy window covering. Occasionally I remember to spray its leaves with an orchid spray for flowering times. Otherwise I splash water in it once or twice a week and mist it with regular water when I mist everybody else. And early on, I removed the plastic stick in the pot that the orchid was tied to. I wanted it to be free to stretch out and do what it wanted. :)
There’s probably a cat meme to describe it* February 6, 2021 at 8:29 am They will have a rest and then bloom again. I’ve found that they bloom reasonably frequently when they’re young, but a lot less once they’re a few years old. Tip I recently learned: orchids HATE being moved. I had one settled into a spot and moved it somewhere similar (in terms of light) where I could enjoy the emerging blooms. It just noped on out of that idea and almost died on me. Moved it back, fast forward a few a months and it’s back to happy. Freakin’ divas they are!
Venus* February 6, 2021 at 8:45 am My orchid blooms yearly, in the winter. It sits next to a window, so cold actually prompts it to bloom. I put it in the sink once a week and pour ‘old’ water over the leaves and roots (water from the dehumidifier or that has sat for a week). I don’t feed it. I have also heard advice to water them with 3 ice cubes each week.
There’s probably a cat meme to describe it* February 6, 2021 at 8:16 am Shame about your heuchera, hopefully you have better luck in April! Ranunculus are gorgeous too. I saw some dark almost black ones at the florist a while back that were just incredible, but I haven’t seen that colour available for sale as bulbs yet. I’m on a repotting mission this weekend to see if I can placate the older plants who are still sulking with me over the liquid feed from a couple of weeks ago. Based on what you said last week about peperomia preferring poor soil, I’m also planning to mix up a coarser, sandier medium to repot the sadder looking ones into. Will see how they like it!
Bobina* February 6, 2021 at 12:40 pm No sure if they ship to the US or how expensive or feasible it is for you, but Farmer Gracy is where I got mine from and they seem to have an amazing variety available and I’ve definitely seen some really dark ones available before. Thanks for the kind words, I’m enjoying the adventures of gardening so happily I’m not too invested in outcomes (yet!) Let us know how the repotting goes – would love to know if that solves it the issues!
There’s probably a cat meme to describe it* February 7, 2021 at 4:28 am I’m in Australia, but I’m sure I’ll be able to get them in autumn/winter. I just haven’t looked that hard yet as I’m still in a rental atm and focused on my indoor jungle. Plus, the local wildlife tend to destroy whatever I plant in the garden so I don’t put anything out there that I know I’ll get really attached to. I have many dreams for Future Garden, and bulbs, a veggie patch and a pest-proof fence are most definitely in :) I repotted 3 of my peps and 2 philodendrons today. One of the philodendrons was horrendous: gross-looking spent mix, fungus, the roots all balled up together despite being in a big pot. I’m pretty confident it’ll come around though, the erubescens are pretty tough. The other seemed fine under the surface, just not so much above, so it has fresh mix and I’ll wait and see if that helps. The 2 peps that were looking sickest hadn’t escaped their seedling plugs yet and were bound up in some perlite/fabric/peat moss garbage that seemed to be trapping all the water around the roots. I tried my best but the roots were very shallow and fragile so I’m not sure if they’ll survive the repot. I’ll let you know how they go though! Gardening is indeed a wonderful adventure that is good for the soul… and the next best thing to being out gardening is talking about gardening :) None of my peeps are really into it, so I love coming here to share updates on our little piles of dirt from all over the world :)
Bobina* February 7, 2021 at 1:55 pm Ah, you had mentioned you were in Oz before! Yeah, I’m gonna guess ordering bulbs online is out of the question then – I know your country is not happy letting foreign plants come in!
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 8:56 am I repotted the peace lily (her pot was almost a solid root ball) and the pothos (ditto, no signs of root rot!) and they’re both doing great! The lily is still a little floppy but I assume she’ll get over that. I ordered some containers from Costco for my outside stuff this spring – a five-pack of 13” “rain barrel” looking planters. The oxalis bulbs are en route, and they’ll go into two of those. Not sure what I want to do with the others yet! I have a chunk of my backyard that’s mostly shaded and kinda clay-y in the soil. So far nothing seems to grow there except thistles and other unpleasant weeds. :-P I’d really like to try and get mint and clover and alpine strawberries to take over back there instead of the thistles, but I have no idea how feasible this is.
Never Nicky* February 6, 2021 at 10:28 am Mint and clover will race away – mint generally has to be restricted to a pot unless you want a bed full! Lemon balm is a similar spreader and is doing well on my clay soil in shade.
Hotdog not dog* February 6, 2021 at 11:14 am My mint took off across the lawn. It smells delicious when I mow!
I Wrote This in the Bathroom* February 6, 2021 at 12:47 pm My mint wandered over to the neighbors’ yard. I was mortified. The neighbor said that it’s no big deal, but then they sold the house two years ago and I haven’t had the guts to tell the new owners yet. “Hey guys the mint that you may see taking over your backyard actually came from me, oops, sorry”. Mine was initially in a pot, but I had a rough month and didn’t check on it for a month, and it escaped from the pot and planted itself in the flowerbed the pot stood on. That was in 2011 and I’ve gotten it under control now (turns out mint really doesn’t like when you plant a lot of parsley next to it!), but now the neighbors have it and I don’t think they have realized it yet – it’s in a far corner of their yard.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 2:42 pm A relative makes lemon balm pesto! It’s so widespread here that it never occurred to me it would be useful, but now I’m looking forward to trying that.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 4:44 pm Fantastic – a bed full is exactly what I want! I’ll look into the lemon balm too — mostly I’m just looking for something to aggressively grow back there that isn’t an attack plant, since my dogs like to wander off into that area of the yard and then carry thistle bits around on their fur with them and spread them everywhere.
Natalie* February 6, 2021 at 6:31 pm There’s all kinds of ground cover in the mint family, I’m sure you can find something that will thrive there. I have lamium (dead-nettle) in a bunch of different tough patches in my yard.
Anonymath* February 6, 2021 at 9:04 am My passion fruit vines were very unhappy to have their supporting fence replaced, and only one has started leafing out again. I gave them both a hard cut back and if the first one doesn’t start growing again, I know where I got the original plants from and will order again. Mustard greens are growing well and will get trimmed today along with my turnips and whatever was eating my kale (and only my kale) has finally stopped so I might finally get some kale later in Spring. Carrots will get checked today to see if any are ready to come up. I reseeded the lettuce as it was uninterested in growing earlier. Last year none of my selected lettuce varieties grew, but the one pack of “thank you” mixed lettuce the seed company threw in for free grew beautifully and I didn’t need to buy lettuce for a couple months. My cover clover is finally starting to grow and my cover favas are growing well. A few random dill plants are growing, but I don’t think I’ll have a dill forest like last year. Shrubs have all been cut back and a neighbor is going to come take a good short trim of both my lemongrass plants any day now.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 10:08 am The most heartening news I have is that the iris start that never got planted is overwintering well in the garage with the fig. It’s still firm and has a bit of green on one leaf, so I’m hopeful.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 10:36 am I think April will go better for you, the days are longer and that will be helpful.
CatCat* February 6, 2021 at 12:34 pm At less than 3 weeks, my Aerogarden lettuces are ready for their first harvest. This is really exciting. I’ve got broccoli sprouts in a jar next to the Aerogardens that are ready to be eaten. The dill could already use a trim. I’m going to incorporate all those into a salad that I’m super excited to make! I ordered a “grow anything” Aerogarden kit and some seeds for other kinds of greens. I’m also going to attempt to do a passive hydroponic in a jar adjacent to the Aerogardens and grow some teeny hot peppers in it. Having so much fun with the Aerogardens and learning about hydroponics.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 12:56 pm For the tiny seedlings dying, it coukd be damping off (a fungus in the soil). I’ve had success overcoming it by dusting the seedlings with cinnamon. If you have one baby left you could try that.
Elizabeth West* February 6, 2021 at 2:22 pm I miss having my plants in the same room with me. They’re upstairs in the sunroom. I want my own space again and I want them in the room with me. Plus, my twin umbrella plants died because we put them too close to the AC vent in the floor. :( Now I only have four plants. I’ll save that big planter the two dead ones were in, though, and hopefully if I get an apartment with a balcony or a terrace, I can have a tomato plant.
Llama face!* February 6, 2021 at 3:26 pm My pot with spider plant seeds has sprouted a second seedling. It made me so happy when I discovered it that I actually jumped for joy. They are both growing taller although they look like grass atm with just a single blade each. I am also sprouting another ginger root. It has 4 shoots started and is growing some thick nubby roots. I still have it in a translucent plastic grocery bag (works like a makeshift greenhouse) and haven’t planted it in soil. I’m waiting until the shoots are a bit taller.
YouwantmetodoWHAT?! * February 6, 2021 at 3:44 pm My gardenia has started blooming and I am so very delighted! I just wish that the cut flowers lasted longer – the start turning brown so quickly. One of my very favorite smells <3
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 10:43 am I took your suggestion of a terrarium for my dying fittonia and bought a bell jar to keep it in. Just what you want to introduce into a house with a 10 month old, of course, so the plant had to move to our “will never be childproofed” room with the piano and the big plants. The bell jar seems to be helping! The soil is staying damp and it hasn’t done its usual weekly dramatic wilt. Next on my houseplant docket is the space with zero light – someone mentioned that peace lilies need basically no sunlight, so I’m going to try one of those.
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 1:12 pm I’m not sure about no light, but ZZ plant (Zamioculcas zamiifolia) does well in low light.
allathian* February 6, 2021 at 7:44 am Little joys thread. Please share what’s brought you joy this week. My son is reading! He’s finally graduated from only reading picture books and comics to chapter books. He’s 11 and I did the same thing at about his age.
Laura H.* February 6, 2021 at 7:56 am That’s wonderful (and apologies for the duplication below, but maybe that’ll mean double!) I get to hang with peers this weekend (safely). More below.
Bobina* February 6, 2021 at 7:57 am I did my bed linens last weekend, and all this week – getting into bed and it smelling nice and fresh has been really nice. Re-watching Justified (a show that never got as big as it deserved) and loving it all over again. Had a few sunny days this week and so excited to see the sun again and days getting longer!
Bluebell* February 6, 2021 at 4:01 pm Hub and I are watching Justified. We also like watching an episode of The Unicorn afterwards, or as we call it- “let’s watch Walt Goggins be nice and normal.”
WellRed* February 6, 2021 at 8:20 am This isn’t quite a little joy thing but I was very proud, during my annual check up this week to tell the doctor how drastically I’ve cut my weekly alcohol intake (pandemic improvement).
CJM* February 6, 2021 at 8:21 am That’s wonderful! Has your son read “Encyclopedia Brown” books yet? I was a big fan at his age (or thereabouts), and I think the problem solving helped me to develop critical-thinking skills. My little joy has the usual source: my three-year-old grandson. When I arrived at his house last weekend for a short, masked visit, he wasn’t at the front door. But he heard my voice from the other side of the house, and I heard a loud “Naaaaaaaaaannnnnnnaaaaaaa!” (I’m Nana) as he came barreling toward me. Never mind that he probably just wanted the three new wind-up toys I always bring. :) I felt so loved when he said that.
allathian* February 6, 2021 at 10:33 am He hasn’t read the Encyclopedia Brown books yet, but then, neither have I. I’m not sure they’ve been translated to either Finnish or Swedish (his English is amazing, he can follow shows like Star Wars Rebels with English voices and subtitles). On the other hand, I want him to enjoy reading for fun for now, because it’s so new. He always used to begrudge any time he had to spend reading books for school, whether textbooks or fiction. I’m just happy that he’d rather read than watch youtube videos or play computer games. He hasn’t quit doing either completely, but that used to be what he’d do whenever we allowed him to pick an activity…
Ali* February 6, 2021 at 6:19 pm I love Encyclopedia Brown! I am reading them to my 7-year-old nephew (we have a weekly video chat reading date on Wednesdays before his nap.) From a 2021 vantage point they are quite old-fashioned, but we are enjoying them.
Never Nicky* February 6, 2021 at 10:31 am My foster-to-adopt guinea pigs are always a source of joy, but especially this week as the younger, more nervous one is getting much more comfortable during lap time – or he’ll settle on me instead of jumping into the back of the sofa and running up and down it!
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 12:00 pm My guinea pigs give me so much joy. This week we had them sleeping next to each other – still a few inches apart, because they are boys and personal space is very important to them, but it was lovely, since much of the time they seem to mostly grouse at each other.
Laura Petrie* February 7, 2021 at 1:44 pm My new rescue guinea pig started wheeking today for the first time. I’m so proud of how well he’s settling in. He is being castrated tomorrow so he can move in with my sow. She was bereaved a few weeks ago and is sad and lonely. I hope they’ll be very happy together when they can finally meet!
MissCoco* February 7, 2021 at 8:42 pm Oh I bet they will! Good luck to him and you tomorrow – I’ll be rooting for a speedy recovery!
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 10:54 am How wonderful for your son! My oldest has speech apraxia (mostly resolved) and dyslexia and the one remarkable, genuine good thing about the pandemic year is that between my efforts and his grandmother’s, a rising 6th grader who read level 2 primers with tremendous effort is now reading comfortably at grade level. I don’t know what you mean by “comics” but finding age appropriate graphic novels helped my son a lot. The illustrations helped fill in narrative without words, and reading a couple sentences at a time was/is easier for him to track. You son might like The Bad Guys – it’s a little bit comic/graphic novel with illustration and lots of fun with fonts, but formatted closer to a traditional book in its flow from left to right and top to bottom.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 11:03 am The book series I recommended is probably not available in Swedish or Finnish. I hope your son finds books that bring him joy :-)
Kitty pawes* February 6, 2021 at 1:22 pm I don’t know if this will help, but when my dyslexic daughter was that age installing the fonts opendyslexic or dyslexie helped a lot.
Hotdog not dog* February 6, 2021 at 11:19 am I decided to use the fancy soap and lotion gift set that I was saving because it was “too fancy” for every day. It finally dawned on me that there is no reason to save it for a special occasion, I can decide that Saturday is a special enough occasion! I’m feeling rather pampered and fragrant today.
Kate Daniels* February 6, 2021 at 11:31 am Oh, I love this! I have a couple things in my bathroom cabinet that I should just let myself use already. You’ve inspired me!
Voluptuousfire* February 6, 2021 at 12:04 pm That the trick I learned about spraying your shovel with cooking spray to keep the snow from collecting on it works. When shoveling earlier this week, it made a difference. Also had pumpernickel bread with really good butter and strawberry preserves for breakfast with some really strong Barry’s tea. I may have an orgy of bread next weekend and order pumpernickel AND pumpernickel rye marble bread next Sunday from the local bakery. Thst and some crumb buns and a few other things. I worked there years ago as a teenager and one of the girls I used to work with still works there on weekends. I’ll give her a call and out in my order.
Sparkly Librarian* February 6, 2021 at 2:31 pm I get joy from planning something, even if it’s hypothetical or really really far out. Last night I FINALLY found a calendar template I like and could get my computer to work with, and printed out the first 3 years of academic calendar I created for homeschooling my first kid… who isn’t yet 2. Guess we can plan family vacations in advance!
L6orac6* February 6, 2021 at 5:40 pm My Dad found the $200 dollars he thought he had lost, it was in the pocket of his shorts. Taken those shorts off at night and in the morning put on a new pair!
WoodswomanWrites* February 7, 2021 at 3:06 am I attended workshops at at online music festival and learned some amazing new ways to play my acoustic instrument. The instructors also gave concerts in the evenings. It was inspiring to be creative and learn, and I felt good about supporting professional musicians who are unable to tour right now.
There’s probably a cat meme to describe it* February 6, 2021 at 7:51 am Nothing can send me into a juvenile, belly-aching, tears-streaming laughing fit like a good story about dealing with something inexplicably gross. Last week, fposte told a story about exploding fermented fish emulsion in the gardening thread that still has me snortling. Anyone else got one to chime in with? I’ll nest mine so those who don’t appreciate this kind of humour can easily skip past this thread!
There’s probably a cat meme to describe it* February 6, 2021 at 7:59 am It was the annual kitchen deep clean. Had it been up to me, I would’ve given everyone fair warning and then whatever was left would’ve gone straight into the bin as is. But Eleanor didn’t want to throw out perfectly good Tupperware, so she spent the day diligently emptying and washing everyone’s containers. Some of the content was pretty rank. Every now and then you’d hear an “urghhh!” emanating from the kitchen and the concerned voice of someone trying to convince Eleanor that she should give it up and throw the containers out. Nevertheless, she carried on. Then she got to this One container. One that had been left, unrefrigerated, on a shelf for months over the summer. No one knew what it originally was, but I’ll never forget what it had become. The smell didn’t just ‘hit’. It detonated with enough force to knock your breath out. Eleanor ran shrieking from the kitchen. Someone immediately threw up. Between that and the stench, the sympathetic spewers started dry-retching and most of us had to leave. When I did finally return hours later I had to plug my nose with tissues. That smell climbed into the wall paint and lingered for about a week. As for what it smelled like, I can’t even describe it beyond… otherworldly. I’ve dealt with rotten seafood, a cat with GI issues, shellfish juices that oozed in the car during summer, and a burst sewage pipe that flooded the garage. None of those comes even close to it.
WellRed* February 6, 2021 at 8:17 am I had a coworker that used to, I don’t know what, some sort of Eastern European casserole or something that she would warm up in the microwave. It was liked microwaved body parts. Retch! I had to run out of the room.
IntoTheSarchasm* February 6, 2021 at 9:13 am House addition and kitchen remodel, moved the fridge into the dining room and plugged it in as there was stuff in the Bottom freezer. We were living in a camper on-site during but didn’t go in the house much and did not realize the crew unplugged the fridge to plug in power tools. Everything in the freezer turned into this foul liquid which we had to remove by soaking it up with old clothing scraps and throwing it in garbage bags as our shop vac stirred up the stench too much. Did not feel clean for a week and had to throw out two pair of nice rubber gloves as they even picked up the smell. Horrible experience.
Hamish* February 8, 2021 at 9:09 am I would have been SO PISSED at that crew. Who unplugs the FRIDGE for their tools? This is what extension cords are for! And then to not plug it back in… holy crap.
Wind on Grass* February 6, 2021 at 9:19 am One day the house started reeking of death. We looked all over, but couldn’t find the source. Turns out one of our cats had killed a mouse, and not being hungry at the time, decided to stash it under the freezer where she saw us put our food. Stank for months. Nasty but hilarious in hindsight.
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 10:40 am My husband opened a jar of salsa that wasn’t expired, it had somehow begun to naturally ferment. It was fizzy. Not exactly a knee slapped, but we’re both baffled as to how it happened so quickly.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 10:42 am So this one isn’t disgusting so much as vibrantly messy. STAGE SET: my mother’s pristine white kitchen. I was in junior high, a distractable kid who had trouble waking up but packed a salad for lunch every day because those school lunches were terrible. I was very late but managed to get everything cut up and put into the box without spilling anything. I started to put the lid on and remembered I’d forgotten the salad dressing. Got the lid off without spilling things. Got out my beloved Wishbone French dressing. Remember to shake it. Did not remember to check the lid first. For those of you who don’t know this American Standard… It is gooey, it is oily, and it is honking orange. It was now all over my mother’s kitchen. Including the ceiling the white patterned wallpaper, and the curtains. “MOMMMM!” I wailed. “HELP!” She came in fearing I’d cut myself chopping veggies semi-asleep, and burst out laughing at the arc of orange splotches. “Lucky for you I decided not to replace the wallpaper yet!” She was wheezing with laughter. FOLLOW UP MONTAGE: We cleaned up together, she drove me to school because I wouldn’t make it on a bike after all that, and she got her long-postponed new wallpaper.
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 11:56 am That’s hilarious. I remember trying to make a pan of jello “jigglers” when I was a teenager, and spilling the pan in the refrigerator, where it instantly set. It was red. My mom was so pissed, and it took forever to clean up.
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 12:17 pm Similar vein, not gross, but hilarious. I got my mother an espresso maker (one with very high pressure and the portafilter and everything) when I graduated college. The portafilter has a little mesh basket that goes in it to contain the grounds when hot water is forced through them at high pressure. One morning was going to make a quick americano before heading to work. She grinds her espresso into the portafilter and tamped it down. It squashed down really easily, so she added some more ground beans and tamped those down as well. Still squashed down more than usual, so she put another scoop in, and tamped really thoroughly. She clamps the filled portafilter into the machine, and hits the button. She’s left the basket out. Water and espresso shoot out from the base of the portafilter at 17PSI and in all directions. She shrieks as she’s covered with wet finely ground coffee. By the time I got downstairs she’d already stripped out of her work clothes and was standing in bra and underwear in the middle of the kitchen. Her face was covered in bits of ground espresso except her eyes, where her glasses protected her from the spray. Our entire kitchen was covered in a fine mist of espresso, except the counter she’d been standing in front of, where there was a mom-shaped outline that wasn’t coated in coffee. She bought her coffee on the way to work that morning.
Venus* February 6, 2021 at 1:29 pm You reminded me… I used to have lunch at work at a table with maybe 6 people. One of the sides was against a wall. Someone opened a can of something fizzy and it had clearly been a bit shaken up because it sprayed all over them yet managed to mostly miss everyone else. Yet there was the most memorable effect on the wall behind them, where a circle of brown liquid had the outline of a person in the middle. We had a good laugh!!
Elizabeth West* February 6, 2021 at 3:04 pm Our entire kitchen was covered in a fine mist of espresso, except the counter she’d been standing in front of, where there was a mom-shaped outline that wasn’t coated in coffee. I AM WHEEZING :’D
I Wrote This in the Bathroom* February 6, 2021 at 12:53 pm Similar story here too. This past fall, one of my (adult) sons, who was living with me at the time, was on meds that cannot be mixed with alcohol, so we decided to have a dry Thanksgiving dinner. To that end, I bought a 3-pack of sparkling nonalcoholic wine at Costco. Opened the first bottle and it was indeed sparkling, fizzed a bit, got out of the bottle and on the floor, kind of like champagne would if you aren’t careful. Everyone liked the wine. Fast forward two weeks, I am in the kitchen on a Saturday morning enjoying my coffee, look up, and there are red splashed across my kitchen ceiling. Turned out, son had opened a second bottle and that one was WAY fizzy. Shot out of the bottle and all over the ceiling. I want to put the house on the market as soon as I can (like in the next few weeks), and was not amused. I was able to get it out with bleach though. And made sure I was the one to open the next bottle of the wine.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 4:49 pm HAH my husband just did that with a bottle of sparkling grape juice a couple months ago. Amazingly it was coming off just fine with just a damp washcloth, not even any cleaner or anything, but my concern was the thrice-damned textured ceiling getting damaged in the cleaning attempts. (Luckily, everything survived.)
allathian* February 6, 2021 at 3:02 pm This happened when I was a kid, and when glass bottles that were made from a glass tube with a separate bottom stuck on were a thing. Anyway, I’m in an area where people traditionally brew mead in the spring. It’s made from sugar, water, lemon juice and some baking yeast. It’s mildly alcoholic but safe for kids to drink in moderation, and fizzy. You brew it in a saucepan and also a while in the bottle. The idea is to put a few raisins in each bottle and when they rise to the top it’s ready to be chilled. Our bottles were almost ready, but my mom had put them on the kitchen counter. Unfortunately they were in a place that got some afternoon sun, so one day when my sister and I had come home from school but our parents were still at work, one of the bottles exploded, just the bottom was left on the counter. The mess was indescribable. I was probably 10 at the time and my sister was 8, so we decided to start cleaning up. We had got the worst of it cleaned, when the second bottle exploded. We were lucky to avoid getting hurt by the flying glass shards. We were in the middle of cleaning this up, when our mom got home. Eventually we finished cleaning most of the sticky stuff, but I suspect we didn’t get everything because that kitchen was invaded by ants that summer.
Pippa K* February 6, 2021 at 12:14 pm I noticed one of the horses had a bit of a bloody nose (probably from a minor nasal irritation, it turned out). He was a great tall fellow, and I was standing in front of him, looking up into his face, with him looking down at me. “Hey, buddy, what happened, your nose is bleeding”…and he sneezed. A huge ACHOO, with 1300 lbs of equine power behind it, coating my face with a layer of blood and horse snot. Even in my memory, I see it in the cartoon version, my hair blown back with the force of the blast. It was gross, but hilarious.
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 3:45 pm Good one! (Though I hope the horse was OK.) Had a similar situation in college in a Western-style riding class; my mount was a shaggy, rawboned critter, rather sweet but with a very rough trot – and, apparently, with a runny nose. On a very cold winter day he had a snot-sicle hanging from his muzzle, and decided that the best way to get rid of it was to nuzzle it onto my shoulder while I was tightening the girth…
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 7:24 pm HAHAH good grief! What is it about horses blasting snot in faces? Or wiping a big green booger alllll up a white sleeve? They must have some kind of 6th sense for when humans really don’t want to get snot blasted
Elizabeth West* February 6, 2021 at 3:02 pm Long, long ago, when I first attended college (music), I worked for a time in the office of the apartment complex where I lived (it’s still there, btw). The place rented to a lot of students. Many young people out on their own for the first time, particularly young men, don’t know how to care for their living space. When some people move out, they often don’t clean even if they expect to get a security deposit back. We would usually do a quick paint job due to normal wear and tear even when the tenant had been scrupulously tidy. The first step when someone moved out suddenly or broke the lease was to send maintenance in. The maintenance guy went to check the apartment of a tenant who had a part-time gig as a local DJ and was being evicted, for non-payment, I think. He came back to the office in shock and told us there was a problem with the freezer and we had to see it to believe it. So we schlepped over there to have a look. The tenant hadn’t picked up his stuff yet and the place was an utter trash pile. It wasn’t hoarded, just really, really messy. Fast food wrappers everywhere, like the guy just ate his food and threw them on the floor. I’ve seen college dude apartments primarily decorated with old pizza boxes, but this was something else entirely. We waded through the garbage to the fridge, opened the freezer, and lost our minds. It was packed full of warm, rotted meat. The fridge had either stopped working or he’d unplugged it; I don’t recall which. All I remember was the red, slimy mass of death crammed into it and the oily miasma emanating from it. The entire thing looked and smelled like a crime scene. I think at one point we wondered if it actually was! Obviously, they could not salvage that fridge. I don’t know if the guy did it deliberately or not, but the memory makes me extra cautious about applying for jobs in residential complexes.
Grits McGee* February 6, 2021 at 4:59 pm *TW for dead animals in a lab setting* In college I had a work study job as a assistant in my school’s biology labs. 99% of the time it was pretty easy- organize the glassware, safety test the eyewash stations, water the plants in the greenhouse, etc. On my very first day, however, my boss told me I had a “special” job- the refrigerator used to house dead animals for the zoology lab had broken, and someone (me) needed to clean it out. The fridge had broken and been taped shut in April. It was now September. I pulled the earthly remains of half a dozen species out of that refrigerator- frogs, partially dissected cats, roadkill, someone’s pet iguana that they froze but never got around to using. Everything went into an industrial waste barrel, to be sealed and left in the building basement for “pick up”. It was still there when I graduated 4 years later. It may still be there to this day. The smell honestly wasn’t that terrible. It wasn’t too hard to take a deep breath, hold it, open the fridge, grab a carcass, stuff it in the barrel, and then shut the lid. One of my other recurring jobs was far stinkier- sterilizing and washing test tubes of agar+e. coli colonies. The whole process from autoclave to drying rack was hot and wet and steamy; after 2 hours of washing, every permeable surface was saturated with what can only be described as distilled essence of funky stank. Years later I was at a fancy grownup party in the Bay Area and took a big bite of a Cowgirl Creamery soft cheese that tasted just like those test tubes smelled. Blech….
Finland* February 7, 2021 at 3:08 am Here’s one… (Gore galore on this one, a warning…) I’ve visited my mom’s house to clean out the refrigerator because it needed, desperately, some attention (I’m the neater one in the family). The refrigerator itself was pretty old and was badly maintained. The plastic trays that lined the door had gotten brittle and started to stain from the food spills over the years. I grabbed a scrubber and soap and I decided to just get to work and get it done. I was scrubbing and scrubbing and cleaning and very happy about the progress I was making. My hands were covered in soap and oil and grime, when I noticed that my hand started tingling. When I looked down, I saw blood on my hand. Apparently I sliced my hand on one of those trays in the door and I didn’t even realize it until it started to sting. My hand was nothing but soap, oil, grime, and blood. I try to tell my mom what happened, but as soon as I mentioned blood she left the conversation. I cleaned my hands and I lived to see another day. I also bought my mom a new refrigerator.
Virginia Plain* February 7, 2021 at 4:32 am Ok I’ll go. Working in law enforcement many years ago, searching a flat after the arrest of the occupant. Financial crime so bits of paper with numbers on need to get seized as they could refer to transactions or accounts etc. One poor soul had to have the kitchen bin out and go through the contents. Muggins here was the most junior officer so i got to it. The occupant was of African heritage and had not too recently had a meal of his traditional cuisine – as well as various lamb/goat bones and connective tissue, nicely rank, there were clods of this goo, some kind of porridge, possibly cassava. I was heaving away but I got through and secured a TV magazine with a string of digits on the front. Cleaned up and tried not to retch just thinking about it. It was over fifteen years ago and I can see it now. And the digits? Did they identify the account where Mr Big stashed his ill-gotten gains? No they were the previous week’s lottery numbers.
There’s probably a cat meme to describe it* February 8, 2021 at 4:49 am Just wanted to express my appreciation for all these… some absolute classics in here :-D
Tamer of Dragonflies* February 8, 2021 at 4:59 am Oh….oh…If I had time,oh the stories I could tell. Tales to make the strongest stomach retch. But there would have to be so long of a set up that I would be typing for an hour. But here’s a little tidbit so I don’t seem like a tease. A guy was cleaning out a 12 inch sewer line clogged with sludge. It had been unused for awhile and I guess the sewer sludge had…fermented? Anyway, guy stabs into this pipe with a steel rod to loosen the clog.He was looking into the pipe while doing so to see if there was progress, and POOM!! the sludge explodes from the pipe and splats this guy square in the face. Looked like he got hit in the face with a cream pie, only instead of whipped cream, it was thick, black, fermented, sewer sludge. It took days for him to get the smell and the stain off his face (sewer sludge will stain your skin) and his clothes were burned. And that’s my best one,abridged version.
Laura H.* February 6, 2021 at 7:53 am Little Joys Thread What brought you joy this week (or is this weekend)? I’m at a small group gathering for a conference this weekend, and it’s nice to be around peers and have discussions and listen to some wonderful folks talk (safely and virtually from their own areas) and then to break it open further. Please share your joys.
wingmaster* February 6, 2021 at 12:02 pm I finished my Whole30 yesterday, so made myself some Bún bò Huế (Vietnamese beef soup) as my first meal off Whole30. I cooked it in my new Instant Pot, which was also exciting to do!
Anon5775* February 6, 2021 at 5:14 pm My parents got their 1st covid-19 vaccine! And I got yummy Chinese takeout the other night and will have leftovers soon.
Something Blue* February 6, 2021 at 7:58 am I’m interested in trying to do aerobic dance classes at home instead of the gym. I looked on YouTube and there are so many! Does anyone have any favorites? I like Zumba but I’m open to any kind of aerobic dance.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 8:04 am I don’t really have any favorites, but Body by Simone has some fun things. And DanceBody.
KeinName* February 6, 2021 at 3:12 pm KUKUWA african dance workout! Was recently recommended in a Guardian article
nep* February 6, 2021 at 7:35 pm Ah, yes. The best. How could I forget. I love love love Coach Cass (Cassandra).
Disguised as me* February 6, 2021 at 3:36 pm I like Dance with Deepti. Easy to follow and fun Bollywood music.
Karina Lutze* February 6, 2021 at 7:24 pm If you like current pop & hip hop music give WERQ Fitness a try. It’s awesome!
not my real name* February 7, 2021 at 12:27 am This is WAY old school, but I love to use the old Sweating to the Oldies routines. LOL
Something Blue* February 7, 2021 at 1:31 am Thank you! I will check all these out. And I’m not fussy about old vs new! As long as it’s fun!
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 8:24 am I would really like to divest all money from Amazon. Quitting Prime is easy, and we almost never order from them, but I do my weekly grocery shopping at Whole Foods. My local markets are okay, but there isn’t a trustworthy source of fresh produce and the staples I need – and unfortunately I have a lot of food sensitivities and have to be on no fodmaps so I don’t have a lot of room for substitutions. I also am able to find locally made products at Whole Foods more readily than at a lot of local grocers (ironic, I know, but having worked at a local CPG company, WFM is a big customer and can place volume orders individually whereas many smaller markets rely on distributors who don’t carry as much variety). Farmers markets are good for produce when they’re open, but that’s only half the year, and I can’t rely on them for pantry. Does anyone have ideas? I would rather not rely on a delivery service as I’ve had a lot of issues with them in the past (missing and incorrect items, plus annoyingly our address is hard to get right). I know I’ve got to let something go here but I’m not sure what to do. Add in my general food anxiety and it’s a whole miasma of trouble. I would love your input! Thank you.
Ranon* February 6, 2021 at 9:08 am Co-op grocery stores if there’s one at all in your general vicinity would likely cover you for pantry needs- ours doesn’t have as many types of a thing but they usually have at least one of each and mine has a very comprehensive variety of things for various diet sensitivities. And if there’s something you use a lot you can look at ordering it directly from the manufacturer in bulk (we’ve started buying our peanut butter 9 lbs at a time, it’s surprisingly handy) In produce, don’t let perfect be the enemy of good- farmers market when it is open is better than Whole Foods always for your goals. It may be worth doing a cycle through your other local stores on the produce front- a good produce manager can turn things around even at local stores with less purchasing power.
WellRed* February 6, 2021 at 9:12 am It’s hard to say without being in your area but in addition to food co ops, have you got any small ethnic grocery stores in your area?
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 10:42 am Limited use of Amazon might be your best option right now. You’ve got yourself in a rock and a hard place situation here, it may not be possible to have the ideal set up. To my way of thinking, health comes first. Do what you have to do to keep you up and running. Times will change and things will change eventually you will be able to fully let go of Amazon.
Hotdog not dog* February 6, 2021 at 11:30 am That was my first thought too. We have an amazing Korean shop near us that has great quality produce at very reasonable prices. It’s owned by a very nice family so I get to support local small business. They’ve even been able to special order things for me when I was looking for something a little off the beaten path. You just can’t get that kind of service at a large chain.
Anon for this* February 6, 2021 at 9:30 am I mean, look. Amazon sucks and I get divesting from it. But if it doesn’t work in your area or because of your health needs, just let it go. Take care of yourself and do your best. Looks like doing your best is shopping at Whole Foods and healing.
LDF* February 6, 2021 at 2:23 pm I agree, and I’m saying this as someone who also made the concsious decision a few years ago to stop buying from Amazon. Shore up your activism elsewhere if you can and want to.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 2:33 pm It’s one of those things – I know my company used AWS and I know it’s not possible to get out entirely. But giving them my money on a weekly basis is something I hate the feeling of, even if it’s a drop in the bucket overall. I try to donate about $350 or more per month to worthy causes, and given my grocery budget is that or more…it feels like it cancels out. Even though I know that’s not the case! I admit this is about my feelings more than actual impact.
Grits McGee* February 6, 2021 at 5:04 pm Apologies if you are already doing this, but could you direct some of that towards orgs supporting Amazon workers’ unionization efforts, or other causes that directly combat the things you find problematic about Amazon?
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 1:15 pm That’s a great idea! I agree with the rest – do what you can, but don’t make this punitive for yourself.
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 4:51 pm No it doesn’t cancel out. Reducing your spend matters, even if you don’t totally cut it out. Perhaps you can look at having multiple accounts. So, order what you can at other vendors, and the only put the things that you REALLY need Whole Foods for on that order. Yes, it’s less convenient than just doing all of your grocery shopping in one place, but you need to make sure that you can get what you need.
Not A Manager* February 6, 2021 at 9:31 am Maybe the thing to let go of is the “all or nothing” stance about divesting? It sounds like you’re facing a lot of inconvenience, more expense, and possible effects on your health in order to make a 100% principled stand that isn’t going to especially impact its target. I’m not saying that you’re mistaken to want to take this stand, or to think about ways that you could do it. I’m just saying that if it turns out to be untenable, try to be gentle with yourself about it. As a compromise, maybe you could buy everything you possibly can elsewhere, and then make one short trip for the few items you can only get at WF?
Dino* February 6, 2021 at 9:46 am Amazon likely makes way more off of you through Amazon Web Services than from whatever you’re spending at Whole Foods. It might be worth getting a better picture of how much AWS has embedded itself into your digital life and trying to make changes there/agitate others from that angle.
Analyst Editor* February 6, 2021 at 9:49 am Consider looking at your hotel as “reduce by X%”, which is much more reasonable. It’s like, if walmart is the only store in your area, you have to go there. I tried to “divest” from a big conglomerate once,I think proctor and gamble. In the process I am learned just how many household brands they owned, and what they didn’t own was opened by Unilever. Until you stop using a lot of commercial household and food items, you will not did yourself of bigcorp ownership. And I’m not there yet financially or in terms of off–grid self sufficiency, and am unlikely to be. So I reduce and do what I can, which sounds like what you need to do.
NeonFireworks* February 6, 2021 at 10:23 am I’ve been in a nearly identical situation lately. There are alternatives, but they’re more out of the way and I don’t have a car. Still trying to figure out what to do about this one myself, so I wanted to say that I appreciate you bringing it up.
Janet Pinkerton* February 6, 2021 at 10:24 am I went through the same process over a year ago and here’s how I do it. I have my local grocer where I can get about 80-90% of my groceries. It’s an independent store and I love them. Then, most but not all weeks, I drive to Wegman’s 30 minutes away to supplement. Yes, Whole Foods is 5 minutes away, but it’s worth it for me. Also, we have a few year-round farmers markets. If the co-op grocer were more convenient, I’d go there instead of my independent store.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 10:32 am Thank you everyone! I really appreciate the feedback. Also I could get to Wegmans or Fairway in a similar amount of time so that is a good option! My major issue is produce since it’s so uneven locally but I think that can be managed. Meanwhile I’m on delivery from local markets anyway til the snow mets enough for me to shovel out my car anyway lol!!!
I Wrote This in the Bathroom* February 6, 2021 at 1:02 pm I decided I’ll try it after the pandemic is over. I’m good on the groceries, we have decent stores in the area that meet my needs, but the stores where I used to buy my household stuff and such are not safe at all right now. I just ordered toothpaste from Amazon because I was having a really bad feeling about the store I normally get it from. Hopefully soon this won’t be an issue. Until then, all is fair in love and war, I guess.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 5:47 pm This is a good way to look at it. Another Covid-preventative reason it helps me to shop at my nearby WFM is that I know the layout like the back of my hand so can zip through in 15 or 20 minutes rather than trying to locate things in an unfamiliar store!
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 1:05 pm I try to shop there as little as possible but I still go to Whole Foods for product and some bulk meat purchases. I refuse to pay for salad that’ll be rotten in 2 days as opposed to fresh, good organic salad that lasts 10 days. Produce at a lot of other markets just plain sucks. Also I need my organic apples.
Fellow Traveller* February 6, 2021 at 1:42 pm We find the produce at our Costco to be surprisingly good. Caveat that we are a family of five, so Costco portions are on the bigger size, but manageable. We do have to meal plan and be more meaningful about what we eat to use it up- it’s not a big issue with fruit since we eat a ton of fruit, but I do have to have a plan for the veggies or it doesn’t get eaten in time.
anonlurkerappa* February 7, 2021 at 3:39 pm I know you said you’d rather not rely on a delivery services, but I’m going to pitch Dumpling. Its a way for you to connect to a personal grocery shopper. If you are looking to pay people what they are worth and move away from exploitative shopping systems, might be worth seeing if there are any shoppers on Dumpling in your area. Each shopper sets their own rates and is their own small business. Plus, you would be hiring someone to help you get groceries in a potentially recurring business relationship, so I think there might be less of a chance missing/incorrect items, and once they know your address, they know your address. It is very different from a random different Shipt/Instacart shopper each time you place an order.
anonlurkerappa* February 7, 2021 at 3:40 pm full disclosure, I haven’t tried Dumpling, but I’ve been considering it since a friend mentioned it a couple weeks ago.
pancakes* February 8, 2021 at 4:57 pm I’ve seen people recommend Dumpling as a more ethical alternative to some of its competitors, but I don’t quite trust it yet. Have a look at a Feb. 1, 2021 article at Motherboard titled, “‘Ethical’ Instacart Alternative Shut Down Facebook Group Where Workers Protested Pay Changes.”
Anon runner* February 6, 2021 at 9:01 am I have large boobs, have done since I was a teenager (independently I’m losing a bit of weight, but I’ve been a G cup since I was 17 and skinny). It’s been a long journey towards something approaching self-acceptance – I no longer *hate* my body but I still find clothes shopping depressing. I’ve recently got more into running and in particular have done a few slightly longer runs. I find if I run too much or for longer than say half an hour I rub my sports bra starts to rub skin off my collarbones and in the elastic at the front. I guess I can try other sports bras but all the ones I tried before this were *worse* so not convinced that will solve it… all of this has got me coming back to thinking about a breast reduction. Anyone here who’s had one and would recommend it or otherwise? (Other than the fact it’s major surgery, one thing that genuinely puts me off is colleagues reactions. Close friends I don’t care and would just tell them if they ask, but I have ZERO desire to talk about my boobs at work (or with acquaintances). I’d kinda hope people would notice and politely ignore but my partner reckons there are some people, for Eg our lovely but a bit clueless office mgr, who might bring it up in a group of people, the idea of which makes me feel super panicky. Guess that body hatred isn’t totally gone).
AnonBoobs* February 6, 2021 at 9:06 am Ha I literally just posted about this! What are the chances! From what I have heard a lot of people can tell something is different but can’t quite tell what it is and they usually chalk it up to weight loss, particularly if you usually wear more loose fitting clothing.
Anon runner* February 6, 2021 at 9:14 am Best of luck with your surgery!! Yeah I’ve heard the same RE: weight loss, and I don’t tend to wear super tight clothes at work (though have worn fitted smart dresses to socials etc), but I am so out of proportion now that I feel like at least my female colleagues will notice.
AnonBoobs* February 6, 2021 at 9:57 am Thank you! I’m a runner too so I really look forward to running more easily. When I do long runs I’ve also have issues with raw patches. One thing that helped was using body glide on my shoulder and back straps. Good luck on whatever you decide is right for you!
MCL* February 6, 2021 at 10:47 am D cup casual jogger here. I second Body Glide on trouble spots pre-run. Helps a ton.
Doctor is In* February 6, 2021 at 9:28 am I have had several patients who have had it done (one woman in her 70’s). Their only regret was not doing it sooner.
Anon for this* February 6, 2021 at 9:32 am Until you decide, I recommend Enell sports bras. They are amazing.
Schmitt* February 6, 2021 at 9:38 am Had it done, would do it again! It’s F*CKING AMAZING not to have to sling the extra poundage around. I had about four pounds removed, I think (it’s been a few years). Like night and day. There have been a lot of good threads about the subject in the past years in the open threads, try a site search.
Schmitt* February 6, 2021 at 9:47 am Also, the first time I looked at myself in a mirror afterwards, I cried from happiness.
Dwight Schrute* February 6, 2021 at 10:19 am Until you can get it done if you decide that’s what you want to do, use body glide! Seriously, it’s a life saver. I used to lather my body in it while marathon training or I’d chafe from my sports bras and underwear in the most uncomfortable places you can imagine.
A Simple Narwhal* February 6, 2021 at 10:45 am Ooh body glide is so good, definitely recommend. For me, body glide eliminates chub rub and makes wearing shorts and dresses on a warm day so much more pleasant!
Jessi* February 6, 2021 at 10:38 am Can’t help you with the surgery question, but you may find wearing a shirt UNDER your sports bra helps with reducing the rubbing
Silmaril* February 7, 2021 at 3:59 pm Yes, this – a thin, close fitting tank top or T-shirt, sports bra over that, loose T-shirt on top. Went from really bad skin chafing (even if only wearing sports bra for <60 minutes) to quite comfortable.
Hotdog not dog* February 6, 2021 at 11:34 am They make sports bras for horseback riders that are much more comfortable than the ones marketed to runners. They’re pricey, but worth it!
Pippa K* February 6, 2021 at 12:19 pm Seconding. Look for one that promises it can withstand the sitting trot.
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 12:10 pm My sister did the reduction – family line is extra blessed when it comes to boobs – and she’s been 100% happier and more confident since it. She navigated it during high school, which quite honestly was terrifying for her, but ended up not being a big deal. Me, I’m saving for a full removal (fuck being trans and insurance not covering it) and I could not be more excited even though I know I’m going to have to deal with comments from work. Quite frankly nothing looks better than a raised eyebrow and if that doesn’t work, asking them utterly gobsmacked “are you seriously asking me about my breasts at work?” in the loudest normal tone you can manage. Bonus points for every person who overhears and looks to that nosy af person who is now likely turning bright red in embarrassment.
Helvetica* February 6, 2021 at 12:15 pm This might be a bit of a tangent but I also used to have big breasts and they didn’t really change in size with weight loss or gain. Until I spent a year cycling because I lived in a cycling country. I wasn’t doing it for sports but just to get around and I swear to you, my breasts got smaller and have stayed at a reasonable size ever since, even with a bit of weight fluctuation. Maybe it was just a fluke but it did change my body to the extent that I no longer have to get special bras.
Anon Runner* February 6, 2021 at 2:05 pm I cycled everywhere for 4 years during uni and cycle now (though more like long weekend cycles in the summer rather than every day). So sadly I don’t think this would make a difference for me :p I’m glad it helped you though!
CatCat* February 6, 2021 at 12:40 pm G cup here and I use Enell. That works for me doing more active exercise and that was what I wore when I was into running. I’ve heard good things about SheFit in a women’s hiking group I’m in, but haven’t yet tried it myself.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 1:08 pm My co worker had one and is so so happy with it. Its your entire comfort compared to a couple minutes of maybe (but not even for sure going to happen) uncomfortableness with colleagues. If you want it you should look into it. If someone asks you can always just say “Yes got a reduction but I’d rather not share more.” Another colleague got implants and it wasn’t a big deal either, though she was very open about it and boy were they obvious
Anon Runner* February 6, 2021 at 2:07 pm Lol literally this is good wording because then I don’t even have to say ‘breast’ :p I’m glad it went well for your coworker!
MistOrMister* February 6, 2021 at 1:50 pm I am probably in the D range right now so I don’t know if what works for me will work for you. I find I usually need 2 sports bras. Or one sports bra and a tight leotard. Currently I prefer the sports bra and leotard b/c I have gained some weight. The leotard helps keep my stomach flab from distracting me by flapping in the wind while I try to run. And its tight enough to help keep my chest under control with another bra.
Sprechen Sie Talk?* February 6, 2021 at 3:37 pm I had one at 22. Best decision of my life. All of a sudden bras of a normal size fit, and I could choose cute underwear. Shirts fit, and for the first time in 10 years I finally didnt feel self-conscious about them. Prior to surgery I had lost something like 40 lbs as I had joined the bike team at college. I lost the weight, but the boobs had stayed. So insurance was ok to pay for the surgery, which was done to alleviate back pain. My surgery was about two hours, and they took a lot of tissue out. I healed well and after six months was back to prior levels of activity, no problem. My mom then had hers done to for the back/shoulder problems she was having, and then my aunt had hers for the same reason. Absolutely would recommend to anyone interested to explore the option.
Natalie* February 6, 2021 at 6:36 pm I know a couple of people who has reductions, but I only know because they told me. Otherwise I wouldn’t have been able to specifically tell what was different. Also, it sounds like something you really want! Which means a couple of awkward conversations may well be worth it.
mreasy* February 7, 2021 at 3:22 pm I am 32E/F and am looking into breast reduction. Reddit can be a minefield but r/reduction has been a great resource for me. (Also have you tried Enell sports bras in the meantime?)
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 5:01 pm Two thoughts: 1. If you decide to go with the surgery, plan for dealing with the people who open their mouths when they shouldn’t (pretty much anyone who opens their mouth uninvited.) Plan some scripts and decide which one you will use in which situation. eg If Clueless OM makes a comment you might cheerfully reply “Oh, meetings take so much time I don’t think we want to bore them with a conversation about my shape. What’s the timeline on Project X?” 2. Keep hunting for a better bra. Yes, you’re big. But you still should not be having this kind of problem. Perhaps you need a different style of bra. I don’t know, but I do know large sized women who do manage to not have this problem. So, there SHOULD be something out there that you can wear comfortably. Even if you decide to do surgery, it’s not going to happen in the next few weeks, and no matter what you do really comfortable bras are a good thing, so I think it’s worth your while to look into this. Lots of luck with this, whatever you decide!
AnonBoobs* February 6, 2021 at 9:04 am Has anyone ever had a breast reduction? I’m scheduled for one in March and would love to hear your experiences, what you wish you knew beforehand, etc. Thanks!
Doctor is In* February 6, 2021 at 9:29 am Be aware you may have to jump through hoops to get it covered by insurance as medically necessary. It is NOT cosmetic. Be persistent with your insurance company, they often drag their feet.
AnonBoobs* February 6, 2021 at 10:00 am Thank you so much for the warning! I’ve had a good experience with my insurance company but I have heard plenty of nightmare stories about getting it covered.
Schmitt* February 6, 2021 at 9:45 am It took longer than I anticipated to fully heal. I had the surgery in October 2014 and it wasn’t comfortable/painless until, I want to say January? Sleeping on my back was annoying. If you have pets that like to sleep with you, find a footstool or small table that will fit over your chest. An Ikea Poang footstool worked for me. For the scars, once I was allowed to, I religiously massaged in Bepanthen cream morning & night & also while watching TV. “Dissolving stitches” is a bit of a misnomer. I was picking bits out for ages. Gross.
AnonBoobs* February 6, 2021 at 10:05 am That’s good to know! If you don’t mind sharing, when were you comfortable wearing a normal bra? I ordered some surgery bras for the first few weeks but I’m not sure what to wear after that initial healing is done. Also thanks for the pet advice, my corgi likes to snuggle so some sort of barrier is definitely a good idea!
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 10:50 am What about temporarily adding a co-sleeping crib to the side of your bed for the dog? You might be able to find a secondhand one on free cycle or buy nothing.
Schmitt* February 6, 2021 at 3:25 pm Ooh, I really don’t remember. The surgeon had a post-surgery timeline, underwire bras came in fairly late.
university minion* February 6, 2021 at 10:56 am Haven’t had one myself but have had several friends and roommates who have. All of them wished they’d done it sooner. Follow the scar care regimen religiously.
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 11:50 am Do you have someone about to help you? My sister had it happen years ago and I remember the extra hands were very helpful in the initial days when everything was sore. I also recall her living in rather tighter tank tops for support as a replacement to wearing bras for awhile because it was more comfortable when not out and about and having to wear a bra.
Doctor is In* February 6, 2021 at 4:28 pm Patients who had it done only regretted they didn’t do it sooner. One lady was in her 70’s when she finally did it.
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 9:06 am Anyone want to chat about covid vaccines? I’ve been volunteering at a big vaccine clinic for several weeks now and also recently got my own second dose. I’m happy to share my experience and/or commiserate about issues!
nep* February 6, 2021 at 9:16 am Thanks for the work you’re doing, and for this post. What side effects have you experienced, if any? (I know it’s different for everyone, but curious anyway.) What is the latest we know on whether the someone who’s vaccinated can transmit the virus to another? Maybe the research there varies by vaccine?
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 9:56 am I had Moderna. After the first dose, I had some arm soreness – more than the flu shot, more like a tetanus booster, but still not too bad. About 12 hours after the second dose, I had some chills, aches and pains, and a headache. It was kind of unpleasant but I took some ibuprofen and that helped, and everything resolved by the next day. Honestly I’m kind of glad that I got those symptoms because it made me feel confident that my immune system was rising to the occasion! I haven’t been following the research all that closely but, yes, the data on transmission varies by vaccine. Recently there’s been some news about how the AstraZeneca vaccine cuts transmission. My understanding is that it’s less certain for Pfizer and Moderna, mostly just because of the way the big vaccine studies were designed.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 11:55 am My partner is in line for his second shot this morning. His first shot, his arm was very sore for about five days, and the injection site was intermittently itchy for another week after. He had significant fatigue for three or four days after the shot as well.
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 12:14 pm I hope he has an easy time with the second shot! (I feel like this is Yom Kippur and I’m wishing people an easy fast, LOL)
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 6:46 pm I was thinking the same comparison to Yom Kippur, LOL! So far, just the expected sore arm. If first shot is anything to go by, fatigue will start to kick in tomorrow afternoon.
Jenny* February 6, 2021 at 1:51 pm My parents and sister have had it (dad and sis are healthcare workers, mom based on age). My dad got achy more from the second dose, he had the Pfizer. My sister was super tired from her first dose and tired and achy from her second (Moderna). My mom had some gastric issues from her first dose and her arm hurt. She only had her first dose and is getting the second this week (Moderna).
Jay* February 6, 2021 at 3:02 pm I’m a doc essentially practicing geriatrics at the moment. “We can’t say for sure that it prevents transmission” is not the same as “We know it doesn’t prevent transmission.” For respiratory viruses, every effective vaccine prevents transmission. It makes sense that this one will as well since we know both the Moderna and PFizer vaccines are excellent at preventing illness – like REALLY excellent. Better than almost any other vaccine I know of. Essentially no reports of serious illness/hospitalization. Those who did test positive afterwards had very low viral loads, which markedly reduces the risk of transmission. I think the public health messaging is seriously underselling the benefits of the vaccines. I kind of understand why. I’m still frustrated since that combines with vaccine skepticism to make people less likely to get immunized. I had my second (Moderna) shot on Thursday. It was supposed to be Tuesday but was postponed because of the snowstorm. I was off on Wednesday and I’m on call this weekend, so I was a bit nervous. I had mild chills on Thursday night and a bit of a headache all day yesterday that was still there when I woke up this morning and has since resolved. My arm was swollen and sore yesterday – way worse than the first shot – and is better today. And the sense of relief I feel is almost indescribable.
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 5:06 pm The absence of evidence is not the evidence of absence! :) I’m glad you got your shots and that you’re feeling healthy and relieved!
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 5:09 pm I think the public health messaging is seriously underselling the benefits of the vaccines Totally. I actually do NOT understand why. It’s perfectly possible to be completely honest and transparent while also being more positive. The constant drumbeat of negativity coming from the people who should be twisting themselves into knots selling the vaccine(s) is making me nuts.
Pharmgirl* February 6, 2021 at 9:52 am Curious to know what side effects you experienced, and if they were different or more severe with your second shot? Did you receive Pfizer or Moderna? Also, did you schedule your second shot exactly 21/28 days later , or is there some leeway? I believe a few days later is better than a few days earlier from what I’ve read. My first shot is tomorrow – happy to report back as well for those that are interested.
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 10:18 am Congrats on getting your appointment! Mine was going to be exactly 28 days (Moderna) but clinic was canceled that day due to a snowstorm so instead it was a couple days more. My understanding is that as long as you wait the 21 or 28 days, some time after that is fine – I believe the current CDC guidance is to get your second dose within 6 weeks if at all possible.
Buni* February 6, 2021 at 11:59 am There must be some leeway without affecting efficacy, because in the UK at the moment they’re saying 12 *weeks* between 1st and 2nd shot. I was told it’s because they want to roll out as many firsts before anyone starts on seconds, which makes sense and is fair, but I assume they wouldn’t do it that way if it meant reduced efficiency.
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 12:11 pm Yep, the UK is taking a different approach! It’ll be interesting to see if that makes the roll-out more effective. Originally, our CDC was saying there was no maximum wait time between doses, but as of late January they are now recommending <6 weeks.
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 5:13 pm but I assume they wouldn’t do it that way if it meant reduced efficiency. Bad assumption. We do have evidence that there is definitely some leeway. But the UK’s decision was not completely science based. I recall that when the suggestion was first raised a huge stink was raise because of the lack of evidence that was presented. Now, lack of evidence does not mean that it can’t work. But they were actually pretty clear that they didn’t entire care – they basically said that even one dose is useful, so better get more first shots in than worry if we reduce efficacy by delaying second doses.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 10:46 am I am glad you mentioned this. On the work thread people were talking about taking time off from work because of the second shot???? What’s up with that?
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 11:49 am It’s more common to get symptoms after the second dose. I know at my location, they are recommending that you get your second dose at the end of the day when you’re not working the next day, just in case (to minimize staffing issues/call-outs). I personally had some symptoms but would’ve been ok to work the next day.
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 12:33 pm I’m in a health profession school, and several of my classmates have already had their second dose. A lot of people felt tired, achy and even had low-grade fevers. The fever in particular makes sense that people are taking off for, since so many places do temperature checks these days, not to mention I would personally not like it if a coworker came in with a well documented COVID symptom and dismissed it as “just the vaccine.” Though it’s of course more likely that such symptoms are vaccine-related, it’s not a guarantee that they are. I have my 2nd dose (phizer) next week, and I have my fingers crossed I don’t have a lot of symptoms, but I’ll be glad to get a bit of immune response so I know it’s worked!
No Name Yet* February 6, 2021 at 8:28 pm I got the Pfizer vaccine, and I had mild flu-like symptoms starting when I woke up the day after – joint pain, overall body aches, fatigue, and fever. It happened to be my day off, but I felt that if it had been a work day, I would have been able to work. By that afternoon the symptoms all got more severe (fever of almost 102F an hour after taking Tylenol), and if I had been working I absolutely would have needed to go home. I considered what I would do if I still felt bad the next day (my work offers 2-3 days of ‘free’ leave for post-vaccine symptoms), but the next morning I felt totally fine. And I had a coworker who had no symptoms at all. So my encouragement to people is to be aware of what they have the next day, and maybe don’t schedule anything super important.
Trixie* February 6, 2021 at 12:27 pm I had the Pfizer shots and no side effects. Arm slightly sore after first shot but that happens with flu vaccines as well. My mother (73) is nurse and also had both shots, no side effects.
Chaordic One* February 6, 2021 at 1:30 pm In my neck of the woods, they are still only giving it to first responders and the elderly. Eligibility will probably filter down to people my age in April or so. My 80-something year old mother was fine after her second shot, but my 90 year-old father had disturbing side-effects following the second does. Nausea, tiredness and weakness for a week afterwards. The doctor gave him a prescription for nausea and that medicine had side effects that reactivated a different problem. And he was just a whiney miserable person to be around the whole time and he drove my mother and my sisters crazy.
Elizabeth West* February 6, 2021 at 3:12 pm Mom and I both signed up, but my state isn’t getting a lot and isn’t well organized so it will be a while. She’ll obviously get it before I do, since she’s elderly and has health issues. (Update: she is recovering well from her stroke; she’s even back at work.)
Sprechen Sie Talk?* February 6, 2021 at 3:51 pm I got my first Oxford AstraZeneca last week here in the UK and it floored me for a good 36 hours. Chills, aches, spiked a solid fever, and a headache that wouldn’t quit, with the hot eyeballs and everything. I saw my specialist on Monday and let her know the response and she mentioned they had data in house suggesting that those who had already had Covid were having similar reactions, compared to those who hadn’t. I thought potentially I’d had Covid just after Christmas, but it wasn’t presenting as we all hear its supposed to (heavy head congestion and swollen lymph nodes under my ears, no fever, no cough). I tested two weeks ago and it was negative, but I wouldnt be surprised if I’d had it. Next shot isnt until end of April. I am not happy about what the UK govt is doing with this, and I really preferred the Pfizer shot but it was more important I got some sort of protection given some other medical issues. Im sure there will be a top up in the fall anyway, and if this comes through as private then I will pay to get Pfizer or Moderna.
lobsterp0t* February 7, 2021 at 3:11 am Oh this is interesting. We had Covid in March. Then I had a positive test in August. So I wonder if I will have more unpleasant side effects when I do eventually get my jab. That won’t be for a while though!
Grammalammadingdon* February 7, 2021 at 9:08 am My daughter, a nurse, had covid back in March. She has had both Moderna shots. Definitely had moderate to severe side effects (very sore arm, fatigue, headache, body aches) with both shots. Surprisingly worse with the first one.
Xela* February 6, 2021 at 4:01 pm I got the Moderna vaccine and after the first dose I had arm soreness that lasted a solid 2-3 days. It was definitely worse than after the flu shot, but I didn’t really have any other symptoms. After my second dose I had a fever and chills starting about 12 hours after my shot. I was also really fatigued for a couple of days and had some arm soreness too. We’ve all been comparing notes at work about the side effects after the second dose, and there’s been a huge range in experiences. It seems like the majority of people have experienced fatigue at the minimum with a number of people also experiencing other symptoms as well. I would definitely recommend taking the next day off from work if you can. You might feel fine, but I was glad I took that day off because working through my symptoms would have been really unpleasant.
anon24* February 6, 2021 at 6:40 pm I got my second shot of the Pfizer last week (EMS). The first shot I got in the morning and by dinner time felt very flu-like, achy, mild headache, chills, sore throat. I hardly got any sleep that night because I was in that weird borderline hallucinating/fever dream state. By morning I felt almost 100%, just some soreness in my arm when I pushed on that muscle. Second shot the effects were less severe but longer lasting, I felt very achy and fatigued for about 2 days. I was at work for those 2 days and took Tylenol at regular intervals and while I felt awful I knew why and I was still able to do all the extremely physically demanding things my job requires me to. Some interesting things I read: They recommend Tylenol rather than ibuprofen because it doesn’t suppress the immune response the same way and so allows your body to react to the vaccine properly. Also, younger people are more likely to have more severe symptoms because we have healthier immune systems and our bodies react stronger to the perceived invader. And one article I read was encouraging people to call it an immune response rather than a side effect because it’s not a side effect, its our bodies doing what they are supposed to do in reaction to it (sorry, I dont remember which one it was so I can’t link it). Science is amazing!
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 7:11 am Yeah, this. When I get the vaccine at some point, I’ll be worried if I don’t get any reactions to it. I usually get a sore arm and low-grade fever from an ordinary flu shot, so I’m hopeful. But I’ll certainly schedule some time off afterwards just in case.
Grammalammadingdon* February 7, 2021 at 9:14 am I’ve gotten my first Moderna shot & the only response I had was a slightly sore arm, less than my flu shot this year. I am actually hoping for something a little more significant when I get the second shot so I know my body is responding properly! I am over 65 though, so I guess I have a less robust immune system.
Choggy* February 7, 2021 at 9:15 am My husband is a nurse and he received the Moderna shot. The first dose he had arm soreness, but not much else. During the second shot which he received this past Wed, he was told to take Tylenol *before* any symptoms started. His arm was sore the first day, especially when he tried raising it to reach for something. The arm soreness abated on the second day, but he did have muscle aches which were managed with Tylenol or Motrin. So a couple of days of light discomfort and he’s been fine ever since (and feeling less stressed about it because his job is stressful enough). We are seeing cases and hospitalizations go down in our state (CT), so I can only hope this is actually working. I did read a recent article about how this virus is here to stay, so does that mean yearly immunizations might be in our future?
Jay* February 7, 2021 at 10:39 am Yes, it’s entirely possible that we will end up with annual – or at least periodic – boosters. If we can turn this into the flu, I’d be THRILLED.
IntoTheSarchasm* February 6, 2021 at 9:17 am House addition and kitchen remodel, moved the fridge into the dining room and plugged it in as there was stuff in the Bottom freezer. We were living in a camper on-site during but didn’t go in the house much and did not realize the crew unplugged the fridge to plug in power tools. Everything in the freezer turned into this foul liquid which we had to remove by soaking it up with old clothing scraps and throwing it in garbage bags as our shop vac stirred up the stench too much. Did not feel clean for a week and had to throw out two pair of nice rubber gloves as they even picked up the smell. Horrible experience.
Square Root of Minus One* February 7, 2021 at 3:05 am Orange and chocolate just like you. Mint in pretty much any food (IMO, mint is perfect by itself, in water or in a tea, that’s it) Lemon on fish, especially smoked salmon.
TX Lizard* February 6, 2021 at 9:51 am What common flavor pairings do you just not get? I can’t stand chocolate and orange together, but I see chocolate bars with orange in them all the time. To me, those flavors just don’t go together at all. Curious what other people feel that way about!
Pharmgirl* February 6, 2021 at 9:56 am Curious, have you tried it and not liked it? Or just something you can’t imagine going well? I love the combo personally, and in general I think chocolate and citrus go well together. I’m a fan of lemon and white chocolate too. Peanut butter and jelly is a common flavor combo I just don’t get! I know this isn’t a common flavor outside the US, but I’m American and still don’t understand it.
DistantAudacity* February 6, 2021 at 10:09 am I’ve worked out that I enjoy PB and a not-too-sweet marmalade!
TX Lizard* February 6, 2021 at 10:37 am I’ve tried it! My SO likes it, so I’ll try a piece of his every once in a while to see if my tastes have changed or if there’s some version that I’ll enjoy. I can eat a tiny piece of high quality dark chocolate with orange and not dislike it, but not like it per say. Milk chocolate and orange is a hard no. I’ve never heard of lemon and white chocolate together, for some reason that sounds more appealing to me!
Pharmgirl* February 6, 2021 at 1:08 pm I do agree that dark chocolate tastes better with orange than milk chocolate! Definitely recommend lemon and white chocolate, it might be more to your taste.
DistantAudacity* February 6, 2021 at 10:07 am I do not like putting jam or fruits in my cereal or porridge. Each on their own is fine – why ruin perfectly good strawberries by dumping them on the Weetabix?
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 10:07 am Good topic! And it’s so random… Your example about the chocolate and orange is one I might have mentioned, as I don’t care for orange-creme chocolate candies – but I do like the dark-chocolate-oranges, where the orange has its own slightly bitter notes to go with those of the dark chocolate. So more of a flavor/texture balance for me than an out-and-out “no”. One that I run into fairly often: lemon and poppy-seed! I love both flavors individually, but I prefer my poppy-seed cakes without lemon flavoring, just the poppy seeds themselves and a hint of vanilla.
TX Lizard* February 6, 2021 at 10:40 am Oh I love lemon and poppyseed! I have never tried poppyseed on its own, I didn’t know it had much of its own flavor. And its funny you mention dark chocolate, I just commented up thread that dark chocolate+orange is somewhat more tolerable than milk chocolate+orange. The creme based ones are my least favorite.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:22 am I could live on bananas. And I love the taste of peanut butter (though I don’t eat it because it wreaks havoc on my stomach). Not really a combo I don’t ‘get,’ but I cannot stand banana and peanut butter together. Savory oatmeal, anyone? I mean, I do put a pinch of salt in the water; it really tastes better that way. But I was at a friend’s once and we were having oatmeal with his mom. She asked for the Maggi; apparently that’s how she eats oatmeal. I like orange and chocolate together, by the way–but it’s got to be very dark chocolate for me. Definitely prefer only chocolate without flavoring though. I don’t get coconut oil in coffee, and I use coconut oil for a million things.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 10:34 am Savory oatmeal was such a trend awhile back and I tried it hopefully and just…canNOT. It’s a texture thing! Though I love over easy eggs & veggies on rice, keep those flavors away from my oatmeal. Give me pecans and a splash of maple syrup any day.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:49 am I remember (before I went vegan) trying an egg stirred into my oatmeal while on high heat (as a way to get in some protein)…the egg cooked thoroughly, but it ruined the texture–one of the things I really love about oatmeal.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 1:58 pm Weirdly I like haggis (friends make it every year or so) but that’s using the oatmeal as a filler. I still don’t want primarily oatmeal to be anything but buttery & sugary or fruity.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 5:43 pm Now that you say it, Ive had other sausages that use oatmeal and a filler and did like it. Must be the texture of a bowl of it.
allathian* February 6, 2021 at 10:52 am Savory oatmeal is definitely out for me, just the thought of it makes me dry heave. My husband likes his with just a bit of margarine for flavoring. I’ll eat it with frozen berries and add honey or maple syrup as a sweetener. Sweet things for breakfast are a big no-no for me. I might put marmalade or lemon curd on toast, but not sweet jam. Nutella’s fine for an afternoon snack, but not in the morning. I usually put cheese or turkey/ham on my breakfast sandwiches. I absolutely cannot stand sweet popcorn, with the sole exception of chocolate-covered popcorn. When I was growing up, the only flavoring that was available for popcorn here was salt, and I guess that stuck. I’ll eat chocolate with basically anything, the weirdest chocolate flavor I’ve tried was garlic. I adore dark chocolate with chili, though.
Chilipepper* February 6, 2021 at 1:13 pm What does “she asked for the Maggi” mean? I googled but cannot tell.
CoffeeforLife* February 6, 2021 at 1:48 pm Maggi is a liquid seasoning. Comes in a little yellow bottle shaped like the queen chess piece.
pancakes* February 6, 2021 at 2:24 pm Asked for Maggi sauce, I think. I’ve seldom seen it in the US and then only in powdered cubes, but it’s frequently used as seasoning in many other places.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 2:37 pm Yes. I lived in W Africa for many years, and pretty much no cooking happened without it.
The teapots are on fire* February 6, 2021 at 1:31 pm I have to confess I prefer banana and mayonnaise on sandwiches.
Ali G* February 6, 2021 at 10:31 am I’m with you on the chocolate-orange! I actually do not like any fruit with chocolate. I am a purist. The only thing I like with chocolate is more chocolate :)
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:33 am +1 Another thing I can’t indulge in too often as the sugar does a number on my stomach. But man it’s such a great experience.
violet04* February 6, 2021 at 12:18 pm Same here! I don’t like the fruit and chocolate combo. I don’t like chocolate and peanut butter or any type of peanut butter dessert. I can do peanut butter in savory dishes.
Filosofickle* February 6, 2021 at 3:00 pm Me too! No fruit & chocolate together in the same bite, ever.
oranges & lemons* February 7, 2021 at 4:57 pm I’m the opposite! I like fruit and chocolate together, but I find chocolate a bit cloying on its own (sacrilege, I know). I find the fruit tends to brighten it up a bit.
TX Lizard* February 6, 2021 at 10:44 am Bonus question, what uncommon or unusual flavor pairing do you love?
allathian* February 6, 2021 at 10:55 am I love ginger bread and blue cheese, and chocolate and chili.
allathian* February 6, 2021 at 3:13 pm And another one, when going to a fast food restaurant was an option, I loved dipping fries in chocolate sundae…
Black Horse Dancing* February 6, 2021 at 6:07 pm Wendy’s Frostys and fries were a common thing! Hot fudge and fries as well.
Paris Geller* February 6, 2021 at 11:49 am I don’t know how unusual it truly is since stores sell it, but many of the people around me find it gross, and I love a sweet goat cheese. There’s a common goat cheese brand that sells blueberry vanilla goat cheese, and I’ll often go through a whole little log for dinner with crackers + honey. Also, perhaps not that unusual because sweet + salty combos like chocolate pretzels are popular, but one I love that I don’t see as often is potato chips + chocolate.
Black Horse Dancing* February 6, 2021 at 6:13 pm I had a blueberry goat cheese that was just like blueberry cheesecake.
Decidedly Me* February 6, 2021 at 12:02 pm Haven’t tried it since I was a kid, but my mom used to make us a bowl of Cheerios (with milk) and add bacon on top! It was really good, though not sure if I’d like it now.
Filosofickle* February 6, 2021 at 3:02 pm I grew up with PB & pickle sandwiches as an special treat from Dad. (Mom was grossed out by it.) Haven’t had it in decades…even though I know rationally that I loved it, it just sounds weird too weird to try again now!
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 4:54 pm That’s my mom’s favorite sandwich. (Dill pickles, not sweet.)
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 12:36 pm Mixing diet coke (or whatever your preferred cola is) with apple cider, as a sort of mocktail. I have no idea why I ever thought to try this, but I love it.
Ginger ale for all* February 7, 2021 at 2:42 am Diet coke and blue Powerade from the soda fountain is a good combination. The slight bitterness of the diet coke is masked.
Coenobita* February 7, 2021 at 8:23 am I can see that! It’s not too different from diet coke + lemonade, my mom’s soda fountain go-to. The blue must make for kind of a weird color, though!
CoffeeforLife* February 6, 2021 at 1:51 pm I love smoky paprika on my fruit and feta on watermelon-with a dash of paprika. Or the trader joe’s chili lime (like tajine but better)
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 3:52 pm Feta and watermelon is a match made in heaven! (My father used to salt his melons and I never understood it as a kid – I just wanted more sweetness. But when I grew up I discovered the joys of salt on melons, and feta adds its own salty/creamy/tangy note.)
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 2:05 pm Sweet & salty! There was a diner where I grew up that served Monte Cristo sandwiches with a pickle or maple syrup… and I would ask for both. Even weirder, vanilla cake frosting on salty tortilla chips. I keep meaning to try the southern combo that made into an 80s country song: putting peanuts into Coke.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 2:10 pm My daughter reminds me of the unholy concoction (my words LOL) she creates when I make Thai tea. She mixes it with powdered hot chocolate. Tea and chocolate…. her thing not mine.
*daha** February 7, 2021 at 8:40 pm I used to go to CiCi’s pizza buffet every so often. The policy was that you could ask them to make one up the way you wanted if they didn’t have one you liked sitting ready. I always asked for Pineapple, Onion, and Anchovies. The salt from the anchovies added to the acid from the pineapple and the sweet from caramelized onion. Bonus: It was always hot fresh and nobody ever competed with me for it.
Paris Geller* February 6, 2021 at 11:40 am I agree! Mint chocolate chip ice cream is an unholy combination that ruins one of my favorite things (my favorite thing being the ice cream)
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 2:13 pm Mint ice cream tastes like Milk of Magnesia to me even before I get to the cold waxy bits of chocolate.
Ginger ale for all* February 7, 2021 at 2:44 am I feel the same way. Mint and dairy just doesn’t do it for me.
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 12:09 pm I taught myself to love this combo, because my husband hates it. He is a locust, and it was the only way to have a treat that doesn’t disappear when my back is turned.
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 12:37 pm hahaha, I’ve done something similar with coffee flavor. Coffee ice cream is the only ice cream that lasts long enough in our house for me to eat it.
Frally* February 7, 2021 at 5:15 am Same here! I hate mint with chocolate. I like mint toothpaste, mint gum, mint sucking candies, and that’s it!!
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 10:48 am I hate fruit and meat together. Like pineapple on ham, or mango salsa and whatever meat they like to throw it on. I’m a Midwesterner, and meat should be savory, dammit.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:54 am I don’t eat meat anymore, but the past meat-eating me agrees 1,000%
Coenobita* February 6, 2021 at 12:33 pm Me too! I don’t eat a lot of meat but when I do I want it to taste like, you know, meat. I feel similarly about pumpkin beer – I enjoy beer and I enjoy pumpkin (both the actual squash and the pie spice), but why would you mess them both up by mixing them?
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 1:11 pm Oh YES this is a good one. Stop putting sweet glazes on pork chops!
Sunflower* February 6, 2021 at 10:55 am I don’t really like bacon on anything. I LOVE bacon by itself but the obsession with bacon on everything- I think it ruins it the main dish. Ketchup on any sort of breakfast dish- eggs or potatoes. Of course, ketchup on French fries is acceptable but it being paired with my breakfast food just feels wrong.
Mx* February 6, 2021 at 10:57 am Peanut butter and jam. I like them both, but separately ! Any combination of sweet and salty. Pineapple on a pizza or apple in a vegs salad for instance
Nicole76* February 6, 2021 at 10:59 am I love dark chocolate. I love bacon. I do not like chocolate covered bacon.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 11:20 am Same with the orange/chocolate combo. Just don’t get it. It’s something about the ability of citrus juices to curdle milk proteins – obviously orange or lemon flavor in chocolate isn’t curdling anything but in my brain, it doesn’t work. Mint in coffee is another big no go for me.
TX Lizard* February 6, 2021 at 2:04 pm Do you dislike peppermint in coffee or just the more herbal mint?
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 6:44 pm Mint oil used the flavor beans, or mint flavored syrup in espresso coffee drinks. I’m guessing those are peppermint. I like peppermint/spearmint/wintergreen candies. I like peppermint/spearmint/wintergreen tisanes. Mint flavor in chocolate is ok, though not my favorite. But not in coffee.
Sister Michael, Judo Blackbelt* February 6, 2021 at 11:31 am I also am not a fan of the orange/chocolate combo, but my spouse absolutely loves it. For me I think it’s the artificial orange flavoring. I made dark chocolate orange biscotti last holidays and liked those because it used fresh orange juice and zest. I also don’t like the pumpkin/pumpkin spice flavor in everything. I once saw pumpkin spice cheese curds and that was too far.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 2:18 pm My daughter is with you. She can’t abide pumpkin spice.
NRG* February 7, 2021 at 3:58 pm I adore pumpkin spice, but only in an actual pumpkin pie. Otherwise bleagh.
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 12:06 pm PB with chocolate is gross. PB should be salty, it doesn’t belong in desserts. This is an unpopular hill I will die on.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 12:41 pm I won’t die on it, but I’ll definitely stand firmly until it seems inadvisable. Fortunately, people who do like peanut butter in sweets are usually happy to have mine, and I’m happy to have a “safe” category that I won’t just plow through.
Myrin* February 7, 2021 at 8:01 am I think that’s very typical for Europeans – except for my sister, who sometimes bakes cookies with it which I immediately ban into an airtight container because I hate their smell, I don’t know a single person who doesn’t find PB at least mildly disgusting. Which I think is a very interesting topic in general, what kinds of food a people as a culture find acceptable simply because they are everywhere and what everyone grows up with/is used to.
Llama face!* February 6, 2021 at 12:11 pm Ketchup (catsup for you americans) on scrambled eggs or omelettes. Blech! Also any berry flavours (particularly raspberry) with chocolate. Love them individually but not together. Peanut butter and jam on sandwiches. The only thing I like that’s close to it is peanut butter and ginger marmalade (I know it sounds weird but don’t knock it til you’ve tried it!).
ThatGirl* February 6, 2021 at 12:21 pm It is primarily spelled ketchup here too although catsup is an accepted variation.
Llama face!* February 6, 2021 at 12:59 pm Good to know! I’d seen the catsup spelling mentioned online as a U.S.-specific variation so I had the impression it was the default down south (like all your words missing the letter U ;) ).
Llama face!* February 6, 2021 at 1:38 pm Hurray! You are the first person who I’ve ever known to have also tried it! :D
Three Pines Visitor* February 6, 2021 at 10:50 pm ANYTHING with ginger marmalade! Alas, it is no longer available in the US — everything listed online has been “out of stock” or “no longer available” for several years now. Anybody here from Scotland who knows what happened to James Keiller & Sons of Dundee, who made the preserves and also some wonderful orange marmalade?
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 1:23 pm Myers of Keswick (NYC shop for imports) carries ginger marmalade. It’s local for me but they might do shipping.
Llama face!* February 7, 2021 at 1:41 pm Aww that’s too bad. It is hard to find here too (I’m in Canada) but a few stores do sell one that is an imported UK brand: Robertsons. I stock up when I find it!
D'Euly* February 7, 2021 at 2:36 pm Trappist Preserves is still going strong! Delicious. You can order online via Monastery Greetings if you don’t have a local store which will stock it for you.
Coffee time!* February 7, 2021 at 8:20 pm Mackays has ginger marmalade plus lots of other ones ..so good. http://www.mackays.com/our-range/marmalades/
Helvetica* February 6, 2021 at 12:20 pm Chocolate ice cream. I like chocolate and I like ice cream but I don’t think chocolate ice cream is a good flavour combination because it doesn’t taste like either of those things but something inbetween. I find a lot of fruit flavours unappetizing because they are so far removed from the actual fruit taste. I like strawberries but nothing flavoured like strawberry and I like blueberries but fx blueberry juice tastes like soap to me, even if mixed with other juices.
Llama face!* February 6, 2021 at 1:01 pm I’m with you on the chocolate ice cream thing. It just doesn’t taste right.
Emily* February 6, 2021 at 3:32 pm I’ve come around to chocolate ice cream, but I used to dislike it for the same reason! I feel similarly about some chocolate cakes – I prefer my chocolate to be fairly chocolatey, I guess.
Pharmgirl* February 6, 2021 at 8:17 pm Same! Chocolate ice cream just doesn’t have a good chocolate flavor. I will say Jeni’s DarkestChocolate is the best one I’ve found, but I will never go for a chocolate based ice cream.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 1:11 pm Haha I love chocolate and orange! Its amazing! Peanut butter and banana I dont like really. Or anything with pickle. Why are we putting pickles in everything! Stop!
WellRed* February 6, 2021 at 1:12 pm Broadly speaking, I don’t think every fruit flavor needs to be brewed into beer (pomegranate? Blueberry?). For that matter when does a margarita stop being a margarita and become a fruity tequila drink?
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 1:21 pm I worked at a microbrew bar for years, so I feel qualified to opine on unusual beers as a whole. Most fruit-flavored beers are just regularly-brewed beer with added fruit flavor. They tend to taste artificial. Sam Adams Cherry Wheat in particular tastes like cough syrup. But, actual fermented fruit, like a lambic, is a whole other ball game. That stuff is divine, but it’s expensive. Instead of adding a particular chosen yeast to a sealed recipe, brewers leave the vats open and let chance do the work. The result isn’t always drinkable, thus the price. Some brewers try to bring the price down (and the consistency up) by adding syrups instead of actual fruit, but the result is inferior. TL;DR: Drink an actual Belgian lambic, like a framboise, if you’re into fruity beers. Avoid the weird US fake lollipop crap.
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 2:16 pm I love raspberry lambic! Interesting about different batches tasting different based on the yeast that decided to settle into the vats. I’ve definitely noticed a flavor variation from bottle to bottle over the years.
I'm just here for the cats* February 6, 2021 at 1:44 pm I agree citrus and chocolate don’t taste well together
Chaordic One* February 6, 2021 at 1:46 pm I’ve never really understood cranberry sauce. It seems fine by itself, but it doesn’t really go with anything. I see people mixing cranberry sauce with turkey, mashed potatoes and gravy, and eating it in the same big forkful. Similarly, I don’t really like fruit salads or most sweet jello salads with most meals. They seem more like desserts than part of the meal itself. It seems strange to me, mixing of sweet and savory flavors at the same time. Lastly, I find it odd that “chicken and waffles” is a thing. When I lived in So Cal there was a popular chain of restaurants, “Roscoe’s Chicken and Waffles,” and it still seems bizarre to me. OTOH, my mother has this strange obsession with peas. She serves them with everything, with hamburgers, hot dogs, pizza, barbecue. My sisters and I have teased her about serving “inappropriate vegetables,” but she doesn’t seem to take the hint. “Would you like some peas with your pizza?” “Um, no thanks, Mom. I’m good.”
Filosofickle* February 6, 2021 at 3:05 pm I also do not enjoy chicken and waffles. For me it goes with the above thread about not wanting sweet stuff near my meat — no syrup touching my fried chicken! Or my bacon or sausage or anything else that comes on a breakfast plate. Gross.
Pharmgirl* February 6, 2021 at 8:18 pm This may be weird, but I actually really enjoy cranberry sauce on a breakfast sandwich – homemade cranberry sauce, a good sharp cheddar, and an egg. My favorite part of thanksgiving leftovers!
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 1:25 pm It’s not quite my favorite part of Thanksgiving but I do like it with a good cheddar too. Also like chicken and waffles. For a couple years I lived dangerously close to Amy Ruth’s in Harlem, which makes a particularly good rendition of it.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 1:52 pm Many of my food dislikes I can link to illness. Since were talking combos… I loved mint & chocolate until I came down with a nasty stomach bug shortly after overindulging on York Peppermint Patties. And coconut flavored coffee just smells like someone spilled Ban de Soleil into the pot…I am not a fan.
TX Lizard* February 6, 2021 at 2:07 pm That’s how I am with olive oil! As a kid I once ate an ungodly amount of plain spaghetti with olive oil. It made a very dramatic reappearance and now I don’t like the smell of olive oil and can’t eat plain pasta. I still cook with it, there just needs to be other flavors and smells with it.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 2:28 pm My daughter had coffee smell ruined for her because when she was a toddler we travelled with an empty coffee container in the car for when she got carsick. And she tells me we used it by her bed too.
Natalie* February 6, 2021 at 6:41 pm Oh yeah, I haven’t had a root beer float since I was, like, seven.
A313* February 6, 2021 at 3:29 pm I knew someone who insisted that jelly belonged on an Egg McMuffin and Sausage McMuffin with Egg because the McDonald’s employees would always give you jelly with your order. The jelly-and-egg thing makes me nauseous to think about even now, and back then I really liked (unjellied) McDonald’s breakfast sandwiches (now, my digestive system isn’t what it once was, so either way, they’re out).
Miss Pantalones En Fuego* February 6, 2021 at 8:04 pm Lamb with mint sauce is a classic combo in the UK and I find it utterly revolting. I’m not averse to fruit and meat together in general so it’s not a sweet and savory issue, but the mint is just yuck to me. But I’m ok with mint and chocolate.
Virginia Plain* February 7, 2021 at 4:47 am Have you ever had the mint sauce home made, or just shop-bought from a jar? The latter is revoltingly sweet imho but home made is much nicer. A big handful of chopped fresh mint, a small spoon of sugar and a splash of water from the kettle. Then a good glug of malt vinegar. Much fresher tasting. This is a deeply held belief for me, along with the evil that is packet stuffing. Paxo can get in the bin!
Miss Pantalones En Fuego* February 7, 2021 at 6:19 am My in-laws are major foodies and they have made what I’m sure was a beautiful homemade sauce with fresh mint from the garden, and yeah. I felt so rude but I did not like it one bit. Fortunately my husband doesn’t either so I felt less bad saying that it wasn’t for me.
anonforthis* February 7, 2021 at 4:20 am I’m also not a fan of chocolate paired with fruity flavors. (Also see: chocolate and raspberry.) Though I can see why other people might like it. Chocolate and orange is really weird now I think about it since orange is citrus, and citrus doesn’t touch anything dairy in my books.
Virginia Plain* February 7, 2021 at 4:43 am Sweet chilli sauce! It’s everywhere, even as a flavouring for crisps. And it’s like…spicy jam. Ick. It’s so sugary, way too sweet for me to use with any savoury food. (And too harshly spicy to go with anything sweet, had that ever occurred to me).
NRG* February 7, 2021 at 4:01 pm Orange and banana together. There used to be “pine-orange-banana” juice that was the worst drink ever. I don’t know if it still exists because I don’t buy orange juice of any kind.
oranges & lemons* February 7, 2021 at 5:05 pm I think mayonnaise ruins most things it comes in contact with. I do like chipotle mayo on a taco, but most of the time it overpowers whatever it’s supposed to be seasoning. Egg salad: worst culinary invention of all time.
Autumn* February 6, 2021 at 10:10 am I’m listening to the audio of “You’ll Never Believe What Happened to Lacey” by Amber Ruffin and her sister Lacey Lamar and I think AAM readers would – not exactly enjoy it, it’s horrifying – but appreciate it. Amber Ruffin is a comedian, so it’s funny, but the stories of racism in the workplace (and out too, but mostly at work) experienced by just one woman are really excruciating. If you’re into audiobooks, it’s worth the listen but the book has some (described in the audio) visuals that I want to see as well. Link to the publisher’s website with a couple video clips of the authors in reply.
Autumn* February 6, 2021 at 10:10 am https://www.grandcentralpublishing.com/titles/amber-ruffin/youll-never-believe-what-happened-to-lacey/9781538719343/
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 10:23 am I bought that book! It’s a great read. I wish I’d thought of the audiobook, though, because I bet it’s at its best that way.
Autumn* February 6, 2021 at 12:36 pm It really is worth it. Maybe your library has it? The only thing is, they are sisters, so sometimes it’s hard to tell which one is speaking. As someone who sounds exactly like all her sisters, I found it charming though!
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 12:40 pm Amber has such a distinct voice that I heard it in my head while reading, but I bet hearing it aloud would be even better. I’ll definitely look for it from the library.
Chilipepper* February 6, 2021 at 1:17 pm I just put it on hold from my library, thanks for the suggestion!
Bluebell* February 7, 2021 at 7:44 pm I bought the hardback and have reserved the audiobook at my library. I also bought a copy for my sister, who works in HR. It’s so funny, but also uncomfortable.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 10:21 am In case anyone was on tenterhooks, I went to the doctor that included the functional medicine forms in intake, I didn’t fill out those forms, and I never heard a peep. Everyone was very nice and while she did rattle on about her interest in functional medicine, I had a mask on so I didn’t have to stay poker-faced and honestly I find it kind of soothing to hear somebody ramble about stuff. On another note: Google Maps navigation went seriously haywire. It was slow, telling me too late on turns, and it kept thinking I was on surface streets near the interstate instead of being on the interstate (I’d be driving along on the interstate with 30 miles till my exit and it would suddenly tell me “Turn right on Bitter Apple Lane”). Anybody familiar with this problem? I don’t know if it’s Google Maps or the GPS in my phone.
Incessant Owlbears* February 6, 2021 at 10:43 am That Google Maps thing happens to me all the time. I’m always chastising it, “I’ve been on to freeway for miles and miles now, and you think I suddenly teleported next to the freeway?? You’re drunk, Google Maps; go home.”
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 11:12 am “Drunk” was the very word I used. I even obeyed it the first time it hauled me off the interstate, since there is a bit of interchange drama at that spot and I thought it knew about construction. Nope–that was just the harbinger of things to come.
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 12:00 pm Oh no! I hope you weren’t late! I like to use my navigation app because I appreciate knowing what time I’ll get to places, even if I know how to get someplace. More than once the app glitched in the same way. It’s also happened the other way around. Like if I exited the freeway early (to get gas or something) and the app thinks I’m still on the freeway when I’m on the road next to it.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 12:38 pm No, fortunately I’m too time-paranoid for that, and I knew the general area enough that I couldn’t go too far wrong. But it was funny how the rot slowly started to set in, and only on the way back did I realize I’d performed an entirely unnecessary detour.
Elspeth McGillicuddy* February 6, 2021 at 2:02 pm It once told me to turn left in the middle of the highway. Only thing to the left was the concrete barrier and oncoming traffic. Yeah, no.
Girasol* February 6, 2021 at 5:03 pm We used to have voice directions on a GPS device in the truck that would say, “Turn right in 100 feet. Turn right NOW!” as we were driving through the desert on a long empty road with twenty miles of continuous barbed wire fence on both sides and no side roads anywhere, not even a wide spot for a pull-out. We’d keep going. Then it would panic and try to turn us back to that point in the middle of nowhere where it thought we should have turned. “Turn left then left again. TURN LEFT NOW!” And when we passed that point, it would try another time or two to circle us back around. At last it would give up and say calmly, “Continue on route.” I imagined its little electronic mind was thinking, “I give up! I tried to help you but no, you wouldn’t listen. So you just go your own way and do whatever you want to do. See if I care.” I always thought I detected a passive aggressive tone in its mechanical voice.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 1:17 pm With the Maps were you in a location you’d never been before, and is it possible it wasn’t mapped well? I had a lot of freaky GM experiences when I was in a small rural town visiting relatives – including being told to turn on roads that didn’t exist, roads in another town, roads in my hometown, and exits on the opposite side of the freeway. I think they just didn’t have a lot of users there and didn’t have good records. It was like being in the Bermuda Triangle.
Ya can't get there from here* February 6, 2021 at 2:37 pm Small roads in Maine omg… we have friends whose stretch of road does not exist according to Google. The road goes between two towns and Google refuses to acknowledge the numbers restart at the border. Their standard directions to visitors are to follow Google Maps until you get to XYZ, after which you turn off Google and follow these turns.
WS* February 6, 2021 at 7:21 pm Yeah, I’m in a rural area in Australia and the directions to my house are totally wrong. And I’m in town and everything!
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 5:41 pm I would try a different map app and also a different phone. It could be either or a combination of both.
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 10:23 am Reading thread! (There are a couple of posts up-thread about specific books, but this one’s about anything you’ve read/are reading.) Most recently I really enjoyed REMEMBERING THE BONES by Frances Itani; it’s from the viewpoint of an 80-year-old Canadian woman who, on her way to England for a breakfast with the Queen (whose birthday she shares), has a car accident – and ends up lying injured at the base of a ravine not far from her house, but invisible to passers by. Sounds grim, and sometimes is, but most of the book consists of her recollections of her life and family, unfolding in touching, funny, sad, hopeful detail. On audio, I’m listening to WINTER WORLD by A. G. Riddle, a science fiction novel – first of a trilogy – that starts out with attempts to find out if a strange new artifact spotted in the solar system might be contributing to the onset of a global ice age, and escalates to efforts to strike back. (It does have some flaws – the hero has a Dark Secret that most of the world knows already but that for reasons I cannot fathom he has yet to tell his curious-but-patient love-interest, despite their having months alone together. Seems out of character as well as vastly frustrating. If he tells her and she leaps to conclusions I will virtually hurl the book across the room.) On the lighter side, TOUCAN KEEP A SECRET by Donna Andrews is another rollicking mystery featuring blacksmith-turned-sleuth Meg Langslow and her increasingly-extended group of family and friends. This one includes a “let’s reconstruct the crime!” bit that – given the characters involved – turns into a full-blown production complete with director, huge cast and crew, and special effects.
Sister Michael, Judo Blackbelt* February 6, 2021 at 11:14 am I’m currently reading The Rival Queens by Nancy Goldstone. It’s a history of the relationship between Catherine de Medici, Queen of France, and her daughter, Marguerite de Valois during the French Wars of Religion. I really appreciate the truly funny footnotes scattered throughout. I also just got Four Hundred Souls: A Community History of African America 1619-2019, edited by Ibram X. Kendi and Keisha N. Blain, which I am very excited to dive into.
Blergh* February 6, 2021 at 11:44 am Eep, I had a much different experience with The Rival Queens – I found that the “Marguerite was AMAZING and did SO MUCH and we are not going to investigate the negatives at all” tone got old really quickly for me. Although that was also my issue with her book “Four Queens” as well – I find that she gets very protective of her subject in a way that irks me.
Dark Macadamia* February 6, 2021 at 11:55 am I recently listened to the audiobook of “Gods of Jade and Shadow” and it was fantastic, the type of book I was excited to make time for and disappointed when I realized it was over. I love a fairy tale based on less well-known lore (Mayan) and familiar tropes done differently. I’d love to see a movie version because I think it would be visually stunning, but also I’m worried they would mess it up lol
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 3:55 pm Good to hear; I have Gods of Jade and Shadow on my to-be-read stack.
Jen Erik* February 6, 2021 at 12:07 pm Best book I’ve read recently is ‘Eat Like the Animals’ by David Raubenheimer, which my daughter was given for Christmas. It made me buy an ice cream maker: not sure that was the author’s intention. It was a fascinating read – the sort of thing that you keep reading bits aloud to whoever else is unfortunate enough to be in the room at the time. And it has changed the way I think about appetite and healthy eating.
violet04* February 6, 2021 at 12:22 pm Currently reading Naked in Death by J.D. Robb. It’s about a detective named Eve Dallas and takes place in NYC in 2058. I think the book was written in 1995 so it’s interesting to see how the future was envisioned back then.
NoI'mNotIrish* February 6, 2021 at 11:19 pm The first of a LONG series – fifty more, and they’re still coming!
CTT* February 6, 2021 at 12:59 pm I’m almost done with the English translation of Tyll by Daniel Kehlmann. It takes a medieval German folklore trickster character and sets him in the Thirty Years’ War. It’s not what I expected, but in a good way – instead of staying with Tyll, it jumps around different times and different characters’ perspectives (the exiled King and Queen of Bohemia, a Jesuit scholar, an earl). I had read the New Yorker’s review of it when the translation came out, and then I saw that the creators of “Dark” had optioned the rights to make it into a series for Netflix (who knows if that will happen now – I’ve heard that the pandemic has created a backlog in the production pipeline, but I can dream!). I’m also about to go on a solo/distanced vacation and I’m bringing so many books with me, I cannot wait!
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 1:19 pm The Word is Murder by Anthony Horowitz. It’s not what I expected, but I love it. He is sooooo good at creating “hooks” and serving up twists.
lapgiraffe* February 6, 2021 at 1:49 pm I read two great things this week, first Mill Town by Kerri Arsenault, couldn’t put it down! I’d use my own words to describe it, but I did that in a text to a friend yesterday, then I sent her the author’s website, and while there read her synopsis and was like “this is so much better than how I just described it.” So from the author’s website: I grew up in the rural town of Mexico, Maine, where for over 100 years the community orbited around a paper mill that provided jobs for most people, including three generations of my family. I had a happy childhood, but years after I moved away, I realized the price I paid for that childhood. The price we all paid. The mill, while providing community, work, and stability, also contributed to the destruction of the environment and our health. Mill Town is a book of narrative nonfiction, investigative memoir, and cultural criticism that illuminate the rise and collapse of the working-class, the hazards of loving and leaving home, and the ambiguous nature of toxics and disease with the central question; Who or what are we willing to sacrifice for our own survival?
lapgiraffe* February 6, 2021 at 2:06 pm The second book I read and thoroughly enjoyed was Make Your Move by Jon Birger, which is a follow up to his first book on dating, Date-Onomics. The first book is apparently a cold hard look how gender ratios of college educated people have skewed over the last three decades and, if you are a college educated woman looking for a college educated man, well good luck to you because there are not nearly enough of them to go round. I didn’t find it to be that cold hearted – I felt something akin to relief that it is not necessarily me but rather the odds just aren’t in my favor – but I guess he got a lot of feedback that it didn’t offer up enough “solutions” and left readers (straight single women) rather disheartened. The follow up outlines some thoughts on women taking charge of their romantic pursuits, kinda an anti-The Rules minded philosophy. Along with throwing away the playing hard to get nonsense, he lays out reasons why online dating should only be used in very specific circumstances but is otherwise useless, why college educated women shouldn’t discount “blue collar” men as potential husbands, why being the active “chooser” gets you better results than being passively chosen, so to speak, among other ideas. It’s preaching to the choir with me, but I am hoping it will inspire my good friend to ditch Hinge and be bold. And fwiw, I’m not into self help books or dating books ever, and I appreciate a little more of an “economics” take on interpersonal relationships, not just romantic.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 2:41 pm My family is reading The Lord of the Rings out loud–it’s the second time my husband and I have done this, and the first time for my daughter. Reading it out loud, you can hear that every single thing Tom Bombadil says is in verse. It makes cleaning up after dinner something to look forward to.
Anono-me* February 6, 2021 at 4:46 pm Thanks to Nacho and a post asking about Fan fic recommendations two weeks ago; I am reading the Alexandra Quick Harry Potter Fan Fic series .
Anon and alone* February 6, 2021 at 4:54 pm I’m currently reading “Saving Justice: Truth, Transparency, And Trust” by James Comey and I just finished 4 W. Bruce Cameron books “A Dog’s Purpose”, “A Dog’s Journey”, “A Dog’s Promise”, and “A Dog’s Way Home”. All are from my local library.
not my real name* February 7, 2021 at 12:58 am I am currently re reading the series of Undead books by MaryJanice Davidson. I know vampires. Am I right? The books are hilarious. The main character is Betsy Taylor who, before her death, was attacked by animal like vampires called fiends. Several months later, she dies and wakes up as a vampire. Turns out she is special and becomes a vampire queen. She is totally irreverent, has a potty mouth and can be a bit of a trial at times. The first book is Undead and Unwed. That one has a semi graphic sex scene in it but subsequent books doesn’t get into great detail which I appreciate. They are not for everyone, but I do suggest that you at least try it. You just may like it.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 7, 2021 at 2:54 pm Here’s a link for fans of Science Fiction and Fantasy, from an industry trade publication. The author discusses things he read in 2020 (with mention of world events around the time he read them). Many I missed, so I have a lot of things newly on my reading list. He calls out the year for “an increasingly diverse choir of international voices”, too. https://locusmag.com/2021/02/notes-from-a-year-spent-indoors-by-jonathan-strahan/
Bluebell* February 7, 2021 at 7:52 pm Two recent reads I recommend- The Third Hotel by Laura van den Berg. Woman travels to Cuba and thinks she sees her dead husband. Really eerie and I enjoyed the Cuba setting. I also just finished Rodham by Curtis Sittenfield and it was fantastic. Her reimagining of Hillary’s life if she hadn’t married Bill totally sucked me in, and I loved the way she used actual words that she and Bill and others used, and just changed the context.
Ali G* February 6, 2021 at 10:24 am So I have a definite First World Problem. Here’s my question: If you are a person that outsources the cleaning of your home, do you just have to accept that the people cleaning don’t care about your stuff as much as you do? We have cleaners that come every other week. As for actual cleaning, they do a good job. I am rarely finding obvious dirt, or things they’ve missed. But, they continually mark up our walls with their black vacuum, we have a black line around the entire perimeter of the house on the baseboards and on the riser of every step. They’ve used our good tea towels to clean and ruined them (we now put everything away), and I just figured out that they’ve been using our rags and taking them away when they go. They are just ripped up old shirts, but they are supposed to bring all their own supplies, and not only are they using our stuff, they are removing it from the house. There are other things like banging up the kick plates in the kitchen, too. We’ve texted the business owner (her English isn’t great, so test or email is better than calling), but it keeps going. But, these are not our first cleaning service. We had a different service before and they broke things all the time and didn’t tell us, so we stopped using them. Are these things we should just put up with because we choose to not clean ourselves? Or is it possible to have cleaners that don’t break stuff and mark up your walls? I don’t want to put in the effort to find a new service, if this is just par for the course.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:32 am Oh my goodness, it can’t be that you just have to accept this as part of having a cleaning service. I’ve never had anyone come in and clean my house (while here in the US), but I can’t fathom that’s in any way acceptable. Sounds sloppy and careless to me–and I imagine you’re putting out some considerable money for it.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:38 am (I wonder whether I’m way off base because no experience w this…I’ll be interested in responses here.)
Green Snickers* February 6, 2021 at 10:40 am My parents have a cleaner and have never experienced something like this before! It sounds like you might be going through some sort of larger service which makes it more likely their workers are short term or maybe just aren’t as concerned with the quality of work. I’d try to find someone who works for themselves and runs everything themselves. Check with neighbors or friends for references.
Jessi* February 6, 2021 at 10:43 am Maybe get a one person service – so it’s always the same person? We have a cleaning lady, always the same person who comes and she does a great job and none of our stuff has ever been broken
Never Nicky* February 6, 2021 at 10:44 am I’ve had a couple of cleaners, and both have probably taken *more* care of my home than I do. “A” once broke something (a vintage pot lid) and was mortified and was all for sourcing a replacement on eBay. She brought her own equipment. “S” uses her own cloths, but our vacuum, steamer and consumables. I think she’s taken cloths away with her by accident a couple of times but returned them washed. I wouldn’t say you have to put up with shoddy service because you choose not to clean yourself. Would you put up with terrible coffee from a coffee shop or a shop bought jumper full of holes because you could have made it yourself at home?
lapgiraffe* February 6, 2021 at 10:54 am This is NOT normal in my experience, on so many levels. Yes they bring their own things unless they have let you know of an exception ahead of time (my gals require a roll of paper towels and a trash bag). Mistakes happen, but what you’re describing is way beyond a mistake. I would straight up never use them again and I would tell them their complete lack of care and concern is why. I had luck with a service years ago but it was truly luck. We loved our cleaner but anytime she went of vacation we were never pleased with whoever filled in. I’ve had much better luck with referrals for women who work for themselves and/or run a very small operation. I also feel better that more of the money is going directly to the cleaner herself (I used to tip outrageously for the woman from the service). It’s likely the service you’re using requires a rush, and therefore careless, job in order to get on as many homes in one day as possible. No matter the reason what you’re experiencing is totally unacceptable.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 10:59 am Time for new cleaners. Seriously. I do my own cleaning and I am a klutz. Yet, my walls are not scuffed up. If I can clean without scuffing the walls, then most people should be able to do that. I don’t think that is unreasonable at all. As far as taking your stuff- I don’t care if it’s cleaning rags they are still YOUR rags. Not acceptable. Probably they will use those rags on other jobs and make money doing so. Nope, nope, nope. I had a contractor here who took a couple of my tools home with them. As part of the confrontation he was told that those were my late father’s and my late husband’s tools. Instead of showing upset and remorse, the contractor LAUGHED. Done. That contractor will never come back here. You know screwdrivers are like pens and pencils, people pick them up and forget where they got it. It’s an easy mistake to make, just own it. Don’t laugh at the owner of the item. smh. So now I am really on it about people taking my stuff. If they bring it back then okay, that’s fine. If I have to point it out to them and they seem upset by their error then we are okay. But just blatantly ripping me off is not acceptable.
Damn it, Hardison!* February 6, 2021 at 11:08 am Not normal in my experience. I’ve had the same cleaner for about 9 years, and haven’t had any real issues. The only slightly annoying thing that she does is put the cleaning supplies back in the wrong place, but I’m not going to complain about that. It sounds like you either need to address the issues with the owner, or look for a new service. I would try to resolve it first, because they probably don’t realize that these things are bothering you (and they should; all of those things are super annoying).
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 11:26 am I’ve used a few different cleaners and I would agree that’s not normal. I’ve supplied material for cleaners *by agreement*–they never just grab my non-disposable stuff and use it. I’ve only had one thing broken and it was a pre-broken mended thing that I actually warned the person about because I didn’t want her to get hurt on it. What you describe with the vacuum marks sounds extreme. However, I’ve had some of those, especially from the cord, with both cleaners who used my materials and the cleaners who brought their own. I don’t know how the kickplate is getting banged up but that might fit under the same umbrella. I think in general “Please do this thing more carefully” may be a harder message to convey than “Can you do the stairs with this tool instead?” Or, alternatively, tipping generously for the times things don’t get banged up, since it’s probably a result of time being money for cleaners. I do think there are tradeoffs with cleaners, and you’re never going to be paying somebody to do things the exact way you do. It’s a question of figuring out what your dealbreakers are and finding a good fit for them.
Asenath* February 6, 2021 at 11:29 am I think it’s like any work situation – you point out what is unacceptable (and, yes, what you describe is unacceptable), state what you require, and if the other person cannot or will not provide service at that level, you find a replacement. I don’t hire cleaners myself, but a couple of my family members have done so or are doing so, and did not have those problems. One had to fire a cleaner who turned up late or not at all at increasingly erratic intervals without notice (or rather, stopped calling her to schedule new dates and time) and then went with a service which was better, at least back when they were still coming in the house. She’s still paying them since it’s not their fault they can’t do in person cleaning, and they sometimes run an outside errand or so instead. Taking your supplies, ruining good towels that they think are cleaning rags, and damaging the walls is not acceptable to my mind.
Texan In Exile* February 6, 2021 at 11:41 am When I was a Peace Corps volunteer in Chile, it was cheaper to have a cleaning lady come to the house I shared with another volunteer and wash our clothes by hand than to take them to the laundry service. Plus, I thought, we would get a clean house out of it. I was home sick one day so watched her work. And discovered she was using my vegetable brush to clean the toilet. (I actually wrote the entire story for my blog for tomorrow’s post! https://wisconsin101.home.blog/)
chopsticks* February 6, 2021 at 11:46 am I’ve had the same cleaners for almost four years. They come every other week with their own cleaning supplies. They are very careful in our house – they’ve never left any damage, marks, etc. They are a young couple running their own business and they clearly take pride in it.
Fellow Traveler* February 6, 2021 at 12:00 pm I completely echo the above-this is not par for the course. At all. Also- if they are breaking things, or damaging things they should have insurance that covers remedying the situation? We’ve had the same cleaner for eight year since and she is respectful of our things (she doesn’t even throw out the little bits of paper she finds around the house- just smooths hem out an neatly sticks them for us to go through ), brings all her own supplies, and when we got a new kitchen griddle, she left us a new cleaning scrub that she says works really well on that kind of thing. Find new ones! You are paying them too much money to be unhappy with how they leave your house. I mean, even if some of this stuff were “normal”, if it makes your unhappy, you should not have to live with it.
Ali G* February 6, 2021 at 12:05 pm OMG thank you all! I was going crazy, since I seem to have only had bad experiences! I really appreciate it. I will start looking for cleaners that are the same person every time. I think that might be the trick.
AnotherRedHeadedOne* February 6, 2021 at 12:25 pm This is neither usual nor acceptable. Owing to health issues have had housecleaning happen since 2018. Nothing broken or taken. Just sparkling clean. My best suggestion to find a new service is word of mouth via local email lists. Hope you get it settled soon.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 1:14 pm No thats all unacceptable, you should find a new service. Marking up the walls? Theyre suppose to be cleaning. You’re not a dick for wanting the service to clean instead of marking up your walls and taking your rags. Lol though I might let the rag thing go.
Chilipepper* February 6, 2021 at 1:31 pm I have cleaners now and none of this happens. I don’t think this is something you need to live with!
Jenny* February 6, 2021 at 3:11 pm No, this is completely unacceptable. I used to do some cleaning when I did some nannying and would have never done any of this.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 4:58 pm Noooooooo absolutely not, I would not continue to use a house cleaner that did … like, any of those things, let alone all of them.
Melody Pond* February 7, 2021 at 5:43 am I actually worked for a small housecleaning company several years ago – for like a month, I wasn’t actually good at it. :-P But I remember all of our trainings and the major standard practices we adhered to, and WOW none of what you’ve described would fly. Fire those cleaners.
saf* February 8, 2021 at 12:22 pm I have a housecleaner. She would never. I mean, things break, but not often, and they are rarely things that surprise me. She’s generally pretty careful. But I had a service before. And they were truly bad about putting things back where they belong, and they used scented products even after we asked repeatedly, and paid the premium, for unscented. They got fired.
Green Snickers* February 6, 2021 at 10:37 am Are you living (or do you know anyone who lives) what someone would consider an ‘unconventional life?’ aka not in line with what society tells us will make us happy? Are they happy, financially secure? What are the trade-offs? Had you ever considered it and decided to stick with what you know? I turned 31 last year and have spent the last year really re-evaluating what I enjoy, value and find important in life. I decided about a year ago that I don’t think I want to have kids- which set off a series of reconsidering ‘what other things has society pushed on us as ‘normal things to want/do’ that I don’t actually want’. I’ve always been a bit of a workaholic, thinking I’d be generally rewarded with promotions and $$- finally realizing after 7 years that’s not the way it always goes. I see the life a lot of people my age are living and that doesn’t feel right to me. Living and working in NYC, it’s such a grind and I’m starting to realize why people do a 180 and move to an extreme opposite when they leave. I know a few people who make their income off a seasonal job and spend the rest of the year kind of doing as they please- yet my friends and others I know shame them for being ‘peter pans’. I understand the value a stable life and job has- there’s a reason so many people do it and it works for them but I’m just wondering if we are quick to discredit those who take a different path and why? I’m not up and out tomorrow (and I certainly don’t want to derail into work!) but I’d like to hear some perspectives from people who have considered this and the path they ended up going down.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:47 am Such a great post, interesting line of thinking. I live a life many would find irresponsible or lazy. But I choose not to have a life that causes me artificial/unnecessary stress. You have to do you and find your true peace. I know it sounds trite, but it’s true. How much does that ‘shaming’ by others really matter in the end? (Who knows what’s behind it anyway? Do they wish they could do the very thing they’re condemning? But anyway it doesn’t matter.) How much weight does that shaming have and why? Of course, if your actions affect another (a dependent, say), that’s something you have to consider. It’s great that you’re looking into how much of all this is conditioning–we are drowning in conditioning. It’s good to examine it. Bob Marley was born 6 Feb 1945–putting a link below to a video clip I posted this morning.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 11:25 am Some of it boils down to what you consider normal. My father had a white collar job and worked 5 days a week. You could set your clock by his at home arrival time. He was home at the same time every night. This is what I grew up knowing. Gosh, I was naïve. I spent a summer working at an amusement park. I remember talking to the carnival workers there. It was a very different life style. I remember a mother-daughter team that were both bald on the top if their heads. The daughter explained that was from doing head stands on her mother’s head. Their oils mixed and stopped the hair growth she said. I was 18. I thought to myself, “What else don’t I know about life?” And I have never really stopped asking that question. My friend is a carpenter. Most of his work is seasonal. So there is that wintertime lull and that can be hard. Added wrinkle he did not want to make a ton of money. He so very much undercharged people, his prices were incredible. And he got stiffed, people would not pay him. I told him he had to move to $20 per hour. “You have to charge a price that demands respect,” I said. (He was charging $15/ hr.) And we ARGUED. You would have thought I was trying to attack him or something. Finally he moved to $20 per hour. A few years later, I started on him again, “You are worth more than $20 per hour!” This time the argument was not so long or intense. Fast forward, to now, I think he is getting $35 per hour. The guy simply does not want to make a lot of money. I think he is happier with the higher pay rate. He works less and he can be choosey about the jobs he does and the people he works for. He has control over what his work life looks like. And I was right, people pay him, he does not get stiffed any more. The guy is very talented, he can take scraps and make a room look like something out of a magazine. He hunts and fishes. He does his own butchering. He collects fiddlehead ferns, dandelion leaves and so on for his food. Yeah, he does grocery shop, aging (and lyme disease) causes this to happen. But he still has a very different life style. I can’t do it but he can’t do my life style so I guess we are even?
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 11:32 am I think “unconventional where and to whom?” is a relevant part of the question. I’m a single woman with no kids living on her own. I like it a lot. It’s not at all uncommon in academics, so I’ve never felt the kind of societal push you’re talking about. I don’t see any problem with making enough of a living without working the whole year, either (again, academics); it may be that you’re in a particularly judgy circle or region. Now, if they’re talking about this when they’re deciding whether or not to romance or live with such a person, I think that’s a legitimate question–not because somebody who works seasonally lesser, but because it can be a challenge to map different work intensity schedules onto each other, same as when somebody retires and the other person’s still working.
Decidedly Me* February 6, 2021 at 12:14 pm Couple of folks I know: 1. Her and her fiance saved enough money to quit their jobs and travel around in an RV for a year. They were just dating when this occurred and got engaged on the journey. Part way through, she realized that she enjoyed working and got a remote account management job (prior life: lawyer). They’ve been going for over a year now and are deciding when/ where to settle down. 2. Digital nomad – she lives in different Airbnbs in different places (sometimes countries) for a few months at a time. 3. She found a country she loved, but the pandemic necessitated a move back home. However, she recently got herself a camper van and is driving back to that country to find a place to camp and live from her van. All of these folks are happy with their decisions. I’m sure they get some naysayers, but it doesn’t change what they want :)
Ali G* February 6, 2021 at 12:16 pm I always knew I didn’t want to have kids, but in my late 20s, I was single and realized I was fine with that, too. I did end up meeting someone and getting married, but specifically remember feeling at peace with the fact that I might not. I very much get what you are saying, both personally and professionally. I think as long as you can feel good about the choices you have made for your life, it doesn’t matter what others think.
Helvetica* February 6, 2021 at 12:26 pm I work for the foreign service of my country (not the US) as a diplomat which means I’ll have to move every 3-4 years, between my country of origin and other countries. When I came into this career path, I thought about whether I’d be okay with such moves as they aren’t optional and I realized I would be, having lived abroad previously for an extended period twice before. But I know so many people who couldn’t fathom ever moving abroad, even if the process was made as easy as possible by their employer. They often ask if I don’t miss my country or family and while I do, at the same time…I don’t. I love going back to visit and I love my family but I have not got homesick and I’ve realized that I adapt really well to my circumstances, i.e. I don’t spend time thinking “oh X is so much easier in my home country” because that just breeds misery. Trade-off is that it is harder to find a partner who would be willing to do this with you but even there I am unconventional I guess – being partnered isn’t a priority for me and neither is having kids.
Nela* February 6, 2021 at 12:49 pm I have a friend I hadn’t seen in years because she and her partner have been traveling the world, working remotely and running their own business. Her insta feed is full of beaches in remote locations and artsy city districts. But I think they’ve settled in London at the moment because she’s studying in an art program. (She already has an art degree from our country.) My career is not super unconventional, at least on the outside, but I think if people knew what my day to day is like they’d be surprised. I work from home in my freelance business, but I work fewer hours than the average person and spend more time writing, drawing, making videos, crafting… Those other creative endeavors are not lucrative, but they’re important to me and so I am satisfied with earning less money so I can use the free time. I don’t have the energy to sit and work for 12 hours like I did in my early 20s. I wish I did, but the reality is I need more rest than I used to, and I like to live slowly and with less stress. I grew up with workaholic parents and I was always resisting to them even as a student, I just didn’t want to have the kind of life they did.
Spearmint* February 6, 2021 at 1:26 pm “I work from home in my freelance business, but I work fewer hours than the average person and spend more time writing, drawing, making videos, crafting… Those other creative endeavors are not lucrative, but they’re important to me and so I am satisfied with earning less money so I can use the free time.” I would love to have a life like this. I often feel resentful of the fact that I need to be on my work computer from 9-5 every weekday. I’m curious, how does one get to the point where they can make enough freelancing that they have a livable income while working less than 40 hours a week? It seems like a lot of freelancers end up working more than normal workers and have to deal with financial instability.
Nela* February 7, 2021 at 9:00 am I did it by increasing my pricing. I used to work many hours and barely making ends meet, because I was undercharging, but I felt bad about charging more. And then I found industry pricing guidelines and it blew my mind. I adjusted my prices and started raking it in by working normal hours. 2020 was a terrible year financially because I had very few projects, but I had enough savings from the previous year so I didn’t have to worry about it. Only 4 years earlier that sort of thing felt unimaginable. And if the question is well how do you get away with charging more, the answer is find a clientele that can pay more. I no longer work with certain types of businesses because my pricing seems outrageous to them, but the companies I work with understand the value. That’s the short story anyway, there’s lots of stuff I did to raise my profile so that I’m not just another freelancer doing X, but an expert that gets invited to speak etc. It’s not easy, but it’s worth the effort.
Spearmint* February 6, 2021 at 1:20 pm I have a friend who has spent the past few years working seasonal jobs with the forest service (being paid to hike and survey the land for research purposes) and then spends the offseason traveling or living with friends and family. It seems to work well for him, though he does have the safety net of a good relationship with his affluent parents and his lifestyle might be harder for people who don’t have that. He seems happy. He’s only in his mid-20s, though, and I wonder how sustainable this will be for him long-term, particularly if he ever has health problems and/or once he can’t be on his parents’ health insurance anymore. He’s not really saving much for retirement, either. That said, he can always change his mind if it becomes a problem so I don’t worry about him that much. I sometimes toy with the idea of saving up money and then working a part time job while going back to college for a second BA or an MA (with the possibility of a PhD program afterward) in a humanities or social science field for personal growth and development rather than professional development. I want to live a life the mind, etc., etc. I don’t know if I’ll ever feel comfortable enough to pull the trigger on it for financial reasons, but I don’t see anything wrong with it even though some might judge.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 1:35 pm I expected to have a very unconventional life, but then found that I wanted marriage & kids, and to be there for aging loved ones, more. Right now I do fairly unconventional work, but the day to day pattern of my life is pretty staid. One aspect that made me slightly less unconventional even before meeting my husband, was considering how to meet my long term needs rather than immediate needs. This was long before the ACA, and I was doing creative and freelance work that didn’t come with health insurance. I realized that if I got hit by a bus, my parents would wind up paying my medical bills, because they would never leave me to deal with Medicaid or debt. So that made me think differently about my own needs and plans, what kind of income I needed, etc. I think that one thing that might cause some “squares” to be negative toward unconventional types is that they may have known people or been related to people who failed (or refused) to think long-term and then became a burden on others when they got sick, hurt, or too old to work. There are people with unconventional lives who are well provided for future needs. There are also a lot who live close to the bone and thrive on risk – but don’t consider who else they might be impacting with that risk.
pancakes* February 6, 2021 at 2:37 pm A lot of people don’t have the privilege to be choosy about using Medicaid or taking on medical debt for reasons that have nothing to do with preferring creative work, though.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 4:03 pm Of course, that is true. There are also people who don’t have the opportunity to live an “unconventional” life at all, for thousands of reasons. But since the thread is about choosing an unconventional path, I’m not sure how it pertains.
pancakes* February 6, 2021 at 6:11 pm I’d push back on the idea that people who use Medicaid and people who have medical debt are a burden to others in just about any context, because I think it’s a pretty terrible way to talk about health and healthcare. Likewise the idea that only people who are “well provided for” should live unconventional lives.
Wishing You Well* February 6, 2021 at 1:39 pm I decided very young not to have kids and I didn’t. It was more unusual when I was younger but it’s not that rare now. I hope everyone is very thoughtful and proactive about big life choices – not just about kids but also work. “Peter Pan” jobs sound idyllic, but time is relentless. The shaming you’re hearing might have a big undercurrent of worry. People wonder if their unconventional friends and family are going to stay solvent and what will happen if they don’t. Still, it would be better to keep those concerns to ourselves.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 2:15 pm I’ve mentioned this on here before and while it’s not altogether relevant, it does go to the issue of we can never control what people think of us… I had someone who thinks he’s a friend email me he’s worried that I’m bordering on psychosis (yes, he used that word) because of what he heard from a mutual acquaintance about my COVID-prevention behavior. Yeah. One of my favourite sayings: ‘I used to worry about what people thought about me, till I tried to pay my bills with their opinions.’ (I like Wishing You Well’s observation that perhaps friends are worried about a person’s financial situation. But in the end, nope, doesn’t matter.)
Anon. Scientist* February 6, 2021 at 2:38 pm One of my closest friends is an itinerant writer/yoga instructor who spends a significant chunk of time in a poorly winterized cabin with a composting toilet and no running water at all in winter. When not there, she’s in ashrams or little month to month artist residencies. She makes enough money to live independently and support her travel, but she’s acutely aware that she doesn’t have a safety net. And she has a really hard time finding romantic partners who are good with her lifestyle. She always wanted to have kids, and it makes her sad that this lifestyle doesn’t really work with the sort of life she would want to have for her kids. She’s in her 40s, so this is not a passing thing.
pancakes* February 6, 2021 at 2:46 pm I met a number of people who worked seasonal jobs and spent the rest of the year traveling while doing a study abroad program in rural northeastern India in college. One woman, for example, would work a few months on fishing boats in Alaska – grueling and dangerous, though fairly well-paying – every few years to fund her very inexpensive lifestyle over there. Whether this sort of thing is worthwhile depends entirely on what a person wants from life.
Rescue Dog* February 6, 2021 at 3:28 pm I spent my twenties living an itinerant life I was very self-identified with. I moved all over the country, lived out of my car sometimes between gigs, met lots of random people, hung out in lots of random places, and I have a lot of funny and incredible stories from those times. I also realize I was scared out of my wits a lot of the time and just pulling it off with bluster. I was a cute white girl, so it was easy for me to slip in an out of jobs and situations. I didn’t come from money, but I grew up lower middle class (does that exist anymore?) and not worrying about money. I think anyone without that blase attitude toward money would do such a thing. Around 30 I finally got a stable job and stayed in it, moving up through the ranks, for a decade, finally moved on, and created a good career just sort of by accident. Now I’m a going-toward-matronly middle aged woman and when I see young people with lifestyles somewhat like mine was, I always wonder if there is a little fear behind the IG smiles. I don’t know! It could have just been me. My best gal friend freelances creating websites and bought a really very fixer upper cottage on a bit of land and lives paycheck to paycheck very happily. She’s my age and doesn’t show any signs of changing. She’s loving her life. I think the difference between her and me is that I am something of a recluse whereas she has developed a huge community of neighbors and friends around her, and they all watch out for each other, trade services and commodities like chicken eggs and chickens. So I guess my takeaway is that it takes a village. If you have the support of those around you it may feel a lot more comfortable and safe than if you go it alone.
ronda* February 6, 2021 at 3:28 pm I have listened to some podcasts about solo living that I find interesting. you might too and see that you are not alone in this idea. look for Solo – by Peter McGraw. Also some of this comes up quite a bit in FIRE blogs (financial independence/retire early). People are rather judgy of people who dont have jobs. The Post-Fire Forum on the mrmoney mustache site has some people talking about these kind of experiences and what they do rather than working full time.
ronda* February 6, 2021 at 3:38 pm and personal stories about cousins 1. one became a ski instructor when he was out of high school. He had tried college but didnt like it so went with ski instructor. This didnt last too long but I always thought that it was the right time in life to do stuff like that. He now works in construction. 2. Another cousin in LA worked laying carpet, but liked to keep his hours reasonable cause he wanted to spend time at the beach, etc. He got married in his 40s has a daughter and now has a “regular” job with the city. 3. for myself.. I had very conventional jobs and some people do seem to worry that about what I am doing since I retired early. (the answer is “not much, and I like it”) I do think life is short and doing what you want to do now is an important thing. You can always try something else later if you find it is not working for you anymore. But making sure you have enough money to live is important too, so do balance that with it.
Grits McGee* February 6, 2021 at 5:29 pm Back when I worked for the Park Service, there were a number of people who were basically itinerant rangers- they would work seasonally and have a “summer park” (ex-Yosemite) and a “winter park” (ex- Joshua Tree); or they’d have a gig for the academic year and work for the NPS during the summer; or they’d get a 1 year position as a ranger, work it, then do odd jobs until they could secure another 1 year position. Some people absolutely loved it, and had been doing it for 20 years, but it definitely wasn’t for me. I actually ended up leaving the Park Service after being diagnosed with a chronic illness and not being able to get competent medical care in the remote area I was based out of. I do think an itinerant, mobile lifestyle requires a certain level of able-bodyness and health in order to be sustainable.
Frankie Bergstein* February 6, 2021 at 9:07 pm I’m honestly very surprised to find myself living an extremely conventional life — house in the suburbs, cat, dog, husband, stable 9-5, meeting with the financial planner quarterly, etc. But it feels like an anchor that’s helped me to feel peaceful and safe. Within this container, I can be creative, savor moments, and find my way to thriving. (It might be b/c I have weathered a lot of big health issues and crises so that I need a very calm, risk-averse life to feel okay – but that’s what this question is about right – finding what works for you?). Maybe if I’d have more of a safety net, I’d feel better, but I see myself as the safety net for others. It took me awhile to accept this very cookie-cutter life, but I see it as a container or foundation for the things I really care about (being part of a community, activism, etc.)
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 2:23 am I’m so conventional it’s funny, although I didn’t take the most common path to get here. I’m in Finland, so all of my options aren’t necessarily applicable to you, but I graduated high school in 1991, just before the big recession of the early 90s. I got accepted and started college on a 4-year (in theory, most people took 5-6 years) Master’s program (at the time they didn’t offer a Bachelor’s degree except as an intermediate equivalent-knowledge diploma for studies abroad that required a Bachelor’s), but due to a bout of depression caused by a bad relationship, I didn’t graduate until 1999, so I spent 8 years as a college student. This was possible for me, because college tuition up to a Master’s degree is free here, although obviously you have to pay rent etc. I never got a stable job in my field and ended up working in retail and entry-level office jobs and in call centers and living from one paycheck to the next, with some periods on unemployment in between. Then I decided to switch fields, got a chance to do a project for my dad’s employer, and this job gave me enough experience to get me my current job, 13 years and still going strong. It’s possible I’ll stay in my current job for the rest of my career, a maximum of 20 years until mandatory retirement, although they may remove the upper limit by the time I get to that age, assuming I don’t have to retire early because I get too sick to work. I work for the government, and several of my coworkers have spent their entire careers working for this organization, one person I know started at 19 (delivering interoffice memos and mail) and retired at 68 (office master, he was in charge of security at our office). I met my husband when I was 33 when he was working in another city so we had a LDR, we moved in together 3 years later, and pretty soon afterwards I got pregnant. We built ourselves a house and now I’m living a pretty ordinary suburban lifestyle, with a kid and two cars. But because I took such an unusual route here, I have no time or energy to even attempt to keep up with the Joneses. In fact, I don’t even know, or care to know, where the Joneses are. I’m just happy with what I have. I strongly suspect that this way wouldn’t have been possible in the US, or at least it would have been harder, because you don’t have the social safety net that we have. I’ve benefited from it for much of my life, so I absolutely don’t mind paying high taxes to maintain those services. My sister is a childfree academic, and because she’s chosen that field, I think she’s avoided much of the commentary about her lifestyle that people in other fields have to live with. Probably with the sole exception of our extended family, she actually went no contact with a few relatives who wouldn’t stop pestering her about having children. She lived with a guy for ten years in her 20s, but they broke up once he finally realized that she wasn’t going to change her mind about kids and that he needed to find someone else if he wanted them. She’s in a long-term relationship, but she values her me-time even more than I do, so she’s decided that she’ll never live with another person again. Luckily her SO agrees, and they spend weekends and vacations together and weekdays apart.
Avasarala* February 8, 2021 at 12:25 am My life doesn’t feel very unconventional to me but it seems to have that impression to others. After college I moved to Asia and have done a variety of different jobs here for a decade. I travel frequently (prepandemic anyway) and couldn’t imagine moving back home. Not sure where I will move next but I would like to try a third part of the world next. I used to interpret for the governor and now I do HR stuff. Along my travels I have met many other people who have lived “unconventional” lives. I learned to ski from some snowbird Australians & Kiwis who travel between hemispheres to follow the snow. I met a couple with two different citizenships who left a third country and traveled the world for a year, now they’ve settled in a fourth country for now. He made a shower curtain that changed colors when water touches it, apparently sells a ton of red ones to haunted houses. I have a friend with 3 passports who was in the armed services, knows all about engineering and computers, and now teaches English in Asia and has traveled to over 40 countries over school vacations. One of my good friends I met here in Asia, now she is in the US and has worked in all kinds of jobs from traveling sales to retail, also she is a wonderful artist and sells money from her art as well. I think it is so so important to collect these kinds of people and stories in your life so that you have a fuller picture of what life can look like, what happiness can look like. We get stuck in one narrative and compare ourselves to fictions that we can never measure up to.
Hamish* February 6, 2021 at 10:46 am Small thing prompted by the letter earlier in the week; it would be cool if folks could default to talking about “pregnant people” instead of “pregnant women”. Not everyone who gets pregnant is a woman. I’m a trans man who’s currently 4 months pregnant. I realize we’re a tiny population and I’m not mad at people talking about only women in discussions of pregnancy, obviously. But it makes me not want to take part in discussions or even read about pregnancy because it’s SO heavily gendered. It’s been a problem, honestly. Yep. Thanks.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:56 am Interesting timing–I heard an NPR report this past week (can’t recall the exact report at the moment) and all throughout, reporter and anchor used ‘pregnant people.’ I was pleased to hear that. Wishing you the best of health in your pregnancy.
Julianna* February 6, 2021 at 11:13 am Yes! I noticed pregnant people too and mentally applauded. My friend is a wonderful father to two boys he gave birth to, but talking about his pregnancy to other people has made me hyperaware of how gendered the language around pregnancy is. (Good luck with your pregnancy, hope its an easy one!)
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 11:39 am A good call out! And I think you also have earned the right to be frustrated if you want, pregnancy is rough enough to go through even without adding in being trans. Give yourself some leeway wanting to check out and I hope you have a good community around you to support you. (And congrats on the kid and I hope the pregnancy goes well)
CBE* February 6, 2021 at 12:03 pm I teach childbirth classes and have made the switch to using “pregnant people” and the pronoun “they”. I have gotten a shocking amount of pushback. But I carry on. My personal “protocol” is to use “pregnant person” when talking about the generic or collective. Like “Pregnant people need more iron because your body needs more blood in pregnancy” When talking about individuals, I use whatever fits them. So if I’m telling a story about a woman I will use “pregnant woman” in place of her name “I once worked with a pregnant woman who experienced ( the story of that happened)” I’m having a harder time figuring out a balance with breastfeeding/chestfeeding – it feels clunkier and there’s not as simple a substitution. Working on figuring out something.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 12:36 pm I hadn’t heard the *feeding thing; that’s interesting. Given that breast cancer is the technical term in all people I could see breastfeeding working regardless of gender, but I can also see that the gendered elements of the term could hit trans people particularly hard.
Hamish* February 6, 2021 at 1:24 pm Yeah, personally I’m okay with “breastfeeding”. “Chestfeeding” does sound clunky and weird to me and like… you know… if I’m doing breastfeeding it’s because I do in fact still have breasts to do it with. I’m not a pregnant woman or a mother, but I am a guy who has boobs, you know? I mean, if I don’t have to have a Caesarean, I’m not going to call it “genital birth”. But I’ve talked with other guys who hate the word, and I understand that too. Like many things in this area, there’s not really an easy or one-size-fits-all answer.
Rescue Dog* February 6, 2021 at 3:31 pm Thanks for pointing that out. I really hadn’t thought about it, and I appreciate the education. And congratulations!
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 2:51 am Congrats on your pregnancy and may it be an easy one. Life is hard enough for trans people without us cishets making it any harder, so I promise to do better on this than I have. That said, in a world where many childfree women face pushback and are told that “you aren’t a real woman until you have been pregnant and given birth to a child”, I do think that it’s somewhat understandable that some people are unwilling to grant men, who have pretty much every other privilege in society, the very thing that *to them* defines what womanhood means, the ability to get pregnant. That said, I sure hope this attitude is on the way out, as it’s particularly unfair on women who are involuntarily childless. It’s not fair on childfree women either, for that matter, because it implies that women without children are somehow less-than. It also depends on where you are. I’m in Finland, and although we’re pretty progressive in many ways, we lag behind on trans rights. For now, a trans person will have to confirm that they are “unable to reproduce” to get their legal gender changed, although for trans men, T treatments count and the sterility doesn’t have to be permanent, so trans men have been pregnant even here. I think it’s unfair to demand that someone goes on T treatments to get their gender realigned and then has to go off them again to get pregnant. I can’t imagine what that would do to a trans man’s mental health, not to mention having menopause twice when they go on T again. Our current government is trying to change the law, and for the sake of simple human rights, I sure hope they succeed.
Dee* February 7, 2021 at 5:24 am The attitude you talk about does affect cis women as you say, but if you don’t mind me asking about some of your wording – I assume from the rest of your post that you recognize the unfairness to people who aren’t women, and just didn’t mention?
Dee* February 7, 2021 at 5:31 am I’m sorry, I think that might sound sound passive aggressive. I just wanted to question the centering of cis women in your second paragraph while acknowledging the trans-supportive spirit of your post in general.
Melody Pond* February 7, 2021 at 6:03 am That said, in a world where many childfree women face pushback and are told that “you aren’t a real woman until you have been pregnant and given birth to a child”, I do think that it’s somewhat understandable that some people are unwilling to grant men, who have pretty much every other privilege in society, the very thing that *to them* defines what womanhood means, the ability to get pregnant. I’m highly skeptical that this is comparable to what trans men go through. I also don’t think it’s rational to assume that trans men largely enjoy all the same privileges of cis men. I’d like to point out that this comment is taking a conversation about a marginalized group and re-centering the experiences/narratives of the dominant, more privileged group.
Melody Pond* February 7, 2021 at 6:05 am My blockquote failed! >.< The second paragraph is my own words.
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 9:27 am Fair points, thanks. I’m sorry I didn’t state it unambiguously in my post that I don’t support or agree with the views in the second paragraph. Just that some people hold them and it may be a reason why some people object so strenuously to any gender-neutral references to pregnant people. Surely it’s OK to mention this as a part of the conversation? And no, I’m neither naive enough nor deluded enough to think that trans men benefit from all the privileges society gives to cis men.
Melody Pond* February 7, 2021 at 1:17 pm I think in other types of conversation on totally different topics it would be fair to take that “devil’s advocate” type of approach (switching your frame of mind to the perspective of “the other side” to explain why some people might hold the views that they do). But in the context of a conversation about inequality between a marginalized group and a dominant group, I understand this approach actually has a harmful, or at the very least problematic, impact for the marginalized group. Because I think marginalized groups are ALWAYS hearing about how they shouldn’t expect to have equal rights or treatment or even understanding of their experiences. And they experience a huge imbalance where people typically are way more quick to take up the dominant group’s perspective instead of the marginalized perspective. This is why “re-centering” the conversation on privileged perspectives has become such a Thing. I think it also tends to perpetuate the idea that the marginalized groups shouldn’t expect anything to change – an underlying message of “stay in your place” if you will. My understanding is that this is a pretty hurtful experience if you’re in the marginalized group, to the point that even if someone like you, @allathian, IS following it up with a call for action to improve equality, that may not cancel out the “triggery“ harm someone experienced from hearing you defend the dominant perspective. Of course others may argue that it’s totally fair to take the approach you did, since you clearly and specifically DIDN’T end on a note of “and this is why you marginalized groups shouldn’t expect anything to change.” But I personally advise avoiding it altogether, as a best practice. The dominant/privileged culture very rarely suffers from a lack of people defending its perspective. But marginalized groups always need more allies.
Hamish* February 7, 2021 at 10:20 pm Because I think marginalized groups are ALWAYS hearing about how they shouldn’t expect to have equal rights or treatment or even understanding of their experiences. Yeah, thank you for saying this. I mean honestly, overall, I am an extremely privileged person despite being trans, so I try not to get mad about it – if I don’t have the energy to engage in a polite and educational way, I just don’t engage. But it does get tiring when I’m saying “Hey, here’s a thing you do that is uncomfortable for me on a daily basis and would take no effort for you to change” and get met with theoretical discussions of why some people might think I’m wrong. Okay, I know, I’m glad you’re enjoying this theoretical thought exercise, but in the meantime it would be great to be able to talk to people about my pregnancy or even read necessary medical information without being constantly misgendered. Thanks. Yeah. Just deeply exhausting.
Hamish* February 7, 2021 at 10:12 pm Honestly, I haven’t heard any objections when I point out that not only women become pregnant. It’s more that it just doesn’t occur to people. If someone did push back against it because their view of womanhood centers solely on childbearing… I think that person and I would have other problems anyway.
Jules the First* February 7, 2021 at 3:54 am Given how much hassle I get from my medical team on every single interaction (I’m a solo mum with a sperm donor and baby doesn’t *have* a daddy – it’s *right* at the top of our notes, folks…no remembering required, just a little basic reading comprehension!), I am seriously impressed by your patience and stamina in navigating your pregnancy. I hope your remaining months go smoothly and baby is well and wonderful. (Do you have any suggestions for answering all the questions about baby’s gender? I find that really hard to deal with…I want this baby to be healthy and happy and I don’t give a crap which set of genitals they get. I eventually settled on “I’m hoping for a brontosaurus!” with friends but that feels a bit snarky for work colleagues, who are about to join the ranks of the curious…) I asked my work last week to change the wording in our parental policies from pregnant mothers to pregnant people, on the grounds that not everyone who is pregnant is a mother, though I will confess I was thinking about surrogacy rather than trans parents. I’ll make sure I add that to the reasoning if I get pushback.
Hamish* February 7, 2021 at 9:50 am Hey, thanks for pushing on that regardless of reason! That kind of thing has really bugged me – so much of it is worded in ways that don’t apply to anyone who isn’t a cis het couple having their own baby. But yeah, the whole “we’re two trans dads and one of us is pregnant with the other one’s egg” thing has been hilarious with some of the medical staff. Mostly the IVF staff, actually (lots of confusion and “lifestyle choices” talk there.) So major solidarity. It’s frustrating for all of us who aren’t Barbie and Ken. But I’m very lucky that I was able to find an affirming OBGYN who started our first appointment with “This is so fucking cool!”, ha. Figuring out talk about the baby’s gender has definitely been A Thing for us too. We want to be surprised, and we’re also intimately aware that genitals do not equal gender. My approach has been starting with “Oh, we’re excited to be surprised!” and if people get annoying going up to comments like “Why are you so fixated on my baby’s genitals?!” My partner, who is more aggressive, goes straight to that comment, lol.
Pocket Mouse* February 7, 2021 at 11:47 am Ha! Yeah, I keep thinking/hoping I’d say, “We don’t expect to know their gender for at least a few years. …Oh… were you asking about my baby’s genitals? Isn’t it so weird how basically the first thing people ask about a new human is the shape of their genitals, and somehow we’ve become used to it? Anyway, everybody’s healthy so far, we just have to get the crib put together now.” Congrats on your pregnancy, and I hope most/all of the other medical professionals you encounter along the way are similarly affirming!
NRG* February 7, 2021 at 5:02 pm I like this also because some people could use a reminder that people who can get pregnant are also people. Ok, just deleted a rant, wow I didn’t realize I was still mad at that doctor from 30 years ago. Anyway I hope you have a good pregnancy.
Sunflower* February 6, 2021 at 10:49 am Calling experienced Aldi shoppers- what are the best and worst items to buy at Aldi? Both cost and quality wise. I’m in the US Best- I love their trail mixes and the cost of nuts and pantry snacks (chips, popcorn, pretzels) are super cheap. Frozen fruit, energy/fiber bars, fake girl scout cookies and pre-mixed salad bags are my regular buys. I scored $4 3 wick candles there over the holidays also. Worst- Most of the candy (even non name brand) and some of their canned soup is randomly pricey? Frozen pizza’s aren’t a great deal and I had the worst turkey bacon I’ve ever purchased from there.
Nicole76* February 6, 2021 at 11:12 am I love Aldi! Especially their bagels, sourdough bread, Mexican cheese, toasted ravioli, most of their canned products like tomatoes and beans, and their Baker’s Corner mixes, particularly the Chocolate Chip Cookie Brownie Bar mix. In fact, I’m planning on making some this afternoon. As for dislikes, I used to love their Caesar salad mix until they swapped the romaine for iceberg, and I don’t care for any of their refrigerated or frozen pizzas. I’m not really a fan of their Little Salad Bar line of products either. Incidentally, you might find this site interesting – https://www.aisleofshame.com/
Texan In Exile* February 6, 2021 at 11:42 am Their cheese is great. Their store brand Cheez Its are delicious. And they have wonderful German chocolate and Italian ladyfingers for tiramisu.
Belle* February 6, 2021 at 12:01 pm We also use Aldi a lot. Things we love: Cheese Never any! Deli meat Frozen vegetables Frozen fruit Fresh organic produce Spices Red bag frozen chicken breast Nuts Swiss cake rolls German chocolate at Christmas time Things we don’t care for: Paper products – we get this at Costco Ketchup Coffee – little bitter to us Canned cream of XXX soup – taste odd to us But we tend to get 90% of our food there now since they offer curbside pickup where I am. They also offer a double guarantee. So if you do find something you don’t like or there is a problem, they will refund your money.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 2:34 pm Love Aldi. I prefer to buy their house brands of coffee and chocolate, because from what I read last time I researched it, their supply-chain standards were higher than comparable brands elsewhere. So it’s not quite fair-trade, but there were more worker protections than Hershey, for example. (that may not still be the case, it was a few years ago). Pretty much the only thing I prefer to buy elsewhere is baby carrots – my kids will eat more carrots when they’re petite cut, and Aldi’s are the fat stubby kind. The only “watch out” I’d give is the “special buy” produce or whatever they call the featured display at the front. It’s the markdown stuff, and sometimes it’s old. Not always, but you have to check. Oh, and I have to always read the labels on the energy bars/snack bars/protein bars. We have to get the kind that are primarily whey protein, because too much soy is bad news for our guts. The flavors & formulas seem to change pretty frequently, so I always have to check.
Elizabeth West* February 6, 2021 at 3:33 pm I do almost all my shopping at Aldi, except for turbinado sugar, humane eggs, and a few other things I can’t regularly find there. On the rare occasion when I buy chips, I found their Clancy brand gross and too salty. I never buy chicken there because it’s Tyson and I hate them. Produce is hit or miss; sometimes it’s great, and other times, it dies as soon as you get it home. They have a good return policy, however. Their Simply Nature organic line is really good and not expensive. Crackers and bread are good too. I also like the cheese, except they changed the packaging on the sliced cheese and it doesn’t seal well. They often have little bricks of British cheddar. The Deals aisle is fun. I also love it when they have random European foods and candies. It’s just plain evil to put Doppel Keks and Deutsche Kuche Potato Sticks where I can get them, haha. Once they had this wonderful French berry soda in big glass bottles. I drank a ton of that, but then it disappeared, never to return. :(
Buni* February 6, 2021 at 4:05 pm I’m in the UK so the stock may be a little different, but my go-to thought is always: Aldi is a German shop, is [product] something the Germans would do well? So: preserved meat, cheese, bread, chocolate – yes. Anything else….eh.
Grits McGee* February 6, 2021 at 5:38 pm Historically, I have been most happy with basic ingredients- flour and baking items, canned and dried beans, produce, pasta, dairy and cheese, eggs, rice, etc. and least happy with prepared and frozen meals.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 6:06 pm I posted upthread I found a Lidl next to my gym. For the longest I thought it was Aldi, but it’s actually Lidl. But it seems so very similar to Aldi that I wondered if they were sister stores or something. Google search tells me they are not but a lot of the products and prices seem very similar.
Buni* February 6, 2021 at 6:38 pm They’re both Germain discount supermarkets, so there’s a lot of natural overlap in stock / pricing and the like.
Ginger ale for all* February 7, 2021 at 3:03 am I hate their toilet paper. I do not need lint in my privates. I like getting underwear from there. It fits well. Foodwise, they have a spreadable horseradish and cheddar cheese in a shallow plastic container that is fantastic.
Toasty Bacon and Eggs** February 7, 2021 at 9:47 am The best things for me to buy at the Aldis in my neighborhood are the fresh fruits/vegetables and most of the staple goods ( milk, eggs, sugar, flour etc). Also I like their limited finds options as well. The worst things for me are surprising their happy farm cheeses. Some just have no flavor to them. Maybe its because I am born and raised in Wisconsin, so I could be a little bit of a cheese snub. I don’t mind some of the specialty cheese they get once in a while, but their main cheeses aren’t good.
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 10:51 am For anyone with young kids, their store brand diapers are great and really affordable.
CatCat* February 6, 2021 at 10:53 am Talk to me about durable yoga mats. I exercise in my living room and require a yoga mat to do it on. I’ve always had cheap, okay yoga mats, but I now require something sturdier for the exercise I’ve been doing. My current mat is kind of flaking/little bits coming off. My birthday is coming up and I want to treat myself to a high quality, durable mat that will hold up for a long time. Any suggestions on that front? If you have one you love, what do you love about it?
Alex* February 6, 2021 at 11:59 am I got a high quality yoga mat (Jade brand) and eventually it does still have the flaky bits come off. The high quality ones are usually natural rubber. IMO, they are way better due to the grip, and definitely would purchase again, but I didn’t really notice any difference in longevity or durability.
DistantAudacity* February 6, 2021 at 12:18 pm I’ve been very pleased with my Lululemon mat. There are some scratches on it (hi, visiting kitty!), but has otherwise held up fine. I originally bought it because I want one that was good at being non-slippery when your hans get sweaty; it has delivered well on this too.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 12:34 pm I tend to think of yoga mats as disposable rather than investments. I think they’re really hard to completely clean and after a while you just have to start fresh.
Chilipepper* February 6, 2021 at 1:23 pm I have had two of the more expensive, rubber mats. I did not like them at all. I did not like the feel or the lack of stickiness, and they broke down as fast as the cheap versions. I cannot recommend.
TechWorker* February 6, 2021 at 1:52 pm Mine is mid range and can be a bit slippy but is otherwise fine (I just wear gloves). People I know who are more into yoga than me swear by cork though (both blocks and mats). Don’t have a specific brand recommendation but worth a look.
Office Grunt* February 6, 2021 at 2:06 pm I picked up a basic Gaiam mat when I started an intro class, and kept using it when I went to hot yoga every week. I made sure to clean/wash it after every session, but it held up for the year-plus I went (stopped around the time my child was born).
My Brain Is Exploding* February 6, 2021 at 2:27 pm I bought a Jade mat a few years ago because I wanted something a little thicker for my wrists. It has held up well; I really like it.
Blue wall* February 6, 2021 at 2:30 pm Manduka Pro! My brother has had one for over ten years that he uses as part of his crossfitting. I got one in the spring and love how thick it as and the grip— on my gaiam my feet were always slipping.
udon the day away* February 6, 2021 at 3:09 pm I’ve had a Manduka Pro for the last 5 years and it’s held up really well to a lot of use, even over the last few months of the pandemic as I’ve started using it for HITT cardio with shoes on. I initially balked at the price, but in the long run I feel it’s been worth it and would purchase again.
Yogi* February 6, 2021 at 4:11 pm PSA for anyone contemplating the Manduka Pro: right now a lot of TJ Maxx stores are carrying them for anywhere between $10-$50.
CatCat* February 6, 2021 at 4:45 pm Whoa! Definitely going to check this out. I have a TJ Maxx gift card burning a hole in my pocket too.
HoundLover* February 7, 2021 at 3:04 pm Society6 — supports artists and has great yoga mats! Mine has the redwood forest on it which reminds me of a wonderful day trip….
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 3:46 pm I have a Tomuno natural rubber mat that’s held up quite well for 6 years now, although it hasn’t seen daily practice all the time. I find the grip is much better than foam mats. Downsides are the smell of natural rubber (which honestly took a few years to fully dissipate) and, if you like heated yoga they are not appropriate for that.
Epsilon Delta* February 6, 2021 at 11:09 am Ideas for motivating/rewarding yourself for exercising? I love running, but I have the hardest time doing strength training exercises. I know that I need to strengthen my core and back in particular, but I’m really struggling with the motivation to do it. For running, even though I enjoy it, I get a lot of satisfaction out of tracking my mileage and time and seeing progress weekly, monthly, and yearly. Is there an app that lets you do that for strength training? (Or maybe I should keep a paper journal). The other way I’ve tried to motivate myself, which failed miserably, is to promise myself a special treat if I met my weekly goal. I learned that I don’t have the self-discipline to follow through on not having the treat if I didn’t meet the goal lol. Final idea is hiring a coach/trainer, but I’m not ready to do that until the pandemic is more settled down.
Texan In Exile* February 6, 2021 at 11:47 am I let myself listen to podcasts only when I am exercising. I hate exercising but I like podcasts. :) For strength training, I follow along videos I find on youtube and stream to the TV. I turn the sound off – it’s pretty easy to figure out squats and lunges. I like Fitness Blender, PopSugar Fitness, and Sydney Cummings.
acmx* February 6, 2021 at 12:59 pm I’d try the paper journal! I track my running in a paper journal (blank weekly planner) along with my Garmin. I started it to track pain actually. I also picked some challenges to do to give me some structure/a plan. A few started really easy but I stuck with what was on the day’s schedule because I wanted to create the habit.
Girasol* February 6, 2021 at 5:30 pm This. I used to track my weightlifting progress on paper using a program I built in a spreadsheet and printed. Watching the numbers improve motivated me until how great I felt started to motivate me more.
Pharmgirl* February 6, 2021 at 1:02 pm I think there are fitness journals out there – maybe seeing an increase in reps / weights and having a goal for each might motivate you?
The teapots are on fire* February 6, 2021 at 1:36 pm I’ve had good experience a couple of times with a simple streak calendar–you make an x every time you exercise and if you miss a day you have to draw a line through EVERY X AND START OVER. I used tick marks on a white board and erased it all if I missed a day. I had a 4 month streak going at one point. No tool lasts forever for me, but this was a pretty good one.
Purt’s Peas* February 6, 2021 at 2:42 pm Are you pushing yourself too hard, or doing strength training in a style that you just don’t like to do? For myself I find that external motivations wear thin very, very quickly. Similarly I find that I have a tendency to push myself way too hard when I start exercising and my body (quite fairly!!) says “stop doing this!!!!!” by completely erasing all my motivation to do the thing. What’s worked for me, every single time I’ve needed to start a workout habit, is to start really slow—I think this is really important for back strengthening as well. Basically I’ve learned to read my own lack of motivation as a valid signal from my body that I need to slow down because something isn’t working. How about starting up a journal tracking what exercises you’re doing, your reps, weight, so on—but start way way below what you think your capacity is, for the first couple months? Get some juice from making guaranteed progress; build up the habit before the going gets tough; get that good foundation before moving to the intense stuff.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 2:51 pm We are all using the exercise bike in front of the TV. The teenager even gets a TV break ahead of homework & chores if exercise is involved.
LGC* February 6, 2021 at 3:54 pm The good news is that you already know what motivates you – seeing progress. I’m not sure how you log your runs – do you do it through your phone primarily, or do you have a dedicated fitness tracker/Apple Watch? Or do you just journal it? You can probably adapt that for your strength training. A lot of apps (like MapMyFitness) track multiple types of activities, so you have that to go off of, and many have Apple Watch apps. Fitbits and fitness watches (like Garmins) have modes for tracking different activities. And obviously, a paper journal works great as well. Also, think about why you need to strengthen your core and back. Are you prone to injuries and fatigue in those places? Are you trying to get faster? Or…is it Just What You Heard You Should Do? (Don’t get me wrong, this is a very good idea regardless, but the “need” language gives me a bit of pause.)
AvonLady Barksdale* February 6, 2021 at 3:55 pm I do strength training with the Nike Training Center app, and after just about every workout I get a new “achievement.” It’s cheesy but it helps me keep track. I also switch up my workouts regularly. For me, it’s helpful to be directed, even if it’s just a computer voice telling me what the next drill is. Maybe try that? For some of us, that makes the workout easier than deciding what to do next, timing rest, counting reps, etc.
Hi there* February 7, 2021 at 5:01 am I am with you! I beat myself with the should stick around strength too, so I tried to make one small change of adding a 15 minute runner strength video on Thursdays. I put shiny stars in my paper planner when I do it. The small change is working ok, but I thought I’d try a large one. I signed up for a 10 week running strength program that is an add-on from my regular online coach. There is 10-15 minutes of strength each weekday, and we just finished week two. Somehow having set strength I follow along with each day is not as much of a mental block, and there are 30 of us doing it.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 11:15 am Misfit Market experiences? For a couple philosophical and practical reasons, I decided to try out ordering produce through Misfit Market. I selected Fridays for delivery because I’m consistently home. Closest shipping site is Salt Lake City. So first, the box got delayed from their warehouse for production reasons. This is fine and understandable – during summers I shop at local market farms, I get production variables. But this morning my box has gotten stuck in Grand Junction for weather reasons. I recognize that this is the risk of shipping through the Rockies in the middle of winter but it’s frustrating to run into production and weather on the same shipment. How typical are production delays, if you’ve used Misfit Market? They’re the only delivery service of the “rescue produce that doesn’t fit grocery store standards” type that serves my community so I feel a little stuck between my philophical considerations and reliability.
ThatGirl* February 6, 2021 at 12:25 pm Up front, I haven’t used Misfit but I’ve seen the ads and I’m skeptical of it. Mostly because imperfect produce still gets used – it just tends to be processed rather than sold whole. Ugly apples can be juice, cider, applesauce; ugly potatoes can be fries or frozen mashed or made into instant potato flakes, etc. I’m not sure there really is a large amount of “wasted” produce out there that they’re rescuing.
Pharmgirl* February 6, 2021 at 1:01 pm I’ve been using them for about year and have been pretty happy. I’m in New England though and I believe this ships to me out of NY area, so there is little risk of delays. I’ve always received my shipment on time (the one time I didn’t they emailed about it). I’m finding it especially useful during covid as I’m spending less time looking for produce and can just make a quicker run to the store for other things. I’ve been happy with the quality and variety, and I like that I can choose what I’m getting and also skip pretty easily. I will say though – I’ve used both Fedex and UPS at work, and as a shipper you can do everything possible to have a package shipped on time, and the delivery service can still delay it out of your control. I’d more look into how reliable the delivery service they use is in your area because they can’t really control that. A one time delay because of a storm or whatever is one thing, but regular delays isn’t something you’d want to deal with when ordering produce. Production delays are definitely in their control, but I haven’t experience that personally. If I were you I’d probably give it another chance or two depending on how interested you are in the service, and then use that to judge whether or not to continue.
sswj* February 6, 2021 at 1:09 pm Tried it once. Not pleased. Things weren’t just blemished or weird looking, they were frankly old. 3/4 of it went bad before I could use it and I got the smallest box available. Not a fan, especially for the price. That said, I am not a regular cook, and I only cook for 1 or 2 people. I suppose if you were cooking big meals or did lots of soups it might work out ok, but my experience was a giant waste of produce and the fuel to ship it to me.
WellRed* February 6, 2021 at 1:17 pm My roommate does or did misfit and isn’t the hugest cook. I felt a lot went to waste. Some went bad quicker than I would expect.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 1:21 pm Yeah, same experience. Literally rotten produce for more than Whole Foods? Nah I’m gonna have to pass.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 1:21 pm I used imperfect produce which is a similar concept and……yeah not good. It was VERY imperfect like rotting or apples the size of a cherry and hard as a rock. It was also consistently more expensive than Kroger and Whole Foods if you shop the sales (prob not more $$ than WF if you just walked into WF and grabbed anything you want). So I had to stop using it and felt the same guilt but I dont want to spend $30 on shite produce thats rotten. A restaurant in my area gets their stuff through there and I think thats a better fit. They have the kitchen machinery to take all those old apples and turn it into a tasty pie filling or whatever. I just couldn’t keep using it.
Miss Dove* February 7, 2021 at 7:20 am I’ve gotten Misfits for over a year now. I really like it, especially now, because it keeps me from having to go to the store as often. I have had problems with the box showing up on time, but they have great customer service and respond quickly to complaints.
Puppy!* February 6, 2021 at 11:26 am So its zero degrees here. Feels like 32 below.The puppy loves the cold, the snow and to get her to go inside its like dragging a blue-lipped kid out of the pool. She is a Wheaten. I have done some research and the common wisdom is a coat and maybe some booties to keep her safe. the booties were an epic fail. we have gone through three sets. She throws them like horse shoes. Am I missing something to keep her safe in these temperatures?
PolarVortex* February 6, 2021 at 11:34 am Dogs handle the cold better than you’d expect, but I get the worry when it gets in the deep negatives. If she’s not digging the booties, look into heavier duty coats. Stuff made for Skijoring and other such outdoor winter dog activities is often a good bet, since the dogs are out and about in the snow for hours.
Sister Michael, Judo Blackbelt* February 6, 2021 at 11:45 am My dog also loves the snow and cold. We keep a set of towels at the door to dry him off and some puppy wipes to clean his paws since we live in a development and can’t control the salt being used.
Millicent* February 6, 2021 at 1:14 pm If she’s not showing any discomfort with her paws (like picking up her feet when you walk outside), maybe you don’t need anything. If she is, try musher’s wax. It helps my dog – without it, the snow collects and turns into painful ice balls between his pads.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 1:17 pm The only time I have used booties is when my previous dog broke a nail. I mean, bled profusely, broken nail. The vet bandaged the paw and I bought booties on the way home. I’d put the bootie on when we got up in the morning and then take it off at bed time. The dog was about 13 at that time so he understood what we were doing he left the bootie and the bandage alone. She doesn’t want the booties. If you look at her pads you can see like a leather type of tissue there. Pads are tough. So the next thing is just to watch to make sure there is no salt or ice in between the toes. Generally they tell you by lifting up a limp paw. So you can check when you see that gesture, and then once back inside you can check all four paws. The way I keep the dog safe is to really limit the time outside. In zero degree weather, maybe 5 minutes at most.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 1:22 pm Try Walkee Paws for boots. It takes several tries to get them to walk in them but my guy now frolics in the snow in them. He also wears a doggie puffer coat
Alaska_Blue* February 6, 2021 at 3:30 pm The advice the dog store gave us with booties (in Alaska so commonly used) was to velcro them on as tight as possible. They said dogs don’t have anything that can be pinched in their wrists/ankles and the tighter they are the better the bootie stays on. They sell booties individually in a tub here, I purchased 6 to start because I knew we’d lose one to deep snow or something. Our dog doesn’t think he needs booties, but the last cold snap (5-15F for 10 days) his paws were bleeding around his nails, I think due to the snow being sharp. Currently his paws are balling up with snow if he’s outside for 10 min or more, so it’s bootie time again!
Pam* February 6, 2021 at 6:08 pm Wheatens are furry with big fluffy paws. Assuming she’s not out for hours, cold isn’t a problem. Check her feet after she has been out to make sure ice/snow isn’t getting caught in there.
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 3:11 am I’m not a dog owner so take this with a grain of salt. I live in a fairly cold climate where the temperature drops to at least 0F most winters, and you almost never see any dogs with booties on. That said, sidewalks are gritted and only main roads are salted here. But even so, dogs get their paws checked for snow and ice between pads and washed when they come indoors. Most dogs get used to the climate, like people do, so only very short-haired breeds, like whippets, wear a coat regularly. Dogs here grow a winter coat, so they shed a lot in the spring. Even at 0F, it’s common for people to take long walks with their furry friends. If she’s reluctant to come indoors after a walk, it’s probably safe to assume that she’s not feeling the cold. Long haired breeds are more likely to suffer from the heat in summer than the cold in winter.
Jules the First* February 7, 2021 at 3:36 am We had an unclipped wheaten in Canada when I was a kid and never did booties or a coat. Gil walked every day, and his favourite winter game was sledding – if you let him ride the front of your sled down the hill, he’d pull it back up for you! If your puppy is having fun, you’re probably fine…remember that romping around in the snow is warmer than just standing there watching. Make sure you check pads frequently for ice and wash the salt off when you get home; if you’re really worried about it, you can try musher’s wax (needs to be cleaned off after the walk) or baby socks (unless it’s icy).
Paris Geller* February 6, 2021 at 11:58 am So a couple of weeks ago I posted asking for advice about talking through finances with my boyfriend, considering we are planning on getting engaged this year but not engaged yet, and I just wanted to say thank you for all the great advice! We had definitely already talked about a lot of issues that people mentioned, and we plan on going to premarital counseling, but I think the most helpful advice was to also talk to a financial advisor–seems so simple, and I probably would never have thought about it. It was really helpful, so thank you to everyone who offered some advice!
GinnyDC* February 6, 2021 at 12:01 pm Question for the dog parents out there … Any tips for handling a long road trip by myself with a dog? She’ll be fine but I’m not sure how to handle restroom breaks for me! Have any of you ever traveled alone with a dog and figured out a good way to handle your own restroom breaks? Some background: Back in August, I adopted a great dane/greyhound mix from a local rescue. She’s travels well in the car, and we’ve done several shorter road trips together. I’m looking a possibly taking a vacation in a few months, but it would require a 10 or 12 hour drive. I think the dog will be fine–I can pack her favorite chews and toys and stop frequently for breaks for her. But I’m not sure how to handle breaks for me! I’ve limited our trips so far to 5 hours or less, since that’s how long I can do without a restroom break, but 5 hours is my limit. I thought about looking for stores that both allow dogs and allow customers to use the restroom. Or I could try to set it up so I can leave the car running with her in it–although I don’t like that idea at all. I’m looking for an advice/suggestions anyone has to offer! Side note: I’m very careful re COVID. I take all of the recommendations precautions for road travel, and the trips have been for social distanced visits with family who are also being very careful. For a vacation, I’m thinking a week at an airbnb or something similar in the mountains somewhere. All very COVID-conscious!
Ali G* February 6, 2021 at 12:24 pm I don’t see why she can’t stay in a locked car (off) for 5-10 minutes. I leave my dog in the car if needed, as long as temps aren’t extreme. The one time I tried to leave the car running for the dog, I locked myself out and had to climb back in through the sunroof. So now, unless it’s really hot, I just lock up and leave him. If you are worried about well-meaning strangers “saving” your dog, you can leave a note that says “I am fine, my human is just taking a potty break!”
AvonLady Barksdale* February 6, 2021 at 12:51 pm I’ve left my buddy in the car at rest stops. If it’s warm out, I keep the windows open a bit. I park as close to the door as I can and run in and out as fast as I can. No one has ever given me trouble. He gets very anxious in general but he’s ok for a few minutes.
sswj* February 6, 2021 at 1:01 pm If your dog is good in the car and (more importantly) good with being left alone in the car it should be no big deal. I frequently travel alone with my dog, and I just make sure to park in the shade if it’s at all sunny and warm, get her walk in first, leave a bowl of water and maybe a chewy (if I think it’s going to be more than a 5-10 min stop). I also have a battery powered fan for warmer days, and I’ll super-cool the interior for a while too, prior to stopping. In cooler weather I’ll even stop for a sit down meal. My dog goes to work with me, and when I go grocery shopping after work she just snoozes in the car. IMO leaving a dog in the car isn’t a sin IF the weather permits, the location favors it (not a baking asphalt lot with no shade for miles), and the dog is happy to just hang out. I would NOT leave a dog on a hot or frigid day, in a no-shade situation, or if the dog was stressed by being alone. If your dog can’t be safely left alone then I would plan a route with easy access to places like Lowe’s or Home Depot, Petsmart, Tractor Supply etc. Those are places you can take your dog with you and they have public restrooms. Actually, some highway rest areas may allow (or at least not forbid) dogs in the restroom. Worst come to worse, take a roll of TP and some baggies with you and take a quick hike into the bushes! Just beware of poison ivy :p .
HoundLover* February 7, 2021 at 3:08 pm Can I just say that is an awesome mix — we have had both breeds and they have such wonderful personalities. We had a Dane and greyhound together and they were a blast to watch!
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 1:32 pm This is from the NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration) site under the topic of child safety. “Even in cooler temperatures, your vehicle can heat up to dangerous temperatures very quickly. An outside temperature in the mid-60s can cause a vehicle’s inside temperature to rise above 110 degrees Fahrenheit. The inside temperature of your car can rise almost 20 degrees Fahrenheit within the first 10 minutes.” In winter, car heaters can get really hot, so while it is cold outside care is still necessary if you leave the car idling to watch your timing.
sswj* February 6, 2021 at 3:30 pm Yes, that’s true, which is why you have to be careful about where you park, how you prep the car before leaving it, and judge each individual situation. Leaving a dog in a car on an overcast 60 deg day with the windows half open, a fan on, and parked in the shade is pretty safe, IMO. Leaving a dog in a car on a sunny 60 deg day, with widows barely cracked and parked on tar in full sun could be Not Good, especially if it’s out of sight and for more than 5 minutes. There are many degrees of danger here (pardon the pun!) and a good dog-friend will take all the parameters into account. It isn’t a black or white, yes or no, right or wrong thing.
Anono-me* February 6, 2021 at 2:46 pm I travel with my dog. I stop at gas stations, not rest areas. I stop at smaller stations during off peak times. (Less excitement/stress for doggo and quicker inside time.) I park under the canopy (Canopy Shade is important for keeping the temperature cooler.) Roll down the windows about 3 inches if it isn’t cold out. Pump the gas. I walk doggo on the boulevard (and pick up &/or dump the rest of a older water bottle to clean up.) Give doggo a fresh water bottle. Go in to pay and pee quick. Now I have auto start and turn it on for the temperature control, but I still hurry and take under 5 minutes clocked (person who sits to potty. ). Before I leave, I have all the travel treats already purchased and in a puppy proof cooler. That way I don’t get distracted by a candy bar in the gas station and puppy doesn’t try to eat them. (Puppies food is in the truck. ) My puppy drinks from a sports bottle rather than a bowl. She just sticks her head out the window to drink. (A little peanut butter on the cap can help with the learning process. ) Less mess in the car. I find my pup does better with bottled water when traveling. (Non dangerous, but still potentially irritating different local microbugs exist everywhere.) For the actual trip, a little bland food seems better than a full meal or an empty tummy. Puppy is microchiped and has good tags with two phone and emails. Puppy always wears a bandana when traveling. It is distinctive and makes doggo look less threatening. I also have a couple of leashes in the car and never open a door without one on puppy and secure in my hand. And I have her most favorite treats and toy in my pocket.
All Monkeys are French* February 6, 2021 at 4:53 pm I don’t currently have a dog and it’s been a while, but I never had trouble leaving them briefly in a car parked in shade with the windows cracked. If that’s not an option for you, and you are someone who would normally sit down to pee, you might consider a device that would allow you to pee standing up. I just bought one and am still getting comfortable with it, but I expect it will make road trips and hikes much easier because I’ll be able to pee more quickly and surreptitiously. The one I got is called the Tinkle Belle (hate the name) but there are several options out there. It might be tough to navigate while walking a big dog, but you could just use it close to the car in a pullout by the road without exposing your whole self to the world.
Cheesesteak in Paradise* February 6, 2021 at 7:04 pm On that note, if you are mainly concerned about urinating, you can buy a commode or a bed pan type deal for the trunk or back of the car. My inlaws used this during COVID. Then empty it in a toilet when you arrive. I might not do this for IBS type concerns because of mess/smell. I think brief bathroom breaks would be fine using your judgment re: temperature conditions but that’s another option.
IntoTheSarchasm* February 6, 2021 at 9:01 pm If you can, stop at stores like PetSmart, you can take your dog in with you and they have public restrooms, at least in my experiemce. You both get to stretch your legs too.
Pug and pibble momma* February 7, 2021 at 5:42 pm When I’d travel cross country with my 2 pits and I needed to stop somewhere, say for a potty break, I’d leave the vehicle locked and running with the ac or heat on as necessary or the windows cracked and take my spare key with me. Then I’d take them out when I got done or gave them water or whatever they needed. They were good about not jumping around and stuff though. With my current pugs, I’d have to leave the vehicle off and windows cracked. They’d jump all over and may roll down windows if the vehicle was on.
GinnyDC* February 8, 2021 at 3:51 pm Thanks, everyone for all of the great suggestions! Nancy (my dog) is fine in the car if I’m there, but I’m sure what she might do if I left her in the car alone. But maybe I’ll try it out a little closer to home first, to see how it goes. And, if that doesn’t work, you guys gave me some other great suggestions to try! Thanks!!
Disco Janet* February 6, 2021 at 12:13 pm My kids (ages 6 and 7) haven’t had any play dates in almost a year for obvious reasons. Their school has started doing learning labs where they are in a small masked cohorts made up of other sibling groups at their school who are about the same age. They’ve started asking to have a kid from their cohort over for a play date. I don’t see the harm in this as long as everyone stays masked and they aren’t doing games that require close contact – they’re together five days a week anyways where they play together on the playground and such, and I’ve received my vaccine so that reduces risk too. But…then I sent a note to the other parent through the kids, and the kid’s dad sent me a message. And now that I have his name and an online connection…. his FB is super political and it’s clear he’s an anti-masker who is not happy his kid has to wear the mask at school (along with the lots of other stances that go along with that, which I strongly disagree with). Would it be a huge jerk move to just ghost this play date offer or make up an excuse? (Not sure what excuse would work long term though.) I’m a high school teacher, so I already spend too much of my time having to pacify and be polite to parents who think Covid isn’t a big deal. I just don’t have the energy to deal with this guy. Or do I owe it to my kids to keep the play date offer, make the mask expectations clear, and then just firmly shut it down if the dad wants to argue about it?
Dark Macadamia* February 6, 2021 at 12:40 pm I definitely wouldn’t be comfortable socializing with someone who takes that stance, but at the same time… aren’t your kids already exposed to his kid, plus the others in the cohort? I’d just be super direct about your expectations for a playdate the same way you would with anyone else and see what he says. If he refuses to agree to it, or “agrees” and then doesn’t follow through, you can always politely say this isn’t going to work and you hope the kids can hang out when the situation changes. My daughter is 5 and the conversation we’ve had about this kind of thing is “some people aren’t being as careful as we are, so it’s not safe to share germs with them right now.” She wants to know why and I try to stick with “everyone decides what’s right for them” instead of the judgmental rants that go on in my head :)
Wishing You Well* February 6, 2021 at 1:46 pm If you don’t have the energy to deal with this guy, don’t. If you cancel, let him know ahead of time. You don’t need to give a reason. You can find another way to entertain your kids. Sorry you’re dealing with this.
Fellow Traveller* February 6, 2021 at 1:57 pm I think, if you feel like you can trust the kids, you should keep the play date, insist on masks, and see how it goes. With my kids and play dates, I generally put it in the initial invite- “Would your child be up for meeting up with our child for a masked play date in the park?” – in a way that doesn’t make it a big deal, but does make it an expectation. I don’t think anyone’s mind is going to be changed here, but it seems to me that the father should be aware that mask wearing is the recommended way to go these days even if he doesn’t like it. I mean assess your risk tolerance and your ability to set personal boundaries too, but I think there is also value in teaching your kids that people should be given the benefit of the doubt and that you shouldn’t prejudge people based on their Facebook persona and that people who disagree can find a way to interact without being divisive- at least on your end.
Reba* February 6, 2021 at 5:32 pm Is your concern about child mask or parent masks? Would it be possible to have the parents drop the kid off, and not hang around? Maybe not for the first time round, I suppose. But I don’t think, in general, that you are committed to socializing with the parent if your kids are friends.
StudentA* February 7, 2021 at 12:35 am You say the dad is not happy the kid has to wear a mask in school. Are you saying the dad resents having to wear masks or refuses to wear masks? I would simply offer the playdate with masks and go from there, either way, but that’s just me.
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 10:57 am I can’t quite tell but it sounds like you’re mainly concerned about potentially having a frustrating or stressful interaction with the dad. As you note, your kids are with these kids 5 days a week, so they’re already absorbing whatever exposure risk there might be. I would keep the play date but structure it so you don’t have to interact with the parents at all. You can always frame it as doing them a favor, taking their kids of their hands for a bit. Or protecting them from your exposure, if you teach in person.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 12:19 pm Something a bit heavy, so please delete if inappropriate.. For those of you with toxic/abusive parents…..what was the feeling when that parent passed away? Relief? grief? Happiness?
Decidedly Me* February 6, 2021 at 12:23 pm I haven’t lost that parent yet, but I think about this a lot. My hope is that it’s not regret at not trying to get things to work out at some point (they are almost completely cut out of my life and say they’ve changed, but I can’t trust it). I feel like I will feel some relief (which I’ll then feel bad about) and then grief at the thought that I didn’t get a good parent in their place. I’m not sure if this helps at all and I know it’s not exactly what you were asking.
Sister Michael, Judo Blackbelt* February 6, 2021 at 12:36 pm I’m in the same boat. I started seeing a therapist last month because of parent issues, which were not great pre-covid but blew up during the pandemic. I also hope there’s not regret, but I have felt sad that I don’t feel sad when thinking about their eventual passing.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 12:52 pm Same, I haven’t been through it yet but I always feel like I’ll be happy or relieved.
Grim* February 6, 2021 at 1:42 pm I didn’t give a crap when my father died, as he was already dead to me from the way he treated my Mom, my brothers and me, and every other human who crossed his path. Classic sociopath.
AnotherRedHeadedOne* February 6, 2021 at 12:34 pm All the feelings. Let yourself have whatever feeling comes up, whenever it does. I didn’t tell people at work because I didn’t want expressions of sympathy and questions about travel. Do what you need. Complicated grief is just that. And after worrying for years how I would react, I could not have predicted my feelings until the death happened. Therapy helps too.
Mx* February 6, 2021 at 1:05 pm Mostly relief. One of my first thought was that she would never bother me again. A bit of guilt for feeling this relief. “Are we not supposed to love our mum more than anyone else ? ” is what came to my mind. But we feel what we feel. Let’s accept our true feelings.
Venus* February 6, 2021 at 1:40 pm I haven’t dealt with it yet, but it is normal to feel sadness at the loss of the potential for a relationship (the loss of any hope that he’ll one day be a good parent). Happiness and relief, but also guilt about feeling that way.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 1:52 pm Relief mostly. And I started to feel guilty but then I remembered all the times I had cried over her while she was alive. I figured I had fronted my crying and grief. I did cry for my father because he was totally blindsided and baffled by it all. Her medical bills took away most of what my father had worked for and earned. And I felt decades younger. The moment I heard she was gone, my entire existence got lighter. This is very different from feeling happy. I realized that my 23 y/o body was at least 60 y/o on the inside. I started getting younger on the inside. I stopped dragging myself from one point to another, my body felt less heavy. What she went through in the end was truly awful. But she spent decades putting herself there. She totally ignored any health advice available at that time. And she ignored health advice for decades. She was so thorough about ignoring health advice that she fell into a black hole that no one could pull her out of.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 3:46 pm What she went through in the end was truly awful. But she spent decades putting herself there. She totally ignored any health advice available at that time. And she ignored health advice for decades. She was so thorough about ignoring health advice that she fell into a black hole that no one could pull her out of. This sounds exactly like my mother. Ignores all medical advice. In my case, she still nags us to get her her medicine, or buy some random shit that her friend told her to buy for home made remedies. which all lay unopened and unused because “they’re shit.” Just refuses to do anything but complain and I’ve lost all sympathy and compassion for her.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 7:58 pm A classic example of winning the battle of the moment and (epically) losing the war. It did serve to drive home a point with me. I can choose to eat good foods or I can let me fall apart. I can choose to hydrate regularly or I can wait for that ambulance ride and have someone do it FOR me. I can choose to exercise and move around OR I can allow my mind and body to rot. I have choices. It was all a big game. Until one day it wasn’t. There’s a point of no return. There’s a point where all the intervention in the world is not going to salvage what is left. I learned to approach many things with the idea that “TODAY is the day to do something better, beef something up, try harder, etc.” This was helpful because some days were better than others for me- so I made every day a fresh beginning. I call it negative learning. She was a textbook example of what NOT to do. Ya know, some one could have lectured me for a long time and they would have not put the urgency into me to take better care of myself the way she did. I learned by watching a disaster unfold very slowly.
NoLongerYoung* February 7, 2021 at 7:52 pm NSNR, sending you a hug, and thank you for this. I needed that reframing. That’s a really wise way to view the life lesson, and I appreciate it… (sending that hug virtually).
She's not still with me* February 6, 2021 at 2:04 pm Relief, and some sadness, and about a year of mourning/adjusting to the new situation. Even if someone is toxic, they take up space in your life and in your head, and when they’re gone you have to re-think your place in the world. That can be a good and healing thing, but it is still a thing, and going through that process has some analogies to the usual mourning process, which is helpful when dealing with well-meaning people who assume that you *are* doing the standard grieving instead of something else. So if someone says “Oh, this must be so hard for you!” you say “Thanks, doing as well as can be expected,” and change the topic. I never felt guilty or regretful. We both did the best we could and nothing I ever did or did not do could possibly have changed her.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 4:08 pm That’s a really good way to look at it, that they took up space in life. Esp your last line – I’ve done everything I can to be a good daughter and neither of us is going to change. I feel no guilt now despite the constant guilt trips but I don’t know how i’tll be after (if and when that after ever comes)
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 4:27 pm Utter relief. The mind games, the victim complex, the fake health emergencies were finally over. I was stuck in denial for a really long time–not out of grief, but because I didn’t think I would ever be free. I was like Andy Dufresne, face held up to the rain.
Unkempt Flatware* February 6, 2021 at 4:30 pm Thank you for asking this. Have a mentally ill and formerly emotionally abusive father (formerly only because I stopped letting him) who continues to make very bad life choices but who also expects help one day. I care too much about our relationship to ever consider allowing him into my life anymore than I allow now. So I almost expect extreme guilt when it happens.
PseudoMona* February 6, 2021 at 4:51 pm I had been low contact with my abusive parent for approximately 10 years when he passed away. I felt a very brief moment of grief/sadness, and then a feeling of relief/peace. He didn’t add to my life in a positive way while he was alive, so his death didn’t feel like a loss for me.
ImOnlyHereForThePoetry* February 6, 2021 at 5:39 pm For me, it was a mix of grief and relief. Grief for both the loss and also for not having the type of parent that a child should have. It was much harder than I had expected it would be.
Gatomon* February 6, 2021 at 7:41 pm Grief, not so much for the parent but more for the parent I had wanted/needed. Some part of me was still holding a small candle in the darkness hoping for our relationship to change I guess. Anger, because of people’s assumptions that we were close and discovering how much closer they were with other members of the family. I chose to play along with the assumption of closeness just because I wasn’t close with the extended family either, in general they are neutral/dislike me, and the funeral wasn’t about me. The death was sudden, the first in that generation to go and the whole extended family was pretty traumatized. Relief, because I no longer had to hide so much of my life.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 8:08 pm Yep. Like you are saying, my life was one long lie up to the point she died. I felt Free. I was free of having to pretend that everything was normal and peachy perfect. I was free of having to come up with excuses- reasons- for why things were the way they were. I remember people saying, “Did your mother teach you better?” I was so ashamed, I felt I had to protect her from these people who actually expected something out of her. I felt that perhaps I was not worth her time. I had a lot of thoughts there. Then one day, I decided to handle that question differently. I decided to start saying, “No. She’s been ill most of my life. I am trying to take care of her.” Oddly, after I landed on that planned response the stupid questioning stopped. I think I only said it once or twice. Seeing the speaker recoil was absolutely great. I had no guilt because they had no guilt about their put downs.
Bibliovore* February 6, 2021 at 8:18 pm My physically and emotionally abusive mother died a few years ago. I felt nothing. I was pretty worried about that. She continued to be emotionally abusive when I was an adult no longer under her roof including screaming attacking rants alternating with verbalizing suicidal thoughts (if she killed herself, it was my fault) I disinvited her to my wedding as every family occasion had a pretty horrible outrageous mom story. When I twenty-seven, I cut off contact after an unbelievable episode in the presence of my new husband who said “I don’t know if I can be married to someone who has a relationship with your mother” and with the support of therapists and support groups like al-anon. When I was thirty,I began writing short letters to her. The first one, I made amends for not having her at my wedding. (I wasn’t sorry that I didn’t want her there. I made wrote because I understood how that action on my part must have hurt her) Benign one dimensional missives. We had this for dinner, I bought flowers at the farmers market. Occasionally I would receive a “nasty-gram” I would read it out-loud over the phone to one of my siblings. They would say, yep that’s mom. (my three siblings did not speak to her) I would throw the letter out and in couple of weeks send another. We continued this correspondence until she died when I was in my fifties. I did not ever speak to her again. I did not go to her bedside as she lay dying for months, to her funeral or help with the post-death chores. I considered whether I would regret any of these choices, I do not. My therapist said feeling nothing is fine. It means that I had cleaned up my side of the street. That I have accepted she could not be the mother that I needed or wanted. That I surround myself with supportive older women who can be a guide in my life and there for my emotional needs. My wish is for you to have peace of mind and joy in your life today.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 7, 2021 at 12:09 pm My wish is for you to have peace of mind and joy in your life today. Thank you <3
Bibliovore* February 7, 2021 at 8:23 pm Thank you for asking the question. It gave me time to reflect. And share my own experience.
Loopy* February 6, 2021 at 8:21 pm I lost an alcoholic parent when I was 19 after about 6 years of consistent descent into worsening addiction (the issue had been going on for decades, that was just the nosedive). I would say our relationship hadn’t been healthy since I was 12/13. It was very very much a mix of relief and grief (things got very very bad towards the end and life was unstable directly because of parent). The grief was because it meant that there was no more chance for us to have a happy ending where she got better and we mended our relationship. The following months and years were so so vastly and immediately improved in terms of stability and emotional well being it made it easier not to feel guilty for being relieved. Still, I did grieve right alongside that relief because I guess there was always a tiny sliver of hope of things turning around, even if I didn’t realize it was still there. That’s what the grief was for. Now, over a decade later veeeery occasionally Ill still have dreams of her and usually it’s of the happy ending that never happened.
lobsterp0t* February 7, 2021 at 5:01 am Mine hasn’t passed and probably won’t for a long time. I’ve been reading recently about ambiguous loss and it’s been helpful to learn about this concept, since I feel that is something I am working through at the moment. It is a type of grieving that happens for different reasons – from dementia to MIA soldiers to estrangement. I’m sure when my toxic parent does eventually die I will feel a big nasty mix of things but hopefully by then I will have the tools to cope with it.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 7, 2021 at 11:08 am ambiguous loss, thats something ill have to read up on.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 7, 2021 at 12:08 pm One of my aunts is in ICU after a heart attack. Another aunt (her sister) passed away just yesterday after having COVID. Both are in their 70s/80s. I grieve for their families and pray for my aunts. But I can’t help but think–I may be so happy when she goes. I have never hated someone’s presence in my life more. The mother I had I lost when my father died 3 years ago, and the mother I tried to do right by was gone last year after certain words and actions. I realize I need therapy but I’m homebound most of the time cz of snow and limited childcare and I have 98 million other health things to take care of first. It’s a crappy feeling knowing your own parent who was responsible for raising you says they did a horrible job raising you and that you’re a shit person.
She's not still with me* February 7, 2021 at 3:10 pm I’m going to share this in the hope it will help you re-frame what your mother is saying about you: my dad, now in his 90s (not a great parent but I have a better relationship w/him than w/my mom), talks fairly often about certain minor “mistakes” he made when I was a teenager. Things like we shouldn’t have got off the train at that station on a trip. I believe these are taking the place, in his head, of other more significant regrets that he can’t speak of. If it helps you, re-write your mother’s “horrible job” as her saying “I made mistakes, and I’m unhappy with my life now, and I don’t know any other way to express this except to say nasty things to you.” IOW, it’s about her, not about you. You are clearly not an awful person, because you tried to do right by your mom, it seems like you feel guilty about the possibility that you might be relieved or even happy when she dies, and you’re looking after your kids. As to the guilt: this internet stranger says there is no need for it. We’re all relieved when big problems go away permanently. You did your best. Don’t beat yourself up because your mother is toxic! She is not your fault.
Eff Walsingham* February 7, 2021 at 11:05 pm When I was a kid, my dad ran around with other women, ran out on us, paid no support, let the lights get shut off and the furnace run dry. And he drank. And he kept showing up, drunk, reeking of bad cologne and doing inept home repairs, bringing souvenirs of expensive trips he took while I had no winter boots. I was so angry at him, my Mum was sometimes afraid, she said. Eventually I got help, for my rage and my depression. Then, years later, after many dark episodes and some maudlin sentimentality, he dried out. And my rage was so great, I had to go back into therapy. *If he could stop drinking, why didn’t he stop when I was small and needed him?* Our contact remained infrequent. My parents were mostly cordial after they split, but dad’s mother and sister always worshipped and spoiled him. This made for some strain on those relationships. Suddenly, age 64, he was struck with some mystery illness, in the ICU, maybe dying. Well-meaning friends said, “You’ve got to make peace with him before he passes, or you’ll never forgive yourself.” I thought they were probably wrong, and I was right. I had left the ball in his court; and maybe, if he’d lived long enough, we might have come around to some sort of relationship. But he never apologized, criticized a lot, and never once said if he was proud of me. He was a crap dad. And he died just after his 65th birthday, after an illness I couldn’t wish on a far worse man. On Mother’s Day. What a jerk! (Kidding! Mostly.) Complicated emotions, yes. Grief for the loss of the reconciliation that was probably never going to happen anyway. And yet… some time over the years I realized that I was going to be utterly distraught after he was safely beyond the reach of my faint hopes. I was finally able to howl like a banshee for that poor bootless kid who had to borrow a friend’s dad for sports day. Who had to endure scorn and pity and needless poverty. Whose dad mocked her teenage table manners in public, and never said normal things like “I love you” or “Happy Birthday!” Right now I’m still crying in solidarity with that child. Even though I never forgave that man — and he never asked — I’ve largely made peace with the whole sad situation. I absolutely forgive myself for moving away and moving on. We had a few shared jokes, a few songs. It wasn’t all horrible… might be simpler if it was. But it was not enough to raise a child on, and it was not my fault. His behaviour cost him heavily in his relationships, and it doesn’t serve me to take that on or try to rewrite our history, like my aunt does, to make him a better guy. I read somewhere that we should treat ourselves like a compassionate friend would regarding these sorts of situations. As in, telling ourselves that we’re allowed to feel whatever emotions come up naturally, that all relationship stuff is highly personal, that there’s no “right” way to feel or be in the wake of a loss. And a loss is a loss, whether it’s due to a death, or a loss of hope, or something missing in a parent that deprived us from the beginning.
Leg cramps* February 6, 2021 at 12:22 pm Sort of a poll: How often do you get leg cramps/charley horses? How often do you think is normal? I get them 3-4 times a month since I was a teenager (so about 30 years of this). One leg or the other, but that seems random. (One awful time it was both legs at once….. but usually just one.) And each time is a few hours of off and on cramping that leaves me unable to leave the house or sleep or do much of anything. Last night I had off an on leg cramps from 1 am to about 6:30 am! I got up and stretched, I walked, I had electrolyte drinks, I did relaxation exercises, tried a heating pad… Sometimes they are at night, sometimes during the day. I’ve also had a batch of cramps start while cooking, while sitting at my desk, while watching TV, and while walking around my neighborhood. And that’s just so far in 2021… Most people I know IRL say they’ve had 1 or 2 their whole lives, except those who were high level athletes who had more during training. I am….not a high level athlete. Or any kind of athlete. I’m a middle aged woman who walks around the neighborhood for exercise. I’ve brought it up with several doctors who just shrug “eh, they happen” but it’s a real issue for me. Not just when they happen, but with at least 1-2 days of extreme soreness and limping afterwards. This morning I could barely make it down the stairs. I am SO tired of being blown off, and this does not feel like a normal, random thing to me. So, is this something that is common? Are there others who deal with this level of leg cramps?
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 12:32 pm I started getting leg cramps with a lot more frequency in the past few years, and it was hugely related to being deconditioned. However, they’ve never lasted anywhere as long as you describe. When you say “leg,” where do you mean? I’m talking hamstring. I’m not clear how exactly the dialogue with your doctor starts, but maybe shift it from “Is it a sign of something wrong?” to “Is there anything I can do to mitigate this?” I’ve heard magnesium discussed but it didn’t do anything for me; I just needed to do a lot more physical activity.
Leg cramps* February 6, 2021 at 12:52 pm Usually just my calves but when it’s really bad it can be the calves and hamstrings. When I’ve talked with doctors, I’ve usually been asking if we can look for something that’s off that might be a root cause. And they are all just blowing me off and telling me to drink Gatorade if it happens. I’m wanting to prevent and they just tell me how to deal with it when it happens. And that it happens to everyone and is NBD.
AnotherRedHeadedOne* February 6, 2021 at 12:39 pm Same here. What feels like over hydration plus magnesium glycinate capsules. Magnesium aloe vera spray for legs before bed. That combo got rid of near nightly episodes. Lots of electrolyte drinks every day. Best of luck…the residual muscle soreness was awful!
Leg cramps* February 6, 2021 at 12:49 pm I already do magnesium before bed, and I never found the spray to be all that helpful for me. Just irritated my skin. And I’m a redhead, too…your user name is making me wonder if this is more common in redheads? Usually I bristle at redhead stereotypes (like when I was pregnant and my midwife said to me “I never trust a redhead to not bleed out on me.” – made me pretty ragey, and then I was mad I was validating the “angry redhead” stereotype…) but maybe there’s something to it?
Skeeder Jones* February 6, 2021 at 3:51 pm Another redhead with muscle cramp issues here. I posted more about mine below.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 5:06 pm I’m a redhead and I can’t remember the last time I had any muscle cramping, leg or otherwise. =/ (We are genetically resistant to anesthetics though!)
Ask a Manager* Post authorFebruary 6, 2021 at 5:18 pm No muscle cramps here either. In addition to the anesthesia issue, I am told by doctors that we experience pain differently (some types more, some types less).
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 5:29 pm Yep – at one point during a dental procedure, the anesthetic wore off early, but I was loopy enough still that I couldn’t communicate that to them, so I just pretty much sat there through it while they finished. At the end, they were like “HOW LONG HAVE YOU BEEN AWAKE??” Because they would have expected there to be, uh, much more pain reaction from me due to the nature of the procedure. (I mean, don’t get me wrong, it sucked a LOT, but I was still on benzos and I just wanted them to hurry up and finish.) I’ve never actually been under a general anesthetic for proper surgery, and frankly I’m kind of terrified of the concept, for exactly these reasons.
Courageous cat* February 7, 2021 at 12:16 pm God, I have such a low pain threshold and it drives me nuts because I’d always heard redheads have higher ones. Meanwhile I’m such a sensitive little Sally. I’m glad that that’s not always the case.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 2:28 pm I almost never take over the counter painkillers – but if I do need to, I invariably need to double-dose them. :)
Skeeder Jones* February 7, 2021 at 3:41 pm I’m the type that experiences pain more. I also have a couple of chronic pain conditions and have semi-acceptance that there will be physical pain every day. I also react very poorly to anesthesia. I have had 11 surgeries and I woke up in the middle of one of them. I also have a really hard time coming out of anesthesia, I am restless, anxious, agitated, and have uncontrollable urges to move. They actually have to give me a sedative as I come out of anesthesia because of how I react. So fun! I’m just glad I haven’t needed surgery in over a decade. Yay!
Courageous cat* February 7, 2021 at 12:13 pm Interesting, I’m a redhead and got some really bad ones for a time. We have so many little anomalies (the anesthesia stuff comes to mind), I do not understand it.
Courageous cat* February 7, 2021 at 12:15 pm Wow I clearly skipped the second half of your comment. That said I’ve never had issues with novocaine or waking up during surgery. I have been told to tell my doctor that I’m a redhead (I dye my hair) if I undergo surgery just to make sure the anesthesiologist is aware.
merope* February 6, 2021 at 1:17 pm I get 2 or 3 a year, mostly in the calf but more recently in the hamstrings. At least part of the cramping, I think, is because I have tight muscles naturally. You might look into a daily stretching regime for the legs to see if that helps the muscles out. When I am thoughtful about doing my stretches, I am much less likely to have a bad episode. Another option might be physical therapy or gait motion analysis to see if there are other interconnected movement issues.
ronda* February 6, 2021 at 4:01 pm I only get them occasionally and not so sever, but I seem to get them less if I am doing my yoga classes regularly. So…… more stretching in your life when it is not happening might help?
I'm just here for the cats* February 6, 2021 at 1:30 pm There was a while in highschool (about 10 years ago) I would get them Terribly bad. Woke up on my class trip screaming because of them. My doctor checked my levels and I was put on potassium for a while and that seemed to help. Also stretching your leg muscles before bed (if you get them at night) If your on any medication. Check with your doctor. That’s what caused my potassium levels to drop. I think low magnesium can be a problem too.
Seeking Second Childhood* February 6, 2021 at 3:03 pm Potassium levels can trigger this. Weirdly that can be too low OR too high. And it can fluctuate with diet, cola intake, etc. My husband gets them if his are low. Cramps in legs, arms, one scary time even in his chest. He eats a half a banana a day. For reducing the severity of one specific incidents, he keeps diet tonic water on hand–a half pint is enough quinine to help his muscles uncramp.
WS* February 6, 2021 at 7:53 pm Not weird that it’s too high OR too low – if potassium is high, your sodium levels are likely to be low, hence cramps. Everything needs to be in balance!
The teapots are on fire* February 6, 2021 at 1:42 pm This sounds MISERABLE. Some people mysteriously get better with a broad B-vitamin supplement and it’s not clear why. 3-4 times a month and lasting for hours is a LOT and if there’s no clear abnormality and they’re lasting that long, a more intense workup is called for. Maybe vascular ultrasound, more detailed electrolyte workup, checking iron levels, mag, potassium, parathyroid hormone levels…just spitballing here about what funky things might cause this. Maybe physical therapy referral to see if there’s some stretching you could do before bed.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 1:58 pm Yep this is what I thought of also. Especially the mineral loss. If the pain is mostly from the knees down that is probably potassium. Try eating a banana or cantaloupe slices the next time it happens. The heart needs minerals to work also, so it makes sense that a heart low on minerals would benefit from some B, as the heart is looking for help where ever it can get it. The next thing in line after these two ideas is make sure you are getting in plenty of fresh veggies and fresh fruit every day. I make myself eat a salad every day. I have to or I get all kinds of weird stuff like you are talking about.
Leg cramps* February 6, 2021 at 2:14 pm I have no idea if there’s any abnormality at all because none of the doctors I’ve talked to about it in my adult life have been willing to do ANYTHING. The mentions of physical therapy in this thread reminded me that about 10 years ago I had PT for an ankle injury and the ASTYM would trigger a lot of cramping. I told him about the issues. The PT I was working with did some kind of gait testing (filmed me walking and used some kind of computerized analysis) Nothing unrelated to my ankle injury came up. We ended up switching to a different modality.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 2:54 pm Maybe try asking it a different way. Doctors aren’t generally mappers of everything wrong with us, so asking for a root cause for something non-lethal isn’t necessarily going to get much traction. Try saying that you’d like to find something to help with these, and what recommendations do they have to start with?
The teapots are on fire* February 6, 2021 at 9:22 pm The other thing I would do is ask for a visit JUST FOR THIS. Make clear it keeps you up for hours and night and it is a big honking deal. Sometimes if you bring it up during a visit for something else it’s easier to blow you off.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 2:47 pm That’s a lot. A whole lot. I’ll get them once in a while, but by that I mean once every couple of years. It’s usually pretty clear that something specific triggered it, like dehydration or stretching too fast when my muscles are tight or sore. Or if I’ve been sick in bed. And mine don’t last that long or leave aftereffects that long. They last maybe 10-20 minutes. Usually no aftereffects, but a really bad one will leave my leg slightly sore to the touch for a day – not limping! I’m really mad that doctors aren’t investigating, because that’s unusual and very crappy.
PollyQ* February 6, 2021 at 3:34 pm I’ve only had cramps like that a few times in my life, and I’m pretty sure that’s the more common experience with them. I like fposte’s notion of raising it as a problem that needs to be solved with your doctor, rather than just a concern about underlying whatever. You may need to be specific about how often they are and how long they last, and be a little bit “pushy” about it. I like my PCP quite well, but even with her, I needed to really spell out what a big problem a chronic issue I had was.
Skeeder Jones* February 6, 2021 at 3:49 pm That exact thing happened to me several years ago. I would say I get muscle cramps more often than the average person and I attribute it largely to my fibromyalgia. But a few years ago, I would charley horse cramps that would last for hours and I got them daily. There was not a medicine I could take that made them go away or even reduce their intensity. I started seeing a lot of info about magnesium everywhere I looked and decided to give it a try. I know you said you have tried electrolyte drinks and they would have magnesium in them. But for me, I had to take the magnesium at 3 times the daily recommended amount. I did that for a week and they went away. Now when I notice I am getting a lot of muscle cramps, I take a big dose of magnesium for several days. I also suffer from iron deficiency anemia and when I get low on red blood cells, I can get those cramps again too so if the magnesium doesn’t help then I know I need to check my iron and get a complete blood count. I hope you find relief soon because it caused me to be super isolated and alone and I couldn’t really do anything.
Maxie's Mommy* February 6, 2021 at 5:37 pm Redhead w/leg cramps. Magnesium helps, so does something cold. I have put a small bucket of cold water by my bed, then I stand in it ASAP. Make sure your foot can stand flat in the bucket. I have also rolled my foot over a cold can of Coke, that was soothing. A 12″ marble tile slid under your bed is also nice and cold. Getting my foot cold ASAP is the key, as walking makes it much worse. My leg cramps are from statins, I think.
Kewlm0m* February 7, 2021 at 1:59 am Cold helps my leg cramps too. I have found standing and forcing my foot flat onto the cold of the tile floor works for me.
The Other Dawn* February 7, 2021 at 6:23 am Yes, flattening my foot has always helped stop a charley horse in its tracks. I was taught to just flex my foot up as far as I can while lying in bed (mine always happened at night). Stopped the cramp quickly every time. I still had the residual soreness the next day, but it usually wasn’t bad, though my leg often bruised in the spot where it cramped.
fhqwhgads* February 6, 2021 at 6:52 pm 3-4 times a year since childhood. Always when I’m sleeping and it wakes me up.
WS* February 6, 2021 at 7:56 pm It’s been an issue for me as part of restless legs (when the restless legs were bad, I was also getting cramps, but I can also get the restless legs without cramps) In my case the cause was low magnesium and low iron. Some people get them with high or low potassium, zinc or sodium levels, too, or low B6 or B12 levels. Definitely worth getting your levels checked by a blood test. Thyroid levels can also affect cramps.
Skeeder Jones* February 7, 2021 at 3:48 pm I have similar issues with low iron and low magnesium. I have overall difficulties absorbing iron for food so I have to get regular iron infusions and when I don’t stay on it, emergency transfusions. In the last 2 years I noticed that when my RLS kicks up, I am often low on iron. It triggers me to get my bloodwork done.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 9:11 pm This kind of sounds like a significant and unusual presentation of restless leg syndrome. Discussing with your doctor treatment for RLS might yield more helpful treatment. You might also try a sports medicine doctor or a balance specialist (in my experience both seem to be more familiar with muscle issues than your typical primary care doc). In any case, the amount of cramping you’re describing is extremely unusual.
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 2:23 am This is so interesting to hear as I’m also a redhead and also get frequent calf cramps. I used to get them a lot while sleeping. At the time I was very overweight and didn’t eat well or exercise. I am a lot more active and eat healthier now. I still get them but not as much. Magnesium is a good call
Otter Dance* February 7, 2021 at 10:11 am Have you been checked for sciatica? When the pain runs down the back of my leg, the muscles draw up and start cramping. And yes, a sciatica attack can last for days. Also seconding other commenters on potassium and dehydration as possible factors.
o_gal* February 7, 2021 at 11:38 am I went through a period (about 8 years ago) where I was getting multiple leg cramps during the night. I’ve had just about every muscle cramp up. Worst is when it runs up all along the side of the leg, because there is no good stretching position to counter that one. I am still bothered somewhat, but I’ve been able to cut them down. First, my doctor suggested taking extra calcium. That made a small dent, so her next suggestion was to try magnesium. Bingo! At least for me. I was already eating a banana a day before I started taking calcium, so it wasn’t potassium levels. Now I take 500 mg calcium (which also has vitamin D) and 250 mg magnesium every evening. If I’ve done anything particularly athletic that day (like a long hike or bike ride), I’ll double the magnesium. I still get occasional cramps, particularly in my feet and toes when swimming for a long time, but now I can immediately stretch out and kill in the moment, instead of having to suffer for up to half an hour at a time. BTW, pickle juice works for my husband but not so much for me.
TeresaK* February 6, 2021 at 12:24 pm Any suggestions for how to connect to the goofy, light-hearted side of oneself in these times? I am 41. I’ve always been a fairly serious, introspective person, but I love laughing and silliness and absurdity. I’ve realized that most moments of tear-streaming laughter and goofiness happened with certain friends who have since moved away. With the pandemic, I spend a lot of time alone (WFH) and with my husband (serious guy), and life circumstances over recent years have tended to make me more serious, not less (cancer, care of senior parent, conflict with family). But I miss laughing so hard it hurts. I miss seeing something while out with a friend and exchanging a look that leads to cracking up uncontrollably. I still do mini chair dances to music (shoulder shimmy), sing in the car, play silly games with my dogs. And I don’t know how much of this is Covid, isolation, middle age, life circumstances. Anyone else find a way to make room for more silly, more funny, more joy?
WellRed* February 6, 2021 at 1:22 pm Not sure if this is what you are looking for but I like looking for funny video compilations online, like literally going on YouTube and searching for “people falling” for example. Also fond of autocorrect fails.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 2:50 pm Screaming goat compilations. You will not be disappointed. Also, the llama song.
Sunflower* February 6, 2021 at 1:37 pm There’s certain TV shows I watch when I just want to laugh and forget about things. I love Broad City and Party Down- and sometimes Always Sunny- for these moments.
Chaordic One* February 6, 2021 at 9:13 pm Certain classic sitcoms. One time I when I had had a particularly bad day at work, by chance I happened on the episode of Taxi called “Jim the Psychic” where Jim has a dream that Alex is going to meet death. It was so absurd and ridiculous and the ending was so unexpected. I laughed so hard that I cried. You can google it on YouTube where you can see it in 3 parts.
Fellow Traveller* February 6, 2021 at 2:02 pm Oh this sounds so hard! My friend is teaching me to juggle over Zoom and we laugh a lot during those sessions. Also- are there little kids in your circle that you can reach out to for a video chat? My kids (9 and 4) love video chatting with my adult friends because they can have the silliest conversations and the grown ups will always play along.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 2:56 pm I swear I will be watching Taskmaster (on YouTube now) from my bed in hospice.
Casey* February 6, 2021 at 3:35 pm I was definitely going to suggest Taskmaster! My family has asked me if I’m okay after hearing me cry-laugh from across the house.
PX* February 7, 2021 at 1:41 pm Pretty sure I started watching Taskmaster because of fposte and can confirm it is bloody hilarious and lighthearted enough that it will hopefully provoke the desired response!
tangerineRose* February 6, 2021 at 3:19 pm Readers Digest has several “Laughter is the best medicine” books, and I’ve been reading them lately. Dave Barry has a bunch of laugh-out-loud books composed of his columns.
Sprechen Sie Talk?* February 6, 2021 at 4:05 pm I didn’t realize how long it had been to have a huge “oh my god I need to walk away for a moment before I pee myself” laughing session until this week when for whatever reason I watched a bunch of SNL clips on YouTube one night. I haven’t watched SNL in years and wasn’t really up with the newer cast but I must have spent over an hour literally guffawing, especially over one or two particular ones. It felt great to laugh like that – a real tonic for the soul.
Double A* February 6, 2021 at 5:44 pm Watching stupid movies is a fun way to do this. And if you’d like some inspiration about making fun of terrible movies, mystery science theater 3000. The new seasons on netflix are excellent. I especially love the 80s and 90s movies.
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 2:25 am Watch drag queens do anything! RuPauls Drag Race, Were Here on HBO. Tons of videos on YouTube.
Choggy* February 7, 2021 at 9:06 am I am right there with you, even though I’m an introvert, and most of the WFH and isolating has been good for my mental health in some ways (no more commuting to work and working around very extroverted/loud people) it has not in the ways you’ve described. I never thought I would be someone who would watch YouTube videos, and download the BoredPanda app, and read Quora, but here I am! I have found things to smile about, laugh out loud, and just *feel* something different than the Groundhog Day monotony of days blending into one another. Of course now we are inside due to the weather (impending snow storm here), so I’m also looking forward to the warmer weather and all the walking/hikes/biking I plan on doing.
All the cats 4 me* February 6, 2021 at 1:04 pm Ipad mini 2 questions THere are no more supported ios updates, apparently and my ipad has almost become a mere paperweight. Webpages load slooowly, crash, reload due to ‘problems’. I remember hearing something about apple admitting they purposely slowed operation on a phone model to ‘encourage’ users to upgrade, could this be happening with the older ipads? I have done everything I can to speed my ipad up, removed as much as possiblr to freeyup memory, cleared caches, etc, but nothing helps. I do plan to buy a new tablet, but it irks me that the performance of this one has degraded so significantly that I can no longer read aam or the guardian on it.
TechWorker* February 6, 2021 at 1:47 pm Have you tried a full system reset? (Backing up to cloud first?). If not it’s worth a go.
Lore* February 6, 2021 at 5:22 pm I had a mini 2 until a month or so ago. It got more crash prone but never as bad as yours. I was very good about closing unused apps, and also I never let it background refresh apps. There seemed no point in adding new features that postdated my operating system. Also a good ad blocker was a must.
All the cats 4 me* February 6, 2021 at 7:25 pm I have never used an adblocker, I would like to try that first before resorting to a system reset. Recommendations for providers that are well regarded gladly accepted! Thank you!
LGC* February 6, 2021 at 6:08 pm I remember hearing something about apple admitting they purposely slowed operation on a phone model to ‘encourage’ users to upgrade, could this be happening with the older ipads? Yes…and no? Yes because it is true that iOS does degrade on older hardware. No, because the official reason it degrades on older hardware is because the batteries wear out, according to Apple – so that might be a possible fix if you don’t want to sink hundreds of dollars into a new tablet. I think on the latest version of iOS that’s supported on the iPad Air – iOS 12 – there should be a setting that allows you to bypass the battery throttling? (I’m going to sound like an Apple apologist, and I’m really sorry – and yes, this is Peak Apple, in that they think they know better than their customers – but their rationale is that they throttled performance to extend battery life on older devices.) It might still be worth upgrading anyway, though – the Mini 2 is 7 years old now, and has the same chip as the iPhone 5S.
WS* February 6, 2021 at 7:59 pm Eventually there’s not enough memory to run the iOS updates, which is annoying, and everything degrades. The performance throttling was allegedly to prevent random shutdowns, but it certainly didn’t hurt that it encouraged upgrades. Once support has been discontinued for a particular device, it’s all downhill from there, unfortunately.
ronda* February 6, 2021 at 8:13 pm one thing that might be impacting it is that software is generally written for the more current hardware. More current hardware is usually more fast and more storage…. so if you have less than they are now writing the programs to work with…. you get slower results (or no results). —it may also be intentional on apples part :)
Choggy* February 6, 2021 at 8:22 pm I too have an iPad Mini 2 and noticed minor issues because the OS can no longer be updated which prevents newer apps from being installed. I literally just did a reset of only the settings, reestablished my WiFi and can finally type this response! I’ve loved this tablet and it’s in very good condition so should be able to trade it in (quoted value was $85) towards a new one. I never had any issues with accessing sites, though the experience has degraded.
Dwight Schrute* February 7, 2021 at 8:43 am I just bought a new iPad this week after my iPad Air from 2014 became a paperweight. Luckily, I can get $130 for a trade in with Apple for the useless old iPad. Mine just ran out of memory and wouldn’t load anything even after I reset it fully
Observer* February 7, 2021 at 5:57 pm I remember hearing something about apple admitting they purposely slowed operation on a phone model to ‘encourage’ users to upgrade, could this be happening with the older ipads? Firstly, the official line in that episode was that they were slowing things down to protect the battery. Which may have even been true, at least in part. Here, I doubt that’s what is happening. If you have an original iPad mini, it’s a very old piece of equipment, designed for a different world, technologically speaking. So you have a combination of equipment that’s beginning to lose power dealing with a much increased load. So, it’s really not surprising that you are having a problem with it.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 1:06 pm Early start on birds. What’s in your yard or on your favorite walk? Partner and I are going to an Eagle Day event at the local raptor rehab center this afternoon. The event is usually a free for all but this year, you have to sign up for a time slot. I’m hoping their resident peregrine falcon is up to seeing visitors when we’re there – he’s a rehab “failure” due to the way his wing got broken and healed so he’s one of the ambassador birds now.
Wishing You Well* February 6, 2021 at 1:51 pm On a walk this week, we saw a Cooper’s Hawk in our ‘burb! So excited!
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 4:15 pm I’m getting ready for this year’s Great Backyard Bird Count on Feb. 12-15 (see birdcount.org for more if interested) – though it often happens that I’ll spot a relatively rare bird in my yard the week before the bird-count and then have no sighting of it at all during the actual count, so that can be frustrating! Most recently I saw a flicker on the suet feeder – while a white breasted nuthatch was busily chasing a tufted titmouse away from the peanut feeder, so, yeah, a very busy morning bird-wise. [Side note: I follow web-comic artist David Morgan-Mar’s blog, and he had a “Frogmouth Surprise” post about seeing a tawny frogmouth, an Australian bird whose facial expression explains its name. While he probably won’t see wild turkeys on his daily walks the way I sometimes do, I still envy the battery of birds-I’ll-never-see on other continents!]
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 6:03 pm I’m planning to participate this year. Very excited! We have starlings and purple finches in our neighborhood. They’d better put in an appearance! (Not rare, especially the starlings, but birds i like seeing.)
Buni* February 6, 2021 at 6:34 pm The British RSPB one was w/e 29-31, so I happily sat for an hour staring out the window. I have an established feeding station that the ‘locals’ all know about; it’s mostly sparrows and starlings but they sound and behave exactly like the birds from the Pixar short ‘For the Birds’, so it’s always entertaining.
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 4:42 pm Carolina wren was my exciting bird this week, and I’ve seen some kind of hawk swooping around the neighborhood. Haven’t gotten a really good look yet, so not sure who he is.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 6:07 pm The ospreys kinda disappeared for a few months, but I’ve seen three, in different neighborhoods, this week. And there’s a hawk out at the state park I got a fleeting glimpse of. Odds are, one of the lighter phases of red tailed hawks but might have been something else.
Reba* February 6, 2021 at 5:38 pm I saw a pileated today!!!!! Sad for the rehab birds, but it’s such a treat to see these powerful animals up close.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 6:11 pm One of the handlers described the peregrine falcon she was holding as looking cute and sweet. In the back of my brain, I was thinking “are we looking at the same bird?! The creature on your hand looks like a coiled spring reading to release.” And then she said this was a bird known to grab noses if faces get too close for liking, and that he’s cut her cheek with his wing just moving around his enclosure. Cute and sweet, my foot!
MissCoco* February 6, 2021 at 7:35 pm I flew hawks on vacation in Ireland, and I’ll forever remember our excellent guide putting a Harris hawk on my arm, saying very seriously “He’s fine as long as you don’t get too close to making eye contact” and then leaving the mews to go get something. I stood there studiously looking AWAY from that bird for the few minutes he was gone, but it felt a lot longer, they are true predators! Glad you got to see the peregrine today, so cool!
BlueWolf* February 6, 2021 at 8:52 pm I saw a pileated today too! I stood and watched it for a minute and then it flew over my head to another tree. I could hear the whooshing sound as it went over. It was pretty cool!
Girasol* February 6, 2021 at 5:39 pm In a new place in suburbia with no full grown trees, a number of doves have made their home in our tiny yard. They’re here even in winter, hiding in the mulch under the little apricot sapling. They fly up if I open the door. They’re mourning doves, which are becoming less common now that the collared dove is taking over their niche here. I hear house sparrows and purple finches and occasionally a goldfinch somewhere over the fences but I don’t usually see them.
Reba* February 6, 2021 at 5:54 pm Aw. Mourning doves are one of the sounds I really associate with where I grew up (a suburban development). My mom had a pair of sparrows actually nest in the decorative wreath on the front door!
Girasol* February 6, 2021 at 10:41 pm Me too. They sound so peaceful. The collared doves sound rather frantic.
OyHiOh* February 6, 2021 at 5:55 pm Home from Eagle Day: They had their turkey vulture, golden eagle, great horned owl, and peregrine falcon out to meet visitors. Most interesting raptor visible in enclosure but not receiving visitors: A tiny norther saw-tooth owl named Rocket, because he tries to escape, vigorously, every time his enclosure is opened. Most interesting raptor-with-a-story, who was hiding in her enclosure: Maggie, the great horned owl, who was a rehab failure that they wanted to train as an ambassador. As our guide put it “but Maggie wasn’t having any of that.” Then they discovered she’s a fabulous foster mom and she fosters up to 4 dozen baby great horned’s a summer, to get them ready for re-release.
Hi there* February 7, 2021 at 5:13 am Wow, that sounds like an amazing trip. I am taking a Cornell Lab of Ornithology course about owls just so I can look at pretty pictures of them. I am enjoying it greatly.
OyHiOh* February 7, 2021 at 11:02 am Owls fascinate me. They look like pillows up close – so many feathers!!!!! – but the way they observe their surroundings, you know they’re deadly predators.
Chilipepper* February 6, 2021 at 7:12 pm We have a very big owl in a tree along our evening walk. We have no idea what kind but it is so exciting to see!
Formerly in HR* February 6, 2021 at 7:31 pm I saw two Anna’s hummingbirds today. Some days I might see six (unless it’s the same one following me over), other days I just hear them. And I say they’re Anna’s just based on reading and location. They being me immense joy. Also spotted a black-capped chickadee at eye level, perched on a stump 20cm away. It felt like I was the one watched, not the one watching, based on its head movements -:).
GoryDetails* February 7, 2021 at 1:36 pm Just saw a mockingbird at the birdbath (it’s heated to keep it from freezing during the winter and it draws a lot of birds)! I haven’t seen one in my yard in some time; in summer I often get catbirds, who squabble over the jelly-and-nectar feeders with the orioles, but it’s nice to see a mocker once in a while. [Hope it shows up for the GBBC!]
OyHiOh* February 7, 2021 at 1:58 pm My mother’s feeder (upper midwest) gets catbirds and orioles fighting over rights to the jelly jars, regularly. At the high point when everyone is feeding a nest full of babies, she has six 8 oz jars balanced on her feeder, and fills them all every 18 hours or so. It’s remarkable to watch. Here on the Front Range, we saw kildeer last week. Funny little birds with such a fearsome name!
I'm just here for the cats* February 6, 2021 at 1:22 pm Does anyone have any recommendations for a stick cordless vacume? I don’t want to spend a huge amount, under $200. I have mostly hard wood floors but a few small area rugs. I want one that would be good for both. I’ve got cats so good for pet hair would be a plus. But I mainly want it for quick pick ups to vacume up spilled litter and food. I will still have my main vacume for deep cleaning.
Lady Alys* February 6, 2021 at 2:43 pm We no longer have a cat, so I can’t speak to how it works with animal hair, but my spouse and I got this over the summer: “Eureka RapidClean Pro Lightweight Cordless Vacuum Cleaner, High Efficiency Powerful Digital Motor LED Headlights, Convenient Stick and Handheld Vac” from Amazon (US) and it’s worked well for us. We have similar flooring – mostly non-carpet (fancy fake wood vinyl) and a few smaller area rugs, plus carpeted steps. Very easy to grab it out of the hall closet and sweep up crumbs in the kitchen from dinner prep and so on.
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 4:22 pm Two different friends have said they’re disappointed with their Dyson stick vacuums. I have a Sears mini shop vac, but once that dies (or I can’t get parts for it) I plan to try the Bissell Pet Hair Eraser, which has good reviews.
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 5:21 pm I got a makita one because that’s the brand of power tools my husband uses for work. It’s basically a dust buster with a long nozzle.
Dwight Schrute* February 7, 2021 at 8:46 am We have a Eureka one that we like! It does a decent job with suction and seems to hold a charge well
Imtheone* February 7, 2021 at 11:21 am I bought a cordless stick vacuum on sale in the summer from walmart. I Ike it quite a lot, though it is a bit top heavy. However it was $110, reduced from $150. It has a light, two levels of suction, is great on hardwood and seems fine for picking up some things on my low-pile carpet. MOOSOO Cordless Vacuum 4-in-1 Lightweight Stick Vacuum Cleaner, XL-618A
Joan Rivers* February 6, 2021 at 1:36 pm AUTHOR RECOMMENDATION: Joan Frank Joan Frank is a fiction writer who is tough and insightful and tender and probably not for very young women, or men, unless they can handle it. She writes about life and aging and men as well as women. It’s not grim but it’s serious. People read a lot of “fantasy” these days and this isn’t that.
Retail Not Retail* February 6, 2021 at 2:00 pm I have a very vital, very important question that must be answered!!! I’ve polled my workplace and they’re split so I need more opinions. A house in my neighborhood has a little plinth/column/tower about knee high, made to look like stone but not – compass. Or ordinal? Anyway there are the 4 directions. Somehow it got turned 90 degrees and north is pointing west! (I mean west isn’t exactly that direction maybe it’s nww or some exact degree but the sun does not set behind north!) My options are turn it back myself, leave a note, or suffer every time my dog and I walk by. (If we walk on the other side of the street, we sometimes have to deal with a dog let out leashless. Subdivisions are hard.)
MandyN* February 6, 2021 at 2:16 pm This is someone else’s property and someone else’s yard decoration. It is not yours to tinker with. Ignore it.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 2:22 pm I say leave it. Not yours, not crucial. If any 16th century explorers wander up to you all confused, you can set them straight.
Elspeth McGillicuddy* February 6, 2021 at 2:28 pm It’s probably a sundial. Is there a bit in the center that sticks up to cast a shadow? I think you can turn it back if it’s really close to the sidewalk. Obviously the owners do not care about the way it’s facing. If it’s more than a step off the sidewalk, they probably would care about you going in their yard. This all presumes you are strong enough to shift it without fear of dropping it or something.
Retail Not Retail* February 6, 2021 at 2:30 pm No sundial. My guess is someone turned it the wrong way for funsies and they haven’t noticed
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 2:59 pm Um, suffering? I certainly hope this is a joke. No, you don’t get to interfere with other people’s landscaping because you find it annoying. And you don’t get to leave people notes letting them know their yard ornaments annoy you. If you for-real feel some kind of compulsion to manhandle this thing, walk your dog in the other direction. Or turn your head away when you pass their house. And maybe talk to someone IRL, because that’s not normal.
Myrin* February 7, 2021 at 7:57 am My goodness, what a hostile answer to such a silly, lighthearted question (and clearly intended that way, what with the ironic “very vital, very important” and the three exclamation marks)!
Anono-me* February 6, 2021 at 3:29 pm Please do not mess with someone else’s yard. It might be helpful to find out about your neighbor with the plinth &/or get to know them. Maybe it is an ongoing issue of neighbor kids being silly and the homeowner is constantly changing it back, to the point where they would appreciate your help. Maybe it is a family joke and your ‘help’ would be unwelcome. Maybe the plinth is too heavy for your neighbor to move alone and an offer of help would be welcome. Maybe it isn’t a compass plinth and your neighbor’s plinth is correctly placed for what it is. Maybe knowing what it actually is would put your mind at ease. Bonus joke: How do you torture an engineer? You tie them up and make them watch you fold a map back up incorrectly.
PollyQ* February 6, 2021 at 3:37 pm I very much understand having the mindset of “BUT THEIR DOIN IT RONG”, but you already know this is your problem to deal with. Take a deep, cleansing breath every time you walk past the house, and remind yourself “It doesn’t actually matter” and “Millions of people do billions of things ‘wrong’ every day, and yet the world keeps moving.”
The Other Dawn* February 6, 2021 at 3:38 pm I’m not sure why someone’s lawn ornament would bother you, let alone bother you enough to leave a note. Just ignore it and continue on your way.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 5:41 pm I would not be able to stop myself from righting it but I also don’t think that’s the right thing to do.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 8:23 pm If it’s loose in it’s setting then it will probably only swing back during the next good storm. No point to resetting it. I had an aunt who would adjust pictures hanging on people’s walls. I watched this for years growing up. Finally the big day came. She adjusted a picture in MY house. I calmly walked over the picture and reset it back to its crooked position. I turned and stared her directly in the eye without saying a single word. She was at a total lose and never visited again. You have a doubly whammy here. I know for a fact some people go into total meltdown because a stranger’s dog put ONE foot on their lawn. Between your dog and your exterior decorating this could go into a police call. Sadly, I am not exaggerating.
Me, wondering why I'm even asking this* February 6, 2021 at 2:06 pm I started to post this as a reply to the writing thread, but then I realized I actually had a question. The person who’s helping with physics in Current WIP sent me some thoughts, but I honestly don’t understand what he’s talking about, so we’ve scheduled a quick Zoom on Monday. Since I only have the basic version and that doesn’t allow a discussion longer than about 30 minutes, I’m going in with an agenda and a list of questions. He did say I was pretty much on target, which was a big whew. Maybe I understood more of my research than I thought! BUT—he’s incredibly enthusiastic (and I think a little dazzled) by helping an author, and by the book itself. It makes me very aware of something I think may be a problem. When people gush over my stuff, or ask me to sign anything, I get very uncomfortable. I don’t know if it’s low self-esteem or what, but I either feel like they’re being disingenuous because they don’t want to hurt my feelings or that they’re just wrong. Like Groucho Marx’s famous quote “I don’t want to belong to any club that would accept me as one of its members.” It’s very odd; when I get praised for my work at a day job, I don’t downplay it as much, but when it comes to my writing, my jerkbrain thinks everyone is lying to me. Maybe it’s because most feedback has been coming from people I know, but I only recently met this person, so it can’t be just that. I don’t know how to get over this feeling, or what to do about it. I feel like it undermines my confidence and my ability to market. And, while it’s highly unlikely, if I actually did write something that got a lot of attention, what the hell would I do then?!? Gah, I really need to find a job soon so I can get some damn therapy….
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 3:09 pm Ride it out and fake it till you feel it. Getting compliments on your writing is like someone saying “I saw the inside of your head, and I liked it so much I want to live there!” It feels wierdly intimate or invasive in a way. It’s not rational. But you get used to it, and you get over it more or less. I have a couple of stock phrases that I say with a big smile: Thank you, that’s so kind! Thanks, you made my day! Oh, that’s good to hear, I’m so glad you liked it! Or, if it’s a situation that allows for humor– Thank you! Please tell everyone you know! As a matter of fact, that’s kind of my go-to now when people tell me they are going to read my books, or bought one, or are starting it: “I hope you like it! If not, don’t tell me. But if you do, tell everybody!” That always gets a chuckle and takes some of the awkwardness out.
Me, wondering why I'm even asking this* February 6, 2021 at 3:41 pm They really REALLY do not want to live inside my head, lol. Hahaha, I like that last one. I may steal it. Thank you for the suggestions. Once when I was still skating, we had famed choreographer Ricky Harris come teach a workshop at our rink, and she talked about smiling even when we fell or felt off. She said “Fake it ’til you make it!” I should have remembered that.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 3:16 pm If its a one on one session you can take as long as you want. Zoom only puts time limits on groups of 3 or more on the free version just fyi
Elizabeth West* February 6, 2021 at 3:37 pm Oh, I did not know that; it said I couldn’t have more than 40 minutes.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 5:37 pm Dang I hope they didnt change it! I think when its 1-1 though there isn’t a limit!
The teapots are on fire* February 6, 2021 at 3:23 pm Think about the response you hope to see when you compliment somebody. You want to make their day. So practice imagining feeling they way they want you to feel, and act it. Smile like they just hung the moon for you, and just say, “Thank you!” and, if appropriate, “That means so much!” For now, concentrate on wanting them to walk away feeling so glad they complimented you, wanting them to go out in the world looking for other people to praise because it feels so awesome. Maybe it’s not self-esteem, but it’s a step, a way to learn to enjoy the praise. And it’s a nice repayment for the person who praised you.
Me, wondering why I'm even asking this* February 6, 2021 at 3:43 pm This is excellent, thank you. It’s easier to do it online, not so much in person. I think if I take the mental focus off me and put it on them then it might help. I’ll try that next time.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 4:07 pm Yeah, I think of it as being a hostess – I want to make them feel welcome and put them at ease. It helps.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 8:26 pm Decide to grant yourself the gift of taking the praise at face value. If your thoughts derail from this, pull them back by saying, “This one time I am granting myself the gift of taking this person’s words at face value.” And then say that each time….kinda be sneaky with yourself.
Me, wondering why I'm even asking this* February 7, 2021 at 12:23 am + 10 That’s good. Thank you. It IS a gift; I guess I just have to get over the idea that I’m not worthy of it.
Imtheone* February 7, 2021 at 11:26 am Basic Zoom (free version) where I live has no time limit. For three or more devices, there is a 40 minute limit. But you can end the meeting and restart with the exact same link. If you think you need to talk longer, just watch the time (Zoom should warn you when it is 10 minutes from the end of the free meeting.).
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 2:07 pm Any advice on driving in non-emergency snow situation as a relatively newish driver? I still consider myself newish even though I got my license in 2015. Until March of 2020 I just drove a little bit here and there on the weekends (local and highway). I’ve been driving a lot more since July (PT/Dr appts) and at least 60-90 minutes almost daily since moving here since everything is at least 15 minutes away. I had an appointment this week which I had to cancel due to snow. Luckily they were understanding but they’re asking about rescheduling. Which would be no issue except this coming week is set to snow nearly every day. Ita imp I keep this appt and also frankly, I’m just sick of being at home because of snow (don’t ask me how I made it through lockdown last year). It’s possible it might not snow much if at all but in case the forecasts are correct I’d still like to be confident to drive in non-emergency inclement weather.
MandyN* February 6, 2021 at 2:28 pm Born and raised Midwest… Leave a good 3-4 cars between you and the next driver. Time stop lights so you’re not slamming on the brakes OR running a red. If you’re making a turn on a red and there is oncoming traffic (or if you’re at a one-way, two-way, or three-way stop), realize you may not be able to get going as quickly as usual. Brake early. If you start to slide or fish tail, let the off the accelerator, don’t brake, and steer into it. Let your car do its thing. It’ll snap back. And don’t worry about others behind you, especially if you’re new to driving on snow; they can pass. (I like to get behind a semi, at a safe distance, when I’m on the highway. Or I’ll get behind a slow car, if I think my car could lose traction any moment…usually on ice…so I don’t feel like I’M the one holding up all the traffic.) If you can get onto an empty road that isn’t dangerously snowed upon, practice and get a feeling for how your car responds to the conditions. Know your car. (The sound of grinding as you brake on snow or ice is typical. That freaked me out when I first started driving.) If you drive a hybrid, turn off any eco-drive kind of stuff.
fposte* February 6, 2021 at 3:01 pm This is all great. I’d add that I think of it as a time when I really drive defensively—I can’t assume other people will be able to stop at the red, for instance, or hold their car steady when they’re changing lanes. I also have a little ritual when I drive away from my house on a new tricky surface, which is deliberately to turn sharp enough to skid at the end of my very quiet and slow-speed street and see what happens. It helps me not get nervous about skids and alerts me to how likely they’re going to be.
Emily* February 6, 2021 at 3:44 pm I’m assuming that you live somewhere that is equipped to deal with snow? Driving in snow where I live now (NY) is very different from driving in snow where I grew up (NC). The main things I do are drive a little more slowly than normal, leave lots of space between myself and the car in front of me, and start slowing down/braking for stops much earlier than normal.
Anono-me* February 6, 2021 at 4:09 pm No cruise control. Make sure that you have good tires. No sudden moves. There is a meme with a northern weather person telling southern transplants that yo drive in snow they should ‘drive like you are taking your grandmother to church. She is in her new best Sunday dress and she is holding a brimming full bowl of gravy.’ Find an empty parking lot, the messier the better. Practice sliding around and getting back control. Depending on your vehicle you may want to add some weight to the back. Do NOT use cinder block type weigh. (In an accident, it could go flying.) Keep your tank atleast 1/2 full, especially if it is older. Frozen gas lines are not fun. It is good to have a snow emergency kit, even if you only plan on city driving. (Lots of lists out there and on old posts here.) Kit should include good gloves, hat, scarf and boots in the car. Start and run your car for 10-15 minutes every day if it is outside in extreme cold weather. But please do not leave the keys in an unattended car. Lots of opportunity car theft happens when people do this and to add insult to injury most insurance won’t cover ‘keys left in unattended car’ type car theft and for the cherry on top in some cities, it is ticketable. If your car is in a garage, please do not start it and leave it running in the garage ever. Carbon monoxide poisoning is a real risk. I hope your appointment goes well.
Office Grunt* February 6, 2021 at 4:56 pm To add to the emergency kit: Non-perishable food (I use granola bars) Change of clothes – wet clothes are no fun Empty metal coffee can – melt clean snow into water Good *metal* snow shovel – I’ve helped un-stick multiple people within city limits For trunk weight, I use 2-3 big bags of cat litter. It’s cheap-ish, and easy to find.
Elspeth McGillicuddy* February 7, 2021 at 12:33 am Always a good idea to have some granola bars in the glove box regardless of weather. It’s so nice to be able to scarf something when you’re running late or forgot about lunch.
ShinyPenny* February 7, 2021 at 9:24 pm Food is essential, but omg it’s something to keep sealed up in a cookie tin or metal ammo box. There are few car troubles as revolting as a glovebox full if rancid mouse pee and droppings! And the damage they can cause chewing up wiring once the tastier food is gone– they can total a car so fast. (Speaking from very sad experience…)
Office Grunt* February 7, 2021 at 11:17 pm This is why you keep the granola bar in the metal coffee can I mentioned.
MacGillicuddy* February 8, 2021 at 2:30 pm As long as the coffee can has a metal lid. Mice will chew through a plastic lid.
Girasol* February 6, 2021 at 5:49 pm I second practicing in a parking lot. I have also found it helpful when starting from home on a snowy day to find a wide flat spot in the road, make sure there’s no one around, and apply the brakes gently and then a bit more firmly to see if the road is slippery or not. The skid gives me a good sense of how much distance I need to leave between me and other cars, how fast I can go, and how soon before an intersection I’d better begin braking. Knowing what I’m dealing with makes me both more careful and more confident.
SG* February 6, 2021 at 6:21 pm From my experience with late 90’s/early 2000’s cars, you do not need to start and run your car for 10-15 min every day. If you are going to leave it outside for days on end in frigid (i.e. below 20 degreees fahrenheit weather), sure, you want to warm up the battery so it doesn’t die. But I’ve left a car outside for 2 weeks in sub-freezing weather, and no problem starting it.
Just a PM* February 6, 2021 at 6:28 pm I third practicing in empty parking lots. The bigger the better, like at high schools or churches. I grew up in a Mid-Atlantic state that doesn’t get much snow but my mom is from a state that does get lots of snow. She used to take me and my brother out when it snowed at Christmas time to have us do donuts in the church’s parking lot to teach us how to drive in the snow. It was the best hands-on driving lessons we ever got. If you’re worried about getting stuck on ice, get a bag of kitty litter to keep in your trunk. When you get stuck, spread the kitty litter on the ice under/around your tires. It will give you traction and get you out. Kitty litter will also give you the weight in your trunk that Anono-me* suggested. If you park outside, clear ALL the snow off your car — all windows and the roof. If you leave snow on top of your car, it will blow off when you’re driving and may create hazards for yourself or others behind you. Also if you park outside, check underneath your car for small animals. Lost or stray pets, especially cats, will climb into tire-wells or the engine for warmth and shelter.
ShinyPenny* February 7, 2021 at 9:14 pm Re cat litter: I’ve read that non-clumping is the thing to try. But also, know your region– this probably works better in really dry regions. In the PNW our snow and ice is often soggy wet, and adding cat litter to soggy wet snow/ice might not improve traction at all. But it still adds good weight to your car, and it’s easy to find a cat that needs it once the weather improves!
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 8:32 pm Advantage number two to a half full or better gas tank- it adds a little more weight to the vehicle. A helpful mindset for handling the gas pedal is to think of an egg taped to the pedal. You have to keep the pushes gentle so you do not smash the egg. If you can swing it at some point, studded tires are great. But you have to watch the calendar because studs out of season are a ticket and fine ($$).
Office Grunt* February 7, 2021 at 11:18 pm I would also check the local/state laws – I live in IL, and studded tires are illegal 24/7/365
Natalie* February 6, 2021 at 8:59 pm Pretty much every car has sealed fuel injection now, nothing’s freezing anywhere. It’s not a bad idea to keep some gas in the tank in case you get caught in unexpected traffic, slide into a ditch, etc, but keeping your tank half full at all times is an old wive’s tale.
anon24* February 6, 2021 at 4:43 pm I drive all the time in snow, both ambulances and my tiny Honda Civic. Where I live the county is incredibly awful about plowing/salting (nothing gets done til after the storm). All to say, I’ve got lots of experience! Everyone has already given you great advice! No sudden movements, no hard stops or starts. Also, depending on how old your car is, consider manually shifting, even if it is an automatic. Sometimes the little hesitation when it shifts is enough to cause you to spin. I always force my car into second gear in the snow because not only does it keep it from the 1st to 2nd shift which can cause me to spin out when starting from a dead stop, but in my car 2nd gear works as an “engine brake” and won’t let the car run away on me going down hills. If I need to I can manually shift it into 3rd. The most important thing is never drive faster than you can stop. It doesn’t matter if your car can handle going a speed, if you can’t stopped safely if something happens then you will crash. I see it all the time. And always, breathe! No matter what happens, take a deep breath and just relax. Sliding? Just take a deep breath and roll with it.
HBJ* February 7, 2021 at 1:44 am Slow down. Seriously, just slow down. That’s the biggest tip. That, and along those same lines, slow down in advance and give yourself way more time to come to a stop. For years, I drove a little two-wheel-drive car in a part of the country that gets a lot of snow, and I’ve never had issues.
Colette* February 7, 2021 at 3:30 pm I don’t think anyone has said this, but if you start sliding, steer towards where you want to go.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 7, 2021 at 8:04 pm Funny thing, “steer into the skid” is the one thing I remember and absorbed. I first heard it on How I met your mother, long before I had even learned to drive and the analogy made so much sense ha.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 7, 2021 at 8:03 pm Thank you all for hte advice and tips. I was having a rough day and going stir crazy and decided to go for a drive while it was still snowing. Cleaned off the car and husband kindly shovelled the driveway. I was a little apprehensive at first but by the time I got to my destination I felt more confident. Came home safely as well. Had no issues, most of teh streets just looked wet as if it had rained, that’s all. Felt good to get out and get some fresh air.
Writer Friend Stuff* February 6, 2021 at 2:08 pm A dear friend is experiencing infertility and all her work friends are having babies left and right. She told me she was upset one of them announced their pregnancy in group chat and that ‘she should’ve known better’/should’ve warned my friend. I’m scared if my hubs and I have kids sometime, she’ll turn on us and I’ll lose a friend. How do I be supportive but still have kids/not hurt my friend?
Paralegal Part Deux* February 6, 2021 at 3:09 pm Short answer: you can’t. Long answer: you can’t manage someone else’s emotional reaction to something, and she needs to be in therapy to control how she reacts to other people’s’ pregnancies. This isn’t something that people should hide. This is something your friend needs to learn to control in her own. I’m sorry she’s going through this, and it’s good if you to be supportive. It’s illogical, however, to lose a friend over a future pregnancy since she can’t control her emotions/reactions. It took me a lot of years to learn how to control how I react to people, and I do sympathize.
PollyQ* February 6, 2021 at 4:05 pm I mostly agree with Paralegal, but I think there are things you can do to be considerate. When you do get pregnant, let her know privately before you spread the news more widely, maybe in an email so she doesn’t have to put on a happy face. And I’m not going to tell you that you can’t ever talk about your pregnancy with her, but see if you can find other things to talk about as well. Ultimately, she’s hurting because of her fertility issues, and that’s not something you can fix for her. If she finds she can’t maintain a friendship because you’re pregnant, that’s not because you didn’t handle the messaging right.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 5:50 pm Since you know it’s a sensitive issue for her, let her know individually when you do have baby news to share, and let her choose if she wants to be off the particular group chat/call/brunch where you share the news more widely.
Courageous cat* February 7, 2021 at 12:17 pm Ultimately I think all you can do is realize that, harsh or not, it’s her problem to deal with, not yours. You can’t make her be happy for you. Hopefully she gets help if it comes to that.
Anona* February 7, 2021 at 2:28 pm If you do get pregnant, tell her privately by text or email, to give her space to have a reaction. Let her know that you’re thinking of her and you understand if she needs to take some distance. If you have a baby shower, invite her but realize she may not want to attend (it’s SO painful). Just realize that you may not be as close. When I was struggling with infertility, I felt horrible but I absolutely could not spend time with my friends with babies. It was just so painful, and I felt shi*ty about it. But it was something I had to do for self preservation. So be kind, but if she distances herself, know it’s not about you. And I have a kid now and am able to stay friends with a friend who has struggled with infertility. I never (or really really really rarely, maybe once every few months or less) mention my kid, since I know it’s painful for her. Our friendship is mainly over text, though we occasionally get together, without the kid. So it is possible!
Anon Today* February 6, 2021 at 2:24 pm So I know a lot of you have dogs out there, I do not, but a close friend has a rescue who “snipped” at her neighbor this week. I don’t know how bad it was, I don’t want to put too many identifying pieces of info out there, but I do know the man sought medical attention. This would be the first instance of the dog biting anyone, but I don’t know if the neighbor has formally complained in any other way before (I do know the neighbor hates the dog and is afraid of it). Have any of you been through something like this? I imagine it differs state by state but just curious what to expect, how to help, etc.
My Brain Is Exploding* February 6, 2021 at 2:40 pm In our area if there is a formal complaint and actual bite (regardless of whether the teeth broke the skin), the owner would be required to muzzle the dog when it is out and perhaps do a training class. A second bite would likely lead to euthanization. I volunteer with a dog rescue and we do not take dogs who have a history of biting; most shelters will euthanized them.
Dog and cat fosterer* February 6, 2021 at 4:05 pm Even if euthanasia isn’t a threat, I would still recommend that the friend get the dog used to a muzzle and use it around the neighbor. There are muzzles that are specifically designed for longterm use (Baskerville) and allow the dog to do everything (pant, bark, drink water, take treats) except bite. People often use them for non-aggression reasons, such as eating sticks and rocks and garbage on walks.
Grits McGee* February 6, 2021 at 5:55 pm Ooooh, do you think a Baskerville muzzle would keep a dog from eating poop off the ground on walks?
Natalie* February 6, 2021 at 9:01 pm It will! Some people have a very odd, negative idea about muzzles but they can be an incredibly valuable tool. You might check out the Muzzle Up Project for advice on how to train your dog to wear a muzzle.
Dog and cat fosterer* February 6, 2021 at 9:29 pm Yes!! Eating inappropriately is one of the reasons people use muzzles. Ideally you won’t need it forever, but teaching them that they can’t eat the poop is invaluable… (I’m working on this with a puppy (leash at this time), and I think it’s so important just because of the grossness, because pups also like to lick, and who wants a pile of ecoli?!) As Natalie mentions you need to train them to a muzzle (lots of treats) but it can be so beneficial.
Maggie* February 6, 2021 at 3:13 pm If the neighbor hates the dog and is afraid of it, it makes me wonder if it was more than a “Snip” especially if the person sought medical attention. If you’re afraid of a dog you’re going to avoid it, so that means the dog is out of control and biting random people. If they sought medical attention for it, it probably got reported to the police by the hospital. Its entirely possible the dog will be put down within a couple days depending on the injuries. I have a dog so im not unsympathetic to your friend necessarily but its possible their dog will be put down.
Natalie* February 6, 2021 at 9:06 pm This seems extraordinarily alarmist, it’s pretty unusual for a dog to be euthanized after one incident, and regardless you still actually have to have a hearing and so forth. The cops aren’t going to show up tomorrow and shoot it.
....* February 7, 2021 at 12:55 am Idk my grandma was attacked by a neighbors dog and it was put down within 24 hours, but her injuries were pretty severe. I had a friend whose dog but a neighbor (no medical attn required) and they were ticketed, the dog was quarantined and they were given paper work stating any further incidents would result in euthanasia.
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 11:01 am Severe injuries is obviously a different situation than described here. If I get a speeding ticket it says that further tickets mean I might lose my license, but that doesn’t mean they don’t have to follow normal due processes required for any legal issue.
Anon Today* February 7, 2021 at 1:24 pm I’m leaving out some identifying details but suffice to say it was an epically outsized wrong place/wrong time situation, the dog is not out running loose. I think the dog has issues but he’s also had a lot of training, goes out with a group of dogs multiple days a week for hikes and hours long group play time, and has for years been able to exist in the world on a lead with no issue.
Black Horse Dancing* February 7, 2021 at 2:34 pm It’s also very possible neighbor torments the dog and the dog reacted. Happens way more than people acknowledge.
KoiFeeder* February 6, 2021 at 5:57 pm Euthanasia may be required to test the dog for rabies, depending on circumstances. Even if the dog is vaccinated.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 8:40 pm In my state the doctors report any bites brought to them. So the victim has no say in the matter. The animal may be quarantined to make sure it is healthy. I assume the owner pays the costs there. If the owner ends up in court the judge will warn them that the next bite, the dog will be destroyed. The owner may have court costs. The owner may have to take the dog for training- so there may be training costs. Your friend may have to set up a fence or run that keeps the dog away from the neighbor or anyone else.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 8:59 am Yep – I’m actually the one who has to report the bites to our state health department for one of my ERs.
Anono-me* February 6, 2021 at 9:51 pm Local laws and regulations on animal behavior can vary dramatically from community to community. But something else for your friend to think about; dog aggression requiring medical attention can also impact homeowner/renter insurance rates and even coverage.
Dwight Schrute* February 7, 2021 at 8:53 am So if a dog has bitten anyone and broken skin, that dog needs to see a vet behaviorist. There aren’t many of them around because the schooling is intense, but they really need to seek one out. A dog should not be biting people and breaking skin. Something is up with the dog and a full medical work up needs to be done to rule out pain or neurological issues.
Anon Today* February 7, 2021 at 1:13 pm I’ll definitely pass this info along, to my knowledge he has never bitten anyone, but the dog has always been anxious, won’t sit still and paces all day every day, no matter if alone or with people. He has also thrown himself against two different doors hard enough to break them, both had windows so my friend guessed he was trying to get out or get at something? I think he could definitely benefit from a behaviorist
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 3:50 pm The door thing could easily be from anxiety. And anxiety can cause biting and aggression, so a behaviorist seems like a good call.
Black Horse Dancing* February 7, 2021 at 2:39 pm OK, that’s not right, Any animal (including humans!) under any number of circumstances can and will bite. Biting in anger/defense is almost always last resort, done after an animal usually gives plenty of warning. There may be nothing wrong with this dog at all–the neighbor may have done something, someone reached out and hurt the dog, etc. Reasonable people and courts understand this. If someone breaks into a house and the dog bites them, under normal circumstances, the owner is not liable.
How do you pay your bills?* February 6, 2021 at 2:34 pm My spouse and I moved to a new home (previously we lived in the home I bought before we met and we just sold it ) and decided we’d start combining our finances. We’ve been married for almost 10 years. Previously we split the bills and paid them out of our own / separate accounts. We both work and our salaries are within 10% of each other so splitting equally is fair. We’ve never had a joint account so are getting one now as well as a joint email account. How do you do it? Do you have a joint credit card or debit card for groceries and sundries? How do you do autopay on utility and rent/ mortgage payments? Whose name are the utilities in?
Anon for this* February 6, 2021 at 3:22 pm Put money into joint bank account Have joint credit cards Decide who pays which bills and out into that persons name or just leave it as it is now (i.e. you pay water, I pay phone bill; don’t mess with joint email). Share passwords in case you’re hit by a bus Pay bills on time The end
pieforbreakfast* February 6, 2021 at 3:22 pm Joint account, we both put in the same amount every month (house bills, groceries, etc…plus 15%). This extra allows for unexpected things or collect to save for a bigger expense. We both have debit cards attached to this account, bills are paid from this account (both auto pay and bill pay through the bank). I’m the one who monitors that this is all done, but I send my partner an email with what’s been paid each month on the variable utilities since I feel it’s important they know this. There’s an alert on the account that we’re notified if it falls below a certain amount and for all deposits/withdrawls of a chosen amount. This account is also good as an intermediary, say I need to pay them for something I add it to the account and they can then transfer to their personal account. We revisit every now and then to assess if the monthly contribution is still enough, or if there’s another expense to add (like, I was paying for my cat’s needs because she came with me to the relationship, after a while that seemed weird so we rolled those costs into the joint account budget).
ThatGirl* February 6, 2021 at 3:24 pm We’ve had joint accounts as long as we’ve been married, with both our paychecks direct deposited, and all bills come out of that. I am in charge of the money and most things are autodebited, though husband has a couple bills he’s responsible for ensuring get paid. We both have cards in our own name that the other is an authorized user for. If you don’t want to pool all of your money can I suggest agreeing on how much will go to your joint account each month and who will ensure which bills get paid from it.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 3:39 pm We are joint everything. (Except retirement accounts that can’t be). Our cash accounts are all joint: personal checking , business checking (it’s a personal account but we use it for freelance income), savings for annual big expenses, and long term/emergency savings. The checking account and credit card issued two cards on the same account. The credit card statement shows which card paid for what, in case we need to track it. The checking account doesn’t, it’s all the same. Utilities are in the name of whoever had the time to set it up that day, and since we’ve changed providers they differ. Some of them allowed space to type both names in the firstname slot, so some appear in both names. Since everything’s managed online it doesn’t really matter as long as you have the login info. Autopays process through the personal checking account. On a day to day basis I manage the accounts and make sure everything gets paid, because I mind it less. But he has all the logins and we discuss / give a heads-up on any non-routine purchase over about $50. People have a lot of personal reasons to keep different parts of their financial lives separate, but for us it’s just so simple. If we had anything more complicated, it would just cause headaches.
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 4:11 pm We are separate everything, on the advice of an estate attorney (complicated family issues). We both put X amount each month into a third account for household bills. Checks have both our names on them. We have two CCs, one in each name, with the other person as an authorized user. Every bill that can go on CC does, for the cashback. I will probably be creating an LLC this year, so that will require another set of separate accounts on top of what we already use.
Fellow Traveller* February 6, 2021 at 5:50 pm Our bills are in both our names. Some of the companies I had to call in order to do that. But it makes things easier and also then if one of spouse has to show a bill as proof address or something, they can do that. We have a joint email account that forwards to both our personal emails so that we don’t have to keep checking that account. If we reply to something that came from the joint email address, we copy the other person, or set the “reply to” as the joint account. All our bank accounts and credit cards are joint. (Better for accumulation of points)
Chilipepper* February 6, 2021 at 7:03 pm We have one joint account (checking and savings) and separate retirement accounts. All the bills are in both names for the same reason as traveller, in case we need it for proof of residency or in case one of us needs to change something (like if I’m not home and the cable goes out). One thing we did early on was to agree to touch base before spending a certain amount, it was $100 back in the day. Now we don’t really have a specific amount but we have a good sense of when to check in and when to just click buy.
mreasy* February 6, 2021 at 5:53 pm We have separate accounts & just split up the bills evenly. We even both venmo our halves of the rent to the landlord individually when it’s due. Combining finances seems fine but it is also possible not to do it, or to put it off (we’re 5 years into marriage). Though my parents have separate accounts & they’ve been married 45 years.
Girasol* February 6, 2021 at 6:08 pm We’re joint for everything but IRAs. I pay utility bills through online banking, groceries by debit card (it’s all they accept), and most everything else by credit card because it’s safer than a debit card. I keep a spreadsheet of the amounts so we can both see where money went. I pick up a little cash at the ATM (or at least, I did before covid) to split between us for monthly allowances so that there’s some money that each of us can spend as we choose without consulting the other. BTW, for utility bills, you may want to have them in both your legal names (not nicknames). Around here the library asks for recent utility bills as proof of residency, and the DMV requires them as part of the identification paperwork for getting a Star Card ID.
It happens* February 6, 2021 at 7:08 pm Lots of good advice. I will add one piece- yes, set up a joint email that will be the registration for all utilities, the joint account, and any other shared services. Cuz there is nothing like trying to figure out if the family unit has registered and/or paid for x service (including Netflix) and not knowing the password… and an agreement from day 1 that all shared stuff goes to one account makes life so much easier. And tho it breaks all security rules, email the login/passwords or make a shared doc for that stuff. And as time goes by there will only be more things that one person or the other has to deal with: exterminator, cleaner, school, etc.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 9:00 pm Since our incomes were 60/40, we split the bills 60/40. I paid all the smaller ones and he paid the larger bills. Generally I picked up the tab for all our Christmas gifts to everyone, but I shopped all year picking up the best deals I could find. We put the home fuel oil on a budget plan and every year used our tax refund to pay off the oil for the year. Some years we had extra money. We split that in half and put it in our IRAs. We both had our own checking and our own charge accounts. We were “lucky”? At the time we got married my father was losing everything he owned because of medical debt. We both agreed that money was too fleeting and too small to argue over. Just cut directly to the decision making/ compromising part of money decisions. Find an idea that is workable and move on.
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 6:16 am My husband earns about twice what I do, so we only split even on the mortgage, but all utility bills are in his name except my phone bill. Most of those are on direct debit from our bank accounts, so we never even see the bills. That said, when we set up our home, most bills were on paper, and even if the bill was in his name, it wouldn’t have been an issue for me to pay it, or vice versa. All bills have a reference number/customer number, and because photo IDs are a thing here, there’s no way a bill could be used as proof of residence. We have separate accounts for all income, and a joint account for household expenses. Both of us pay into it, but he pays more because he earns more. A joint email account seems unnecessary.
lobsterp0t* February 7, 2021 at 6:27 am Our online bank lets us use pots on our individual and joint accounts, and all the bills pay out of a pot. For some stuff we move money between pots (like – I spent x on a credit card – move x to the credit card pot) – it works like a cash envelope system but virtual.
Me* February 7, 2021 at 4:17 pm We’ve long since combined accounts. We each still have a separate savings account but I have the bill paying responsibilities so I log in to all the accounts that I need to access. Dh never liked paying bills. I like it. I like setting a budget and making sure we have funds for various needs (ie long term roof replacement account, car replacement account etc). I set a specific amount of spending $ aside from each payday. We’ve been married for 25 years. At this point our spending habits are pretty much etched in stone so the spending amount works well for us. He lets me know if he spends an unusual amount of $, so I can adjust our checking account balance if needed. Since we’ve been locked down, that’s happened… zero times.
Might Be Spam* February 6, 2021 at 2:35 pm My neighbor threw me under the bus with my new landlord. We share a garage and whoever the landlord hired to clear snow is doing a terrible job. I haven’t even been out of my apartment for almost two weeks, so I didn’t pay much attention to snow removal. While complaining to the landlord, my neighbor claimed that he had to dig out my car so I could go to the doctor. This didn’t happen. I don’t even know if he really shoveled the snow, because I still haven’t needed to go anywhere. I only found out, because we were talking about the weather and he told me how bad the snow removal was. I told him to let me know next time and I would also call the landlord. That’s when he told me that he already complained on my behalf. I didn’t respond to that because I was too surprised. I’m going to have to have another talk and tell him not to use my name without telling me first. Right now, I’m worried about what else he has said to the landlord. Should I just leave this alone or should I follow up with the landlord?
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 3:45 pm I’m not sure why this is “throwing you under the bus?” I get that it’s wierd he would lie and drag you into a made -up story. But it doesn’t reflect badly on you, and there’s no reason the landlord would be upset with you over it. There’s nothing to be gained by going to the landlord to deny it – he will just think you’re saying the snow removal is going fine. I’d just mention to the neighbor about checking with you, and then leave it alone.
Chilipepper* February 6, 2021 at 6:52 pm I think it is worth saying to the landlord that your neighbor mentioned that he complained on your behalf and that the landlord should please reach out to you if the landlord wants/needs any specifics. Something like that would invite conversation but not throw your neighbor under the bus either.
KiwiApple* February 6, 2021 at 8:19 pm Your neighbour and yourself have the same landlord? Or different ones? To me, it sounds like your neighbour was exaggerating how awful the situation was with the snow, possibly so that the landlord would use someone else in future for snow removal. I would just let it go, or gently say something to your neighbour. I woukd caution against going all gung-ho about it because it doesn’t go for pi**ing off your neighbours…
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 9:06 pm You haven’t been thrown under the bus. Your neighbor made up a story designed to tug on the LL’s emotions and motivate the LL to do something different. Just tell the neighbor you are not comfy with stories like the one about him digging you out. However, you can say that you are fine with backing him up in saying the snow removal job was done very poorly. If he lets you know that he called again, you too can call the LL and let the LL know.
Blue wall* February 6, 2021 at 3:41 pm In the virtual spaces I’ve been on lately, I’m noticing that a fair number of people are identifying their location by the Native American tribe that lived there, sometimes adding occupied or unceded, and in one setting a one-minute intro at the start of the program about the occupied land. Is anyone else seeing this? Where did it stem from?
Blue wall* February 6, 2021 at 4:16 pm Mainly Jewish progressive spaces – a JCC disability advocacy program, a Jewish environmentalism conference, Shabbat services, etc.
Bex* February 6, 2021 at 4:02 pm I had been seeing more and more indigenous land acknowledgments at in-person events over the past few years, and it’s interesting to hear that it’s spilling over into virtual spaces. Teen Vogue had a good primer: https://www.teenvogue.com/story/indigenous-land-acknowledgement-explained The Native Governance Center provides more in-depth resources: https://nativegov.org/a-guide-to-indigenous-land-acknowledgment/
Bex* February 6, 2021 at 4:05 pm I think my comment got stuck in moderation due to links, but the concept is called an indigenous land acknowledgement and there a great resources available online for more info
NeonFireworks* February 6, 2021 at 4:24 pm Yeah, it’s meant to de-normalise colonialism and help draw attention to ongoing human rights abuses against Indigenous groups. A lot of colleges have been doing this for a few years. A small thing, but the awareness goes a long way.
Reba* February 6, 2021 at 5:51 pm Yep, we do them sometimes at my (virtual) work events, and I’ve done them as part of introducing myself for a presentation. Some folks I work with have them in the email signature. I have heard them criticized as somewhat empty gestures. (Once I heard someone say a lovely one that concluded with “and I request their [the tribes] permission to speak” — that actually bugged me because, she literally was not asking? Why say that? Anyway, I agree with critics that they have little weight if they are not paired with meaningful actions toward reparation and decolonization, but I think they prompt a little bit of awareness and that’s never a bad thing.
Person from the Resume* February 6, 2021 at 11:28 pm Yes! I first heard it in a queer history podcast recorded in Australia. Since then I’ve seen it in a few places.
Imtheone* February 7, 2021 at 11:39 am I’ve read about this here, I think, from people in Canada. A moment of appreciation to the people who came before (First Nations) at the start of an event or meeting.
udon the day away* February 7, 2021 at 1:13 pm In Canada they’re called Indigenous Land Acknowledgements and are written or spoken out loud, often at the start of or as part of cultural, sport, civic, academic etc. events. For examples, they’re spoken at the start of all theatre performances, as part of school opening announcements, before the start of a city hall session etc. They are modelled on the traditional acknowledgements of Indigenous peoples and (in Canada anyways) mostly started with the Truth & Reconciliation Commission of Canada call to action a few years ago. Some see them as meaningful and important, others as empty gestures. The location identification that I often see on social media seems to be part of the recent movement to acknowledge the devastation wreaked by settler colonialism on Indigenous peoples. The following is a good place to start to see whose traditional lands you are on: https://native-land.ca/
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 4:00 pm Has anyone learned to drive stick as an adult? Is there an easier way to go about it than just saving up for a beater, and accepting that you’re going to destroy the clutch?
PollyQ* February 6, 2021 at 4:12 pm If a teen can learn to drive stick without destroying the clutch, as I, my sister, and her 2 kids did, I don’t see any reason why you can’t. Ideally, you’d know someone with a stick shift that they’d let you practice on so you wouldn’t have to be using it for everyday right from the start. Failing that, you could buy a cheapo stick shift to practice on and keep a regular car for everyday use. Then when you’re ready to go stick full-time, you could trade them both in for a better quality stick shift.
RagingADHD* February 6, 2021 at 4:17 pm Get someone else with a beater to teach you? I didn’t destroy or seriously damage the clutch while learning. I think it ground slightly a couple of times. If you are coordinated enough to drive in traffic already, honestly it isn’t that hard to learn stick. It would be a steeper learning curve if you didn’t know how to drive at all, because you’re trying to master so many things at once. It’s mostly building the habit of using the pedal, and feeling it engage so you can balance it with the gas pedal.
Filosofickle* February 6, 2021 at 4:29 pm You probably won’t destroy anything! Manual cars are fairly hardy, they can take a little grinding of gears. (Obviously, learn on a normal car not a Porsche. But doesn’t have to be a beater.) When I first tried to learn it was with my Dad, and that was a disaster. I kept dumping the clutch and couldn’t get it out of first. He yelled. I cried. I tried again with Mom and in an hour I had it down. It took a lot longer than that to shift smoothly but I was road-ready.
Anonymous Educator* February 6, 2021 at 4:37 pm I learned as an adult and not on a “beater.” I had a used car that was a stick and kind of learned “in production” so to speak. The transmission didn’t fall out, and the clutch did not get destroyed. Yes, it will be a bit rough at first, but get a good teacher.
Lena Clare* February 6, 2021 at 5:18 pm Yes, in the UK you learn on a manual as par for the course. I have been driving for nearly 30 years and have never destroyed a clutch. Mt car is an old banger for sure but I look after it and it has lasted me many years, and hopefully will for many more.
KoiFeeder* February 6, 2021 at 5:51 pm I didn’t destroy the clutch in my ill-fated attempt to learn stick… but I did drive the car into the wall of the garage. Presumably you’re more competent than I am, but if I try to learn stick again I’m going for a beater.
Lizabeth* February 6, 2021 at 6:06 pm One of the best exercises I did learning to drive a manual was stopping and starting on a hill. It doesn’t have to be steep but it does have to be long. Also low traffic. It helped get the transition speed down pat plus learning how much leeway you have with the clutch.
Buni* February 7, 2021 at 9:04 am My very first driving lesson, the first time I ever sat behind the wheel of a car, was a hill-start facing a blind corner. In fairness where I grew up there was no choice but to start on a hill, but I remember thinking the instructor could’ve at least had me pointing down hill…
Girasol* February 6, 2021 at 6:10 pm I learned as a panicky teen afraid of driving and the car survived. If I can’t wreck a clutch, no one can.
SG* February 6, 2021 at 6:16 pm You won’t ruin a clutch learning to drive a stick, a little grinding isn’t going to make a difference long term, even if it makes the car owner cringe. A couple tips from a life-long stick shifter: – Make sure you learn the emergency brake trick for starting from a stop on an uphill grade — I drove stick for many years before my Scottish friend taught me this trick, and it has been LIFE-CHANGING, especially since I live in the Bay Area and need to drive in SF occasionally. – Also, another thing I learned way too late in life was not to ever rest your foot on the clutch when you are not actively shifting, even the lightest pressure will “ride the clutch” and wear it out. Much of my life, I was in the habit of resting my foot lightly on the clutch pedal while in stop and go traffic, which I later learned I should not do.
GoryDetails* February 6, 2021 at 8:53 pm Just watch out for the parking/emergency brake. I left it on once and did damage the clutch by continuing to try to engage it while the brake kept the car from moving. (It was a snowy day and I assumed the tires were slipping on ice, but even so, it took me way too long to work out that I’d done something wrong.) As for the actual driving-with-a-clutch – I got lots of practice in empty parking lots on weekends, partly from my father and partly from the school’s drivers-ed courses. Once I got the care and handling of the parking brake down, I had no trouble with the gear-shifting!
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 9:17 pm You’re not going to destroy the clutch unless you are just being foolishly careless for a long period of time. Almost any level of effort not to burn out the clutch will help you. I learned to drive as an adult. The longest I drove was 15 minutes. Then we had to take a long 2 hour drive and I HAD to drive. OMG I was tired from all that thinking and staying super alert stuff. However after that I could go just about anywhere after that. The bestest piece of advice my husband gave me was “the clutch pedal is NOT your foot stool.” Don’t rest your foot on the pedal if you are not using the pedal. That will cause it to wear out quicker. I dunno if they still do, but at one time the Subaru stick had a hill holder clutch. You did not have to work so hard getting away from a stopped position on a hill. Others here might know about the hill holder clutch.
Anono-me* February 6, 2021 at 9:39 pm I would suggest hiring a professional driving instructor for a few lessons when it is safer to do so. (Driving lessons are one of those things that are really hard on relationships.) You will probably grind the gears a little, but I doubt any more damage will occur. If you are learning to drive a stick so that you can drive a specific vehicle. I recommend that you learn in a vehicle that is the same type of stick as your goal vehicle. Long ago a friend with a car needed to borrow my truck, so we traded vehicles for the duration. Both vehicles were manuals. My truck was a 5 speed, but the car was an ‘H’. 1st gear on a ‘5’ is in the upper left, on an ‘H’ , that’s where reverse is located. I never actually backed up the car at a stop light, but I think that I probably worried a few people. (My truck was geared a little low, so if my friend accidentally put the truck in 2nd gear instead of 1st; it was not a big deal.)
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 9:56 pm Interesting point you make about learning in a vehicle like the one you will drive; my husband refuses to teach me in that vehicle! He inherited a long-throw custom-lifted vintage Wrangler, and despite 30 years of experience driving stick, he says even he struggles with this particular Jeep, and that it is definitely not for beginners.
Chaordic One* February 6, 2021 at 9:56 pm I learned to drive a stick shift in college when my college roommate taught me using her car and I didn’t destroy the clutch. For me, the hard part was getting the car going into first gear from a stop. Once I had the car going in first, it seemed easy enough to shift from 1st into 2nd, then 2nd into 3rd, 3rd to 4th, and 4th to 5th. My roommate had me practice in an empty college parking lot, starting the car from a stop and gently letting out the clutch to get the car moving, then stopping. Then we repeated the procedure, letting the clutch out again to get the car moving, all while still in first gear.
Not So NewReader* February 7, 2021 at 7:05 am In an odd thing- I found that just sitting in my house and practicing lifting my left foot up slowly and evenly helped me once I got behind the wheel. Sometimes breaking a skill into smaller components can be a supportive activity.
HBJ* February 7, 2021 at 1:54 am I’m not sure what being an adult has to do with this. When you learn has no bearing on how much you do or do not destroy the clutch. If anything, I’d say you’ll destroy the clutch less on a newer vehicle. All the older manual vehicles I’ve driven were much harder to drive. It was harder to find the gears, harder to get going especially on cold days, and much easier to grind the gears.
RagingADHD* February 7, 2021 at 2:21 am I think they meant “as an experienced driver”, and possibly “as someone not in school with a handy driver’s ed course.” Learning manual after you already know how to drive is a different experience than learning to drive from scratch on a manual.
Imtheone* February 7, 2021 at 11:43 am I was in my early twenties, bought a stick shift car, and asked my (much older) brother-in-law to teach me. I practiced for a long weekend, then drove 500 miles to my graduate school. Not hard if you already know how to drive. I taught my daughter the same way, but she was pretty timid, and took months to be comfortable with it. I think her father warned her about being in the wrong gear, and she didn’t understand and got nervous whenever the car made an acceleration noise. No accidents or damage to the car, though. Practice in empty parking lots on the weekend, drive on quiet roads, and then gradually go to busier places. It is easier if someone is with you, in case you cannot avoid heavy traffic and hills at the beginning.
londonedit* February 8, 2021 at 5:36 am The vast majority of 17-year-olds in the UK learn to drive in a manual car (the way our driving licences work, if you pass your test in a manual car then you can drive either a manual or an automatic, but if you pass your test in an automatic then you cannot drive a manual. Automatics are becoming more common here, but manual cars are still the norm and the majority of people learn to drive in a manual). I’ve never heard of anyone destroying a clutch just by learning to drive! It’s really not difficult, you just need to learn about the clutch point and how to balance the accelerator and clutch so you don’t stall when you’re setting off.
10%* February 6, 2021 at 4:31 pm I’m dying to know if Alison (or anyone else here) has seen Call My Agent on Netflix? It’s a French drama/comedy set in a film agency. The original title is Dix Pour Cent. It’s a brilliant, sweet, and funny show but the workplace practices are absolutely horrendous!
Mx* February 6, 2021 at 6:24 pm Yes I watched it last year. The way they relate to each other reminded me a bit of when I worked in France.
AvonLady Barksdale* February 6, 2021 at 7:09 pm I love it. I haven’t watched it in a few weeks because I’ve been too distracted for subtitles (my French is good but not that good) but I need to pick it up again.
Imtheone* February 7, 2021 at 11:49 am We watched a few seasons, then it got a little too crazy for us. Cringe-worthy humor is much more mainstream in France. There are a lot of guest stars who are famous actors in France, and who play exaggerated versions of themselves. I agree about the awful business Overall, a fun show.
udon the day away* February 7, 2021 at 1:17 pm I originally started watching it to help improve my French, but quickly realized the show itself was great. A fun find for sure!
Aphrodite* February 6, 2021 at 4:33 pm What is the most appalling/disgusting/funny/odd thing you have found in a home you were buying? I have just purchased my first home and currently going through two months’ worth of renovations, some for safety purposes, others decorative. I have approximately another month to go and am exhausted. Sometimes amused. Once–appalled. Let’s talk about that once. In my case, it involved a camera set high up in a corner where the walls met the ceiling in the bedroom. It was small and unobtrusive so wasn’t really noticed until I was going through with a contractor. My best friend pointed out what she thought was a smoke alarm (though it was too small to be that) and asked if it could be moved so the battery was easier to replace. The contractor said, “That’s not a smoke alarm; that’s a camera.” Stunned, we both squeaked, “Camera!!???” It was point right at the most logical place for the bed to go so I nearly gagged while she laughed. Needless to say, we demanded it come down the next day. She ended up wrapping it up in an opaque garbage bag and trashing it but even now we joke about putting it on CraigsList. (Wouldn’t want anyone to pick it up at the house, though. Anyone who’d want it isn’t someone I want coming to my house.)
10%* February 6, 2021 at 4:36 pm Oh gosh, a used commode in the kitchen was the worst I got when I moved into the place I am in now, my own home. Also the bathroom was in a pretty bad way, I thought I would never get it clean. When I was looking though I saw some absolutely filthy places, just gross, and it made me really astounded that people were asking money for it – you would have had to pay me to move in there. Some places just felt like no amount of cleaning would get the dirt out.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 5:20 pm Oh, god bless the stripper. (I bought my house from a literal exotic dancer, who had incorporated, so in addition to her miserably crappy DIY that I’ve been finding for the last five years, I also got a looooooooot of postal mail, ranging from junk mail to official notices from the IRS and the state department of revenue, addressed to “My Tits LLC” because she never bothered to file a change of address.) So every time we find a new instance of her shoddy DIY, there is a rousing cry of “God bless the stripper.” I think our biggest WTFs were cabinet related — I had my kitchen redone about two and a half years after I moved into the house, at which point we discovered that the kitchen cabinets from HER last remodel, which had been a DIY job, were not actually attached to the studs in the walls. They just used three times as many screws as one normally would have and sank them all straight into the drywall. (Not even drywall anchors, just straight in.) God knows how they hadn’t fallen off. The garage shelving was two big fancy dining room style sideboards that were nail-gunned to the wall (again, not to the studs) – floating six inches off the floor. There’s a lip of concrete that sticks about an inch or two out from the wall, six inches high, that the very back edges of these things was resting on, but otherwise they were totally hovering and unsupported by anything other than Many Nails. We finally got them down and tossed this past summer, they were sturdy as hell, but man.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 5:22 pm I say her shoddy DIY. Her technique is terrible. All her DIY is TERRIBLY done. But somehow, it’s all long-lasting and amazingly sturdy, despite being done in a manner that makes people who know what they’re doing blanch. (… rather akin to the face my award-winning quilter mother makes when she looks at the seams of clothing I attempt to sew, actually. :P )
Sleepless* February 6, 2021 at 6:05 pm That’s hilarious. God definitely looks out for drunks, fools, and people who don’t mount things into the wall studs.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 6:15 pm I dunno what she mounted the microwave into, but they had to get a m-f’ing sawzall out to get THAT down off the kitchen wall :P
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 9:05 am She glued the master bathroom vanity to the (fully tiled) wall with tile cement. THE WHOLE BOB-DAMNED THING. I now have a couple of cracked tiles from where we had to pry it out with a crowbar.
StellaBella* February 7, 2021 at 10:07 am OMG I am laughing so hard I am crying. These DIY stories of the stripper are hysterical.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 2:34 pm To be honest, it’s her mail that I always found the funniest. I didn’t know for sure she was an exotic dancer at first, though the dozen pairs of size 6, 6” stiletto heels she left in the master bedroom closet (all of which were dripping with glitter, rhinestones, animal print, feathers, or a combination of those things) made my eyebrows raise a bit. (I contacted her to ask if she’d meant to leave them, and she said yes, they were supposed to go in a goodwill pickup and she forgot, so I ended up dropping them off myself.) About two weeks after we moved in, I went out to get the mail, and there was an envelope from the state department of revenue addressed to My Tits LLC and I swear I stood there in my driveway with my mouth hanging open for a solid two minutes going WHAT IS EVEN MY LIFE. (Facebook also, for the first year or so, regularly asked us whether we wanted to check in at My Tits and I laid down some Very Emphatic Law that anybody checking in at My Tits in my living room would no longer be welcome in said living room. It hasn’t done that in a couple years though, knock wood.)
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 2:37 pm Right? The heck did you use, lady, I’ve got some shelves to put up and my husband is apparently incapable of finding the studs in my walls without drilling thirty holes. (Which, I suppose, might have been part of her issue too, now that I think about it.)
Double A* February 6, 2021 at 5:57 pm Our house was inherited from the original owners by their family, who lost it, as far as we can tell, due to their drug use leading to foreclosure. Needless to say, they did not take good care of it. The house has great bones but was filthy. The land was worse– so, so much garbage. When we were buying the house, we had to have a dilapidated mobile home that was filled with garbage and an abandoned camper van removed. We went through both of them and found some interesting things, but in the camper we found the previous resident’s birth certificate, social security card… and his arrest records for rape and notes/journals from his court mandated therapy. So that was all pretty horrifying. I mean, we could have stolen his identity but it was a pretty crappy one to steal. This a completely different level but the people also landscaped with fake flowers so we have been picking pieces of fake flowers out of our lawn and flowerbeds for 3+ years. They as just EVERYWHERE.
Dark Macadamia* February 6, 2021 at 6:12 pm We lived in our house for 4 years and never found a switch to control the outdoor garage light. First we figured it was paired to the porch light with a burned out bulb or faulty wiring, didn’t really need it so never bothered to investigate. One day the garage light was suddenly… on? All the time? Regardless of the porch one? We don’t know how it turned on and we couldn’t figure out how to turn it off. It was just on 24/7 for awhile until it wasn’t.
Miss Pantalones En Fuego* February 6, 2021 at 8:32 pm Our house originally had a coal store, kind of like a closet that opened to the outside. It had been removed at some point and the space incorporated into the kitchen, while what was originally two doors was replaced by a door with a big window next to it, and the rest of the space was built up as a new brick wall. The wall inside was starting to sag about halfway along the window. When we had someone come to fix it they found that whoever had rebuilt the wall and installed the window didn’t put any kind of support in. They just left the original timber piece that had supported the back door, but that only extended halfway along the window. The rest of the gap between the window frame and the brickwork above it was filled in with broken bits of plasterboard and small bits of wood. To make matters worse, there was a small canopy over the back door that was basically held on with glue and a few screws, partly in the unsupported part of the wall. The back corner of the second floor was resting on basically nothing.
KoiFeeder* February 6, 2021 at 8:34 pm For things that were there at the beginning (besides the toilet spiders, and the hole in the attic where the snake came in), the house I grew up in has this weird, solid concrete on all sides crawlspace that’s connected to absolutely nothing. It’s about three feet of concrete on every side, the average adult has to slither around on their belly to poke around in it, and there is nothing there. It’s just concrete. We’ve never been able to figure that one out. It stays at about 50ºF even in summer so my dad keeps the wine in there. There’s also a bunch of broken glass in the attic from the previous tenants, but that’s an entirely separate thing and in all fairness to them we haven’t been able to get rid of all the glass either.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 9:28 pm Oh I wonder if that is like for cold storage of winter veggies. The house I grew up in had two similar areas in the basement. The entrance to each area was about waist high off the floor of the basement. Once you got in there, you could not straighten up, you had to lean over to navigate. The area itself was not super large maybe 10 x 10 or so? Like you said, concrete walls. My father put up a two level U-shaped shelving unit in each one. The “floor” was a coarse sand. It sounds creepy but it wasn’t that bad. The area was clean, well kept and it was well lighted. It never bothered me to climb up in there and put things away.
KoiFeeder* February 7, 2021 at 6:47 pm It is tall enough to fit wine or vegetables, and about 10 x 20. Could be cold storage! It’s a bit hard to get to the back, though.
Pippa K* February 7, 2021 at 12:33 pm If “the hole in the attic where the snake came in” isn’t the chorus of a folk song, it should be.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 2:39 pm There’s a hole in the attic, dear Liza, dear Liza ….
Otter Dance* February 6, 2021 at 9:44 pm My old house had a detached garage. OK, there are a lot of those around. It did not have a separate people door, just the big one for cars. Umm, that’s odd, but not a deal killer when we bought. There was an electrical outlet on the outside. How convenient for an electric lawn mower or leaf blower, we thought. There was an electric garage door opener. Oh, that’s nice. Wait, it can’t be opened manually? (Something about how it was installed) Whose bright idea was that? We did not, in the end, have a problem with the opener wearing out, or losing the control, as one might expect. We discovered the hard way that the garage had its own separate fuse box. When an overload on the outside outlet blew a fuse, we had to pry open a window and run an extension cord from the house to power the opener in order to replace the fuse.
Yellow Warbler* February 6, 2021 at 10:05 pm Our living room has French doors to close it off. Depending on humidity and temperature, they sometimes get sticky, and we need to adjust the clasp at the top of the doorframe to make extra room for the wood to swell. When we took it all apart to replace the moulding, we found that they had made the clasp lower by packing chunks of cardboard underneath and using longer screws to hold it in. They did the same thing behind the side hinges. The cardboard was all from really, really cheap beer boxes. Like, Natty Lite type crap. Not too scandalous…unless you knew that the former owner was a part owner of a local microbrew (where I worked, actually) and SUPER snotty about what he drank.
RC Rascal* February 6, 2021 at 10:59 pm A 1934 roach motel. It was shoved under a radiator. It was about the size of a the plastic cartridges you used to get back after you took your camera film for developing.
Chaordic One* February 6, 2021 at 11:05 pm At one point in time, my grandparents bought a “murder house.” They got a deal on it because the previous owner had been murdered in the front yard by one of his neighbors with whom he’d been feuding. The murderer was subsequently sent to prison. The relatives of the deceased who inherited the house picked up a few of things out of it, but left behind most of the belongings of the deceased and sold it as quickly as they could. The deceased had a live-in girlfriend (which was quite scandalous at the time) and there were rumors that she had also been murdered and was entombed in the walls of house. The house did have unusually thick brick walls, but there was no sign they had ever been disturbed since the house had been built. It was generally agreed that she left town on a bus for parts unknown shortly after the murder, so I don’t think her body was entombed in the house. When my grandparents moved in, the sellers had left behind all of the furniture, all of the clothes of the deceased and most of the clothes of the girlfriend, all of the linen, all of the dishes (some of them dirty and still sitting in the kitchen sink) and just about everything that had belonged to the deceased and his girlfriend. There was rotten spoiled food in the fridge. What really bothered my grandmother was the unmade bed in the bedroom of the deceased and his girlfriend. Apparently the girlfriend had stayed there and slept in the bed for a few days after the murder before she left. She left with the bed unmade. Beside the bed was a dirty pair of panties where the girlfriend had stepped out of them and never picked them up. My grandparents also feuded with the neighbors, but not the one who went to prison.
Anonymous Storyteller* February 6, 2021 at 11:42 pm Once I read a story about someone who had bought an older, but very nice, upscale condo apartment in one of the better neighborhoods in New York City. The condo had been sold with the kitchen appliances and window coverings, but was otherwise empty. Or so it seemed. The kitchen had a gas range top with burners and a separate gas oven that built into the kitchen cabinets and placed at counter height. After living there for a few weeks, one day it occurred to the new owner to open the compartment under the oven where the pilot light for the oven was. There, the new owner found a china cup and saucer with the remains of dried tea in the cup and a Madeleine cookie sitting on the saucer. The previous owner of the condo was an elderly woman who passed away peacefully after a long life. She was known to often place a cup of tea and a Madeleine or other cookie on a saucer and to put it into the compartment to stay warm. Then she’d come back to it a short time later. Her family had cleared out the house of all of her belongings before they sold her condo, but overlooked the cup and saucer in the oven pilot light compartment. It would never have occurred to me to look there, either.
IGoOnAnonAnonAnon* February 7, 2021 at 12:25 am Drugs (some kind of white pills) in the wall behind the inset soap dish/holder in the bathtub. We kind of wondered why it wasn’t caulked into the wall, but hadn’t investigated fully until we remodeled the whole bath. Called first, explained what had happened, and then took them to the police precinct and handed them over. They’d probably been there for 25+ years.
Ali G* February 7, 2021 at 9:16 am Apparently the former owner of our house had a bit of a reputation in teh neighborhood for keeping men around until they were no longer useful to her – mostly to assist with her delusions of DIY grandeur. Nothing is too egregious, but she just had really bad taste. Like everything is over the top with detail which we have been changing. We call it De-Dawning (her name is Dawn). When we discover something new we have to fix or redo, we say “Dammit Dawn!” One example was the remnant of a wall they left when they opened up the kitchen. We wanted to remove it, but we found HVAC ducts in it. So our contractor was worried about the cost of re-routing it. Well, it turns out it just ended under the landing on the second floor. It wasn’t even capped, just open at the top, so for 3 years we’d been heating and cooling a small section of the second floor (literally the floor).
Clisby* February 7, 2021 at 1:51 pm This is not nearly as crazy as some of these stories, but when we were cleaning out the house we live in now, my daughter and I took the kitchen. The whole place was dirty, but the kicker was when we started on the refrigerator. The freezer compartment was full of cat hair. I don’t mean just a stray hair or two – it was all over, like somebody held a cat in there and shook it hard. No clue what that was about – we did wonder whether the previous owners had a cat that died, and they just stowed it in there temporarily pre-burial.
Anon. Scientist* February 7, 2021 at 4:45 pm Our garage was insulated with rolls of fiberglass but not finished. The insulation was about 30 years old and totally gross. We had a pest service come do an inspection (we ended up just replacing the old insulation) and he poked at the insulation, and this comically vast stream of acorns came pouring out. Like, hundreds. Less fun was the 30 years of mouse corpses they found when they replaced the basement ceiling insulation.
Washi* February 6, 2021 at 6:10 pm So I know this topic of dealing with disparate ideas of safe pandemic behavior has been generally covered, but I’m hoping for a reality check on this particular one: recently, my best friend casually mentioned (while talking about something else) that she is going to group, indoor exercise classes at her gym. The area she lives in is not some miracle bubble of low spread, it’s just as bad as anywhere else. I’m feeling really upset with her because this feels like a totally unecessary activity and I really don’t understand how the risk can possibly be worth it. But am I being unfair? I don’t live my life at absolute zero risk either, I still go to the grocery store and see friends for distanced walks. I’m not a gym person at all and already preferred running and working out at home, so I wonder if it registers as more frivolous to me than it would to others?
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 2:21 pm Me too. It’s very reckless, regardless whether it’s locally permitted or not. “Not illegal” isn’t synonymous with “lucid.” I have a friend who surprised me (and others of our acquaintance) by traveling to Mexico during all this, but we aren’t close, and I haven’t had occasion to see her since then. With a best friend I do think there’s room to ask what they’re thinking. If a best friend relationship isn’t close enough to express concern for one another, what is?
Dear liza dear liza* February 6, 2021 at 6:52 pm It’s a bridge too far for me, but there’s no good to come from judging. Well, I do judge the anti-mask, Covid deniers, but people who are generally following guidelines? I have to let it go for my own mental health. I’ve gotten my hair cut and have eaten at outside restaurants; I’m sure that’s too much for some people.
Washi* February 6, 2021 at 6:55 pm Yeah, this is where I’m coming down I guess? In the sense that there is no chance of this ending our relationship, so I probably need to let it go. I just can’t decide if I should say something or totally try to put it out of my mind.
....* February 7, 2021 at 12:49 am I’m sure she’s aware of the situation, a year in. If someone’s following the local guidelines and doing legal activities on the up and up yeah I’d just let it go. Maybe don’t hang indoors with her right now but sounds like you def aren’t doing that anyway!
Miss Pantalones En Fuego* February 7, 2021 at 5:59 am Are you actually spending time with her in person? If not then I think I’d try to let it go. I have a few people in my life who are regularly doing things that I wouldn’t, and who should know better. Some of them have in fact gotten covid (probably) as a result. But they are far away from me and I won’t even be able to see them in person anytime soon, so I just have to let it go. My judgement will not improve the situation and only makes me unhappy.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 6, 2021 at 7:05 pm This is kinda where I fall. I have friends who are doing things that I’m not entirely comfortable with, and I’m doing things that they wouldn’t be entirely comfortable with, but since I’m not seeing them in person anyway, I don’t feel the need to explain my choices to them and there’s no real point in demanding that they explain theirs to me. If we were hanging out in person, it’d be a little different, but at this point the only people I’m seeing in person for more than ten seconds in passing at the grocery store or whatever are the ones I live with anyway, so there’s no point in performative outrage about what anyone else is doing because it’s not going to change anybody’s decisions.
Aurora Leigh* February 6, 2021 at 9:03 pm Yeah, the guidelines are so all over the place that I try not to judge people that are following the rules when so many people won’t even wear a mask in public. I mean, I’m still going into the grocery store instead of curbside pickup because I need the normalcy of that. And while I’ve never been into gyms, I know several people whose mental health really benefits from those type classes.
Miss Pantalones En Fuego* February 7, 2021 at 6:09 am The varying guidelines are another thing. My family in the US can go do things like get extensive hair treatments and go shopping, and half of them have already been vaccinated. My family in Europe are still in varying degrees of lockdown and probably won’t get a vaccine for months. I feel a little disapproving of my sister getting her hair done but she’s in a vastly different environment.
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 2:24 pm Contagiousness isn’t different – it’s the local acceptance of it that is.
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 2:23 pm Guidelines are all over the place in the US, but best practices in terms of safety aren’t.
fhqwhgads* February 6, 2021 at 6:55 pm You should assume she has COVID and not interact with her even outside at a distance. Indoor exercise, even masked, even distanced, that whole room’s going to be a giant swirling bowl of COVID. To me the question isn’t “is this frivolous” but rather “is this behavior problematic for public health” and the answer is yes. I’m surprised it’s even allowed to be open. It’s wreckless.
MissGirl* February 6, 2021 at 7:34 pm I was having this conversation with a coworker (Zoom). She does a group class, they’re separated by tape, and masked. She goes right home afterward and doesn’t linger with the crowd outside while they hug and catch-up. Her thought is that in so many other ways she’s very careful (lives and works alone) and feels this is the one thing that’s keeping her sane. It’s been months and no problems. I told her I’ve been on weekly group hikes (or was during fall when we had this conversation) and felt the same way about that. Yes, it adds a degree of risk to my life but I also live alone and the depression has been hard to battle. I’m not saying anyone here is right or wrong but some of us are taking calculated risks to stay sane. I’m also watching people in my neighborhood get on planes to Costa Rica and Disney World and side-eying them. I’m trying really hard to till my own garden.
Sylvan* February 6, 2021 at 7:34 pm Taking care of her physical and mental health is important. I wouldn’t necessarily judge her, but if I thought it wasn’t safe to hang out with her, well, I wouldn’t hang out. That depends on what the class is like. It’s possible that you visit stores that are more crowded and less clean than her gym.
acmx* February 6, 2021 at 9:12 pm Some places like OTF require members to wear masks. Do you know if she’s not wearing a mask during her workouts?
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 9:32 pm It’s been a recurring lesson in my life that I cannot protect people from themselves. Some things take a bit to sink in. I try to think about how they might want to protect me from me.
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:21 pm I have a tough time believing that the fitness center where I used to work has resumed group ex classes. I know they’ll get participants…just think of all the people thinking all the precautions are overkill; they cannot wait to get out there. You couldn’t pay me enough to resume teaching my group ex classes. Too risky. (Doesn’t help that the ventilation in the rooms is horrible.) Far cry between grocery shopping and outdoor distanced walks (both of which I do also) and participating in indoor group ex. I have friends and relatives who are getting together, many friends who have traveled, others who have gone to the hair salon…I don’t know. The tolerance levels are all over the place (and I think that’s a giant part of the problem right now–not nearly enough people taking it for the grave situation that it is).
nep* February 6, 2021 at 10:25 pm I still carry out every interaction as if I have the virus and the people I come in contact with have the virus (for all we all know, we do; the numbers are likely FAR higher than testing is showing).
lobsterp0t* February 7, 2021 at 6:47 am Yeah, I went to IKEA and the hair salon when things reopened in the UK in August. It felt very anxious about going but decided I needed to challenge my anxiety – and I had already had Covid in late March. But then I subsequently had a surprise positive Covid test (without symptoms, for a study) around that time and had to enter all the details of the businesses into my app. I don’t feel that I was at great personal risk but I was following the rules and also worry that I could’ve put others at risk. I went to the salon again this winter (before the third lockdown) and it was fine but felt riskier despite being allowed. I decided after that won’t be going again until 2022, when hopefully everyone is vaccinated and we can be fully confident of no more big waves. I’ve now learnt to cut my own hair at home and when this third lockdown ends, I will just feel more comfortable with being in a social pod where I know what protocols everyone around me is following and among people who have been able and willing to minimise exposure. Not everyone has that luxury but since I do, I feel like that is kind of the one thing I can do which means it might be a tiny bit less dangerous for those who don’t have the option.
RagingADHD* February 7, 2021 at 2:36 am We kept up our YMCA membership because we support what they’ve been doing for first responders and low-income kids, but we haven’t been. I believe they are doing some group classes, but I’m not sure in what format. They are requiring masks at all times on premises, and are taking other precautions. We’re on the email list, so we get notices whenever they close for cleaning after someone notifies them of testing positive. It’s surprisingly few, actually. I have a number of friends I’m not seeing because their lifestyles are higher risk than I can tolerate – sometimes that’s because of their work, sometimes because they have kids who attend several different schools and therefire have higher cumulative exposure, and sometimes it’s because they do stuff like going the gym or eating out. I’m at the point now that if they aren’t antimaskers, antivaxxers, or throwing parties, and everything they do is legal, I’m not going to judge. There are folks who can’t take the isolation mentally. I don’t want any of my friends to have a breakdown any more than I want them to get sick. All of life is a tradeoff of different risks.
anonforthis* February 7, 2021 at 4:41 am I think what I care about at this point is transparency. If anyone in my bubble including me breaks isolation in any way, we let people know so other people can make their decisions accordingly. I no longer people to live the same way we had to in the beginning of the pandemic when everything was shut down. People will take calculated risks, but it’s good to be transparent about it.
lobsterp0t* February 7, 2021 at 6:49 am This! I appreciate when friends tell me what they’ve been up to so I can make decisions for myself (although right now it is moot – all you can do here is exercise with one other person, outdoors)
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 6:32 am It probably does register as more frivolous to you than it would to others who are used to doing it regularly. For your friend, going to the gym may be crucial to her mental health. Do you know how careful she’s been otherwise? I can barely tolerate a slow walk wearing a mask, so I couldn’t imagine exercising in one, but for most people that doesn’t seem to be a problem. I’ve been pretty much staying at home since mid-March. I only go out to exercise, which so far has been allowed without a mask, and about every 6 weeks to get my facial hair removed and a pedicure. Strictly speaking I wouldn’t need either of those, but they do wonders for my mental health, so when that’s the only risk I’m taking, I’m going to keep doing it for as long as it’s allowed.
Asenath* February 7, 2021 at 7:32 am I generally don’t think it’s my business to police what my friends do, but in this case, the risk depends on the situation. I started going to a gym when it first re-opened. Our infection rate isn’t and wasn’t that high, and they followed public health recommendations – smaller exercise spaces remained closed, and some of the sports, some of the equipment and the showers were not allowed. Limits were on numbers in each class that was permitted, masks were required and so on. I decided it sounded like a reasonably low level of risk to participate. Some of my friends have made similar choices, others are still doing no group activities at all. We don’t criticize each other; I guess we know that we have made different choices regarding risk.
Washi* February 7, 2021 at 7:57 am I appreciate the responses! I do think I am going to try to let it go. We don’t live near each other, and it’s totally true that judging really only hurts me. I think I had a hard time with this in particular because I don’t think of her as isolated (lives with her husband and also has a pod of friends she sees inside) and because until very recently, I’ve been under a good bit of covid stress and haven’t seen anyone inside but my patients, my husband, and fellow grocery store shoppers for months and months now. I’ve just been vaccinated (woo!) but my job has been very sternly lecturing us about not changing our habits at all, so I’m struggling with some frustration about having lived my life so much more strictly than many of my friends, and now I’m vaccinated, but still am not supposed to do any of the things my friends have been doing for a while now.
Elspeth McGillicuddy* February 7, 2021 at 9:37 am Yeah, if it’s as much jealousy as righteous outrage, you really don’t want to be indulging the emotion. If you think it’s wise to do a few more things in your own life, maybe just one or two relatively low risk activities that you really care about, that is your own choice that you are totally free to make. If you don’t think it wise and want to keep your hard boundary, make that choice too. What your friend does and doesn’t do is irrelevant.
Workerbee* February 7, 2021 at 11:48 am I have felt the same way, and I don’t read it as jealousy, more as a constant WTF moment. I’ve got a friend who’s doing group exercise classes, going to bars, concerts, indoor dining—and she posts pictures of everything, typically with everyone hugging or in otherwise close proximity, no masks in sight. I eventually unfollowed her because I felt myself coming close to the brink of saying something that would come across as a judgment call, because I was, in fact, judging her! I think she’s being needlessly irresponsible. Watching how people handle something like this does affect how I may want them in my lives after all this has (hopefully) become more manageable and safer. I do try to give the benefit of the doubt and not assume things, but it’s hard.
Old and Don’t Care* February 7, 2021 at 3:11 pm That sounds very difficult. Some people think that the “don’t go anywhere even after you’ve had the vaccine” guidance will have to be rolled back because people won’t get the vaccine if they still have to be shut in. We’ll see. For me, regardless of what I might think of what other people are doing, it’s just not good for my mental status to think about it too much. I try to redirect my friends when they get going on it, especially things they’ve just seen in the news. I don’t have any need to know how crowded the bars are in Florida…
LGC* February 7, 2021 at 10:29 am There’s no right answer, but: yes, it does register as more frivolous to you than to others (quite obviously in this case)! But that doesn’t mean your feelings are wrong, either. I’m personally not okay with going to a gym, myself. Even with masks, the thought of breathing in the same air as a bunch of other people in a relatively closed space while exerting myself is…not appealing, and I don’t know when it’ll stop being repulsive to me. But on the other hand, I’m literally going to go on a group run with 5 people from outside of my household tomorrow morning. (They’re a group I’ve been running with for years.) I do think it’s a bit of a warning sign – gyms are a fairly high-risk activity – but it has to be taken with what else you know about her. Is she being careful otherwise? Does she live with an especially vulnerable person? That affects things as well.
The Time Being* February 6, 2021 at 6:51 pm Has anyone else had a cat go through Radioactive Iodine Treatment? My 9yo girl was recently diagnosed with hyperthyroid, and the vet thinks she is a good candidate for the treatment. She is FIV+ but is not experiencing any symptoms or negative health impacts from it, and aside from the hyperthyroid appears to be quite healthy — and, thank god, I’m finally in a place in my life where a $2500 bill is manageable. It’ll wipe out most of my savings, but I won’t have to put anything on credit. Still, I’m anxious about the whole thing — what if it doesn’t work? What if she has some kind of negative reaction to the treatment? My last cat was also diagnosed with hyperthyroid, but she was pretty elderly and Radioactive Iodine was never even mentioned as a possibility for her. She passed away not long after we started treating her via methimazole, so that’s adding to my concern. I know Current Kitty is much younger and is unlikely to have her kidneys go into a tailspin as soon as the thyroid is handled, but I can’t get the possibility out of my head. Experiences? Thoughts? Things I should be aware of? I already know about the no extended cuddling after she gets home, and the special waste disposal directions.
merope* February 6, 2021 at 6:56 pm I had a cat who went through that treatment many years ago. She was 11; the treatment worked very well and she lived another 6 years without any complications from the treatment. It was definitely worth the investment in my opinion.
D3* February 6, 2021 at 7:31 pm My cat hasn’t, but I have! LOL. No ill effects for me, and as expected (for humans) I now take replacement thyroid meds. They’re cheap. I pay $10/90 day supply. So *if* your kitty needs replacement after treatment (no idea how similar human and kitty treatment is) at least the meds are cheap!
The Time Being* February 7, 2021 at 9:26 am That’s good to know, and I’m glad you had no ill effects from it! The vet said it is possible she might go a little hypo after treatment, but it’s also possible she might not need anything at all, and it sounds like being a little low on thyroid productivity is less medically concerning than being high.
Grim* February 6, 2021 at 8:09 pm My 11 year old cat had the treatment and was cured; still going strong at 18. He would vomit the meds, so this was the only solution and it worked well. The big hassle was dealing with his cat box, which had to be emptied and the waste held for 90 days to reduce its radioactivity level so the sanitation company could collect it with our normal trash. We could have gotten the flushable cat sand, but we didn’t like the idea of flushing this radioactive material down the toilet.
Geezercat* February 6, 2021 at 9:11 pm I also had a kitty that went thru it at around 9 years old. He lived 7 more years and died of totally unrelated causes (nasal carcinoma). Never regretted doing it.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 9:35 pm Make sure you follow those disposal instructions. I found an article a while ago about a man that got fined $1500 for disposing of radioactive waste in a municipal dump. Yep, cat on radioactive iodine. He never planned on that Giger Counter.
The Time Being* February 7, 2021 at 9:29 am Yeah, that is definitely not something I want to go through! I’m not gonna skimp on that waiting period. A little gross is way better than a big bill from the state.
Cat and dog fosterer* February 7, 2021 at 9:47 am I went through this with my cat 6 years ago. I chose the radiation. My cat went to the vet for a few days (I can’t remember how long exactly, but less than a week) and otherwise there was nothing to it. Meds require regular blood draws and testing. I don’t know how much each one costs, but they aren’t very cheap, and I decided that in the end if my cat lived longer than a couple years then it was likely to be financially better to do the iodine radiation treatment because I would save money on testing, plus he wouldn’t need to visit the vet regularly to test his levels. When you do the meds they need to check if he’s getting the right amount of the drug, and that’s not free or easy. You can also get a hyperthyroid food, but it is very expensive.
The Time Being* February 7, 2021 at 11:09 am Yeah, the cost of regular blood tests was the deciding factor for me. It’s about $270 per test here.
mreasy* February 7, 2021 at 1:07 pm Agreed that the up front cost is a better deal in the long run for sure.
mreasy* February 7, 2021 at 12:58 pm I didn’t get the treatment for my cat (now passed away), and I wish I had. He did okay on methimazole but I think his quality of life would have likely been better with the treatment (which unfortunately at the time I couldn’t afford).
Eff Walsingham* February 8, 2021 at 12:26 am Where I live, the waste disposal issue means you are required to board your cat for the entire time, which is why (I was told) it costs $2500. I was totally down with it… our cat was diagnosed at 10 years old, no other conditions, a good candidate according to our vet… but my husband was/is opposed to it. What? I said. You don’t want him to be radioactive, like Spider Man? Apparently not. Fortunately, the methimazole is inexpensive and chicken flavoured, and he really loves it. (Er, the cat, not the husband!) The vet I once worked for said that of all the many, probably thousand thyroid cats he’s treated, only 2 owners went for the radioactive iodine treatment; but in both cases it went great and recovery was complete.
saf* February 8, 2021 at 1:16 pm The late Loki had it at about 10. She lived to 19! SO glad we didn’t have to pill her for that whole time.
Double A* February 6, 2021 at 7:26 pm I have a… landscaping question? I think? We have slope that’s dotted with oaks. It runs down to a flat area. I would like to dig out an alcove into this slope and line the alcove with a stacked river rock wall or maybe bricks, and put a little two person bench there. My question is…what is the most effective way to dig out this amount of dirt? I would say it’s about 4 feet high by eight feet long. I’ve been chipping away at it with a shovel, but the dirt gets pretty hard and I’m hitting a point where it’s tough to get a shovel into it. What tools would help me break up the soil and creat a nice level floor? Would it be worth renting some kind of mini excavator? I could also use the excavator to dig a trench that needs digging, but in a quick search for excavators even small ones seem a bit like overkill. More generally, what are some essential tools for landscaping when you’re really looking to rearrange the physical landscape, like putting in terraces or cutting a wall into a slope? But on a small scale.
Not So NewReader* February 6, 2021 at 9:41 pm Use a pick, it will go much faster. I am 60 y/o, not athletic. I had the “opportunity” to dig up some frozen ground because of a pipe leak. I used a pick for the first time ever. Oh man it went so much faster. This was frozen clay soil and I was able to do it. I used one of the smaller but long handled picks. I could not swing a big heavy one. I def hand to have the long handle though. For this amount of area ( 4×8), I’d try the pick first. It can be spendy getting an excavator over just to do a small spot. Then you have to think about the machine on the slope and safety issues with that. Try the pick first and see how far you can get.
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 9:42 pm I think what you’re looking for is a mini excavator. There’s either hand tools or machinery, and there isn’t an in between step. I think a Bobcat might be what you’re looking for?
Generic Name* February 6, 2021 at 9:43 pm Ha, I repeated myself weirdly. I got interrupted mid thought. Ignore the first sentence. :)
RC Rascal* February 6, 2021 at 10:52 pm Always, always, always call the local utilities before you dig. If you dig and hit anything important underground, you have liability. In my area there is a 1-800 number to call and they will come out and mark all utilities in that area—underground gas, electric, cable, etc.
Double A* February 7, 2021 at 7:33 pm This is a really good reminder. We’re in a rural area on 5 acres. We’re on a well and a septic tank and have a propane tank, so our only utility is electricity which is an above ground line. I have a pretty good idea where all the lines run (nowhere near this area) but I think I’d need to look a the blue prints to know beforehand.
Miss Pantalones En Fuego* February 7, 2021 at 6:14 am Oh you definitely need a pick or a mattock if you’re doing it by hand. I’m assuming you’ve already determined that there aren’t any services in the area that you’re planning to dig, and that the ground isn’t going to be weirdly unstable and collapse when you start removing it. You’ll probably also need a pruning saw of some kind because you’re inevitably going to run into big chunky roots.
Red Sky* February 7, 2021 at 10:08 am We used a rototiller for something similar, but not quite as deep, I think ours was only about 2-3 ft. Rototill to break up the soil, shovel it out, and repeat as necessary, then laid down limestone blocks as a sort of diy dry-stacked retaining wall and back-filled with the dirt.
o_gal* February 7, 2021 at 11:45 am Just wanted to point out that when landscapers cut into a slope to install a wall, they have to do some really significant support behind that wall. See if you can have a landscaper/hardscaper come out and do an assessment of what kind of support structure you will need. Earth wants to move and if you don’t do anything behind your rock wall, it will probably start to get pushed forward by the rest of the slope.
Not So NewReader* February 7, 2021 at 11:55 am Really good point. My friend has a steep slope immediately behind his house. He put in a rock retaining wall but every 10 years or so he needs to reset it. In thinking about this, OP, it might be better to go the opposite way, build it up as opposed to digging it out. This could mean bringing fill into create a small plateau or perhaps building a little deck.
Double A* February 7, 2021 at 7:42 pm This is useful to think about, thanks! Our dirt is decomposed granite, and this is maybe like a so when it compacts it tends to stay quite put. The slope is also quite shallow, maybe 30 degrees. What I’m thinking of putting in is definitely nothing I’d expect to last forever and would be okay if it kind of re-integrated into the earth eventually (I built a stairway into this hillside using logs that will definitely need to be rebuilt periodically). And one reason I think the dry rock wall might last is we’re in an old mining area, and there are 150 year old stacks of tailings all over the places that the miners created during the gold rush. But it’s good to think about what would be required if I want to get a bit more into hard scaping.
Using benefits* February 6, 2021 at 9:01 pm I began using WIC this week. This was my experience. I’ve used EBT in the past, occasionally buying for a homebound relative, and in the beginning I was always super conscious that someone would see me and get angry that I had an iphone and a late model car while using food stamps. It got easier after a while and the fact that it looks like a debit/credit card and other customers couldn’t see it, made it really easy to use. WIC checks OTOH are a booklet and a literal check with all approved items listed on the check. The first store I went to—a giant very popular chain— didn’t have 95% of the items I was allowed. Eggs were on my approved list but every single container of eggs had broken eggs. A few things I was able to find but When I got to the cashier, they rejected everything I had. Someone was helping the cashier and they read through my booklet and even though my booklet and checks matched exactly what I had they refused to honor it. Then, while the other cashier was trying to figure it out, the cashier called to the ppl behind me and said that it’d be a while and I had WIC checks. My face turned bright red and I looked away. Luckily they were nice about it but the apprehension that I’d have a stranger lashing out at me for using benefits while I stood there with a Coach bag was very much there. (the coach bag was a 2012 model sent to me by someone who wanted to get rid of it and I only paid $10 shipping). I had some items that were going to be paid cash which went through without an issue and the same couple that was behind me had ended up in the next aisle and gave the cashier money to put towards my bill. I was shocked! (Of course I said thank you!) the cashier said “oh it all worked out!” Out of 4 checks I couldn’t use a single one. I went to another store the next day. Again, I had studied the booklet the night before to make sure I understood clearly what was allowed for me. I went early in the morning so as to avoid any crowds. The store made it easy because they had labelled appropriate items as WIC Approved on the shelves. I get to the cashier and literally not a single thing will go through. The cashier got frustrated and called for help. I told the person behind me that it would be a while. I pointed out that everything matched my check and booklet and was even labeled by their store WIC approved. She was also incredulous and said that I was right but her system wasn’t allowing it. A coworker came and shrugged it off saying if the system doesn’t allow it then it’s not allowed. I was about to argue saying that everything I picked out matches what’s on my check. My cashier assured me that I was perfectly fine—I picked the correct items, it’s just a fault in their system and that their coworker doesn’t know anything. While this was happening, a long line behind me was forming. I felt the glares. Finally A manager came by and he took everything to a different register to override everything. So I was able to use my checks. And the funny thing is that the items I picked up here were the exact same ones I had picked at the previous store that they refused to honor. Literally exactly the same. Go figure.
Anonyous Commenter* February 7, 2021 at 3:59 pm So the items were not accepted by the systems at either store? I wonder what the real problem with the coupons was? Maybe the computer systems were not updated at both stores, or maybe there was something wrong with the coupons? The people at the first store did not handle the situation at all well, and it seems that the their store has not made any effort to accommodate WIC customers. (In addition, the fact that ALL of the cartons of eggs had broken ones speaks badly of the store.) I suppose the cashier at the first store just wanted to get the issue resolved, even if it meant taking money from the customers behind you, and to move on to the next customer after that. (There have been times when I was in a hurry, where I would happily pay for someone else’s bill if it would mean that I could get out of the store sooner.) In contrast, the second store seems to be better run with the helpful labels on the store shelves and no reports of broken eggs. In spite of the coupons not working there either, and after some initial delay, the manager at the second store dealt with the hassle and took the extra time to override everything. Good for him! Let’s hope the second store doesn’t have any problems with redeeming the coupons for reimbursement from the WIC program. You never know when you’re dealing with the government.
WS* February 7, 2021 at 6:53 pm The result of a system designed to humiliate and punish people who need it! If they just gave you the money I’m sure you could use it much more efficiently.
Ask a Manager* Post authorFebruary 6, 2021 at 10:33 pm Idle cat question: Sophie, who is not even three years old yet, had to have all her teeth removed on Thursday. (She has stomatitis and that’s the best way to eliminate future severe pain.) All of the cats are a bit taken aback by her vet smell (except Wallace, interestingly, who has stuck to her side and seems not bothered at all — a mother/son bond?) but Laurie is acting like she’s the most repulsive thing he’s ever smelled. He goes up to her and sniffs her and then acts as she reeks of something terrible, draws his head back in disgust, and literally takes off running. He repeats the process all over every few hours. What, specifically, is he smelling? It’s not just general vet’s office smell, I don’t think (he’s not responded quite like this to other cats who have visited the vet) and it’s not that thing where they just don’t recognize the other cat’s smell post-vet-visit — he’s acting like something smells truly offensive to him. Could it be the fentanyl patch she’s wearing for pain relief? Something else?
I'm just here for the cats* February 6, 2021 at 10:54 pm I would bet it is the patch she’s wearing, with a co.bo of vet smell. That can li get for a while, especially after surgery. Cats are weird and can act differently each time. When my older cat had to go to the vet she had some shaving done and an abscess that they drained and an ingrown claw. She wasn’t fu put under, and wasn’t gone long. Because she goes crazy they did give her some medicine to calm her down. Instead of hissing at her the other 2 cats (who are siblings) hissed and avoided each other! They actually started to fight and acted like they didn’t know each other. But they never hissed at Precious (the older cat) but they certainly didn’t like how she smelled
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 2:39 am Oh poor girl. One of my girls did so much better after all but one tooth was removed and is now getting a bit chunky. Cats are so smell sensitive. I wonder if she’s releasing a fear pheremone that is off putting to the others. I’d she we’re in the wild this would be on purpose- to say stay away from me I’m scared and vulnerable.
WS* February 7, 2021 at 3:12 am It can be the vet smell – different cats react to it differently. I had one cat who was fairly okay with his brother going to the vet, but the one time the situation was reversed, it took nearly 10 days for them to be near each other again. The vet said it’s often that the cat *nearly* smells right but when they get closer it’s wrong and scary. But it will settle down.
The Other Dawn* February 7, 2021 at 6:45 am Given how scent-sensitive cats are, it could be anything. A combination of vet smell, something from the pain patch, residual medication they may have used on the gums, or maybe there’s some discharge from the surgical sites. I’m thinking the cats will settle down in a few days. Mine get all unsettled anytime one of them comes back from the vet from a routine appointment . I always do “cat parking,” which means I drop them off early and they stay the day. The vet sees them at their convenience in between appointments. I like doing this because if they need to get a urine sample or measure blood pressure, etc., it gives my cats a chance to calm down from the car ride so BP comes down to normal. But that means they have a lot of vet smell on them when they get home and the other cats get hissy for the rest of the night. And if my Persian has a lion’s cut, it lasts a few days–they seem to think it’s a new cat coming into the house.
Not So NewReader* February 7, 2021 at 7:18 am They can smell all kinds of stuff. My dog could smell a tick bite through clothing. Another dog could follow the cat’s foot prints through the house, even if the trail was hours old. (I’d ask the dog where the cat was. He always knew.) I read stories of animals that can smell small amounts of cancer. I tend to believe that animals have to know when another animal is not well. It can protect the group if they understand when to stay away from each other. When I had a tribe of them here, I saw the behaviors of backing away and so on after vet appointments. I was relieved that they at least did not attack the one wearing the strange smell. I did reassure the one backing away that everything was okay. The behaviors never lasted very long.
Lizzie* February 7, 2021 at 8:15 am They may also be smelling the anaesthetic gas remnants she is breathing out, I don’t know how long that takes to fully clear from the lungs. Wallace is such a welcoming/supportive cat isn’t he, she brought him up well!
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 9:46 am Yeah, dogs can smell cancer, low or excessive glucose levels in diabetics, and even Covid from a sample wiped off your skin.
Otter Dance* February 7, 2021 at 9:34 am I will assume you don’t bathe cats, as you seem sensible in other respects, but have you tried the damp facecloth massage for vet scent removal? Another tactic is to pet a kitty after putting on a scented product such as hand lotion, or using scented soap. Not to get her greasy – rub it into your skin thoroughly – but the scent of you overcomes the scent of vet.
Black Horse Dancing* February 7, 2021 at 7:23 pm Wow, Otter Dance. I have had to bathe cats–some breeds also require it. Like Sphynx cats.
Ask a Manager* Post authorFebruary 7, 2021 at 2:04 pm Today Laurie seems to be a bit less affronted by her, so whatever it is must be wearing off or he’s concluded he doesn’t need to flee from her. (This fentanyl patch is great! It’s so nice not to have to worry about getting pain medicine into her when she’s already fragile.)
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 4:40 pm That’s good news! Cats can be so dramatic but also very resilient.
Casey* February 6, 2021 at 10:49 pm I’ve been re-watching Poirot on Britbox for the last few days, and oh my gosh I forgot how much I love the aesthetic! So many formal gardens and buildings covered in ivy and indoor conservatories, and even Poirot’s home/office at Whitehaven Mansions is such a delightfully ridiculous Art Deco residential building that it makes me want to start one of those aesthetic blogs but just with the exterior shots. What other TV shows have cool architectural styles? [Mandatory acknowledgement that WOOF there’s a lot of colonialism in this show, as you’d expect from a TV show set in 1930s England]
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 2:45 pm I’ve only gotten into it fairly recently and love the aesthetic too! And regret not taking the time to visit Florin Court (“Whitehaven Mansions”) on previous visits to London. If you haven’t seen the episode Triangle at Rhodes, that one has particularly good costumes, too. IMDB frequently has location info in the Trivia section for each episode, if you want to know more. There’s also a fan site called tvlocations dot net that has locations and photos for many episodes.
Eff Walsingham* February 8, 2021 at 12:38 am My husband and I watch a Poirot most Sunday evenings… we love it! All those incredible buildings and cars! But tonight he’s watching the Big Sport with his brother, so no murder-solving. :(
Casey* February 6, 2021 at 10:50 pm Oh, also, I asked last week about oVertone, and mine arrived yesterday! My hair is now a sliiiightly ridiculous orange that doesn’t quite look natural, but doesn’t look absurd either! I love it! We’ll see how it fades, though I bought the tinting conditioner too.
Otter Dance* February 7, 2021 at 10:59 am Glad you like it. I use their extreme blue conditioner. Has anyone warned you about washing your hair with cool water to slow down the fading?
Grace* February 7, 2021 at 11:43 am How much do you need to use, for oVertone? I took their quiz and they said I need to buy 3-4 sets of product for my whole head of hair – which, yes, is longer than waist-length, but I really don’t fancy spending £150 when I’m not even sure if I’ll like the results, especially since my hair is dark brown so it likely won’t be particularly noticeable.
Dark Macadamia* February 7, 2021 at 12:10 pm I used about half the tub of conditioner for one use when my hair was around armpit length. It wasn’t super noticeable on my brown hair but way too bright on the blonde highlights, lol
Can't Sit Still* February 7, 2021 at 2:50 pm I just used mine today, in extreme magenta on the longer pieces and vibrant purple on the very short pieces. (I did get my hair cut on Friday and ended up with a half fauxhawk and an undercut on the other side, with the rest curling everywhere. My long-time stylist has been vaccinated, has excellent hygiene practices, and I was the only client in the salon, so I felt it was safe.) I’m impatiently waiting for my hair to dry completely to see how it came out. I let it set for 45 minutes, so it basically turned into wax and there was no color transfer to skin or shower. It does smell and feel like toothpaste, though.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 6, 2021 at 11:05 pm Going off the TV show discussion above… what short lived show do you wish had had a longer life? I was a huge fan of Stumptown and Single parents and wish they hadn’t been cancelled so quickly. And it’s funny I watched the bulk of the stumptown episodes while I was visiting Portland/Vancouver last year (pre Covid). I really enjoyed both shows. How about y’all?
Amy* February 6, 2021 at 11:33 pm The OA on Netflix. I loved it and was devastated when they canceled it after season 2, especially since Brit Marling revealed that she had the storyline for many more seasons planned out from the beginning. I keep hoping it will get picked up by some other network, but no luck so far.
Generic Name* February 7, 2021 at 12:23 am Dolphin Cove. It was on in the early 90s and it got cancelled after the first season. I was a kid and I was really disappointed.
Something Blue* February 7, 2021 at 2:00 am Counterpart. Ran on Starz subscription channel in the US. Spy show with sci-fi back story that our world is in contact with parallel world and everyone has doubles. Other world is mad at our world because a virus from our world got loose into theirs answered caused a lot of deaths and set them back years. I was fascinated by the spy story with literal doubles but the parts of it about the virus seem really timely now.
CTT* February 7, 2021 at 7:46 am I started Counterpart about this time last year and I loved it but I did have to stop watching once All This occurred because the virus stuff hit way too close to home. I did really love the “what if le Carré wrote sci-fi” vibe.
A313* February 7, 2021 at 10:47 am Loved Counterpart, as well! Also really enjoyed Travellers, which at least did end at a point that gave some satisfaction, but I could also see where it could easily have continued.
udon the day away* February 7, 2021 at 12:49 pm Earth2 They should re-boot that show, but with a much more in-depth critique of colonialism.
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 2:40 am My So Called Life. Thankfully Claire Danes and Jared Leto did some future great things, but I’ll always remember them as awkward teens.
Skeeder Jones* February 7, 2021 at 3:12 am Yes, I was sad to hear about both Stumptown and Single Parents. I really enjoyed both shows and I wish they came back. I’ve been mourning TV in general, it’s just not the same since the world shut down and a lot of shows are MIA or putting out reduced seasons. I understand why, but I really love to unwind after work watching my favorite shows. The show I really miss is Kevin (Probably) Saves the World. It was really interesting and funny and I loved it. I think if more people watched it, they would have loved it, but whatchagonnado!
WS* February 7, 2021 at 3:13 am Stumptown was great! It was even worse that they did renew it and then cancelled due to COVID filming difficulties. Couldn’t they just push it back a bit???
Ginger ale for all* February 7, 2021 at 3:29 am I loved Due South. When it was cancelled, I wrote a strongly worded letter to CBS.
Ginger ale for all* February 7, 2021 at 3:30 am I loved Due South. When it was cancelled, I wrote a strongly worded letter to CBS.
Ginger ale for all* February 7, 2021 at 3:30 am I loved Due South. When it was cancelled, I wrote a strongly worded letter to CBS.
Damn it, Hardison!* February 7, 2021 at 4:40 am Terriers! It was good, and had so much potential to be even better.
A313* February 7, 2021 at 10:49 am Oh, me, too! Loved Terriers, although I went into watching it knowing it had a premature end point; still enjoyed it.
violet04* February 7, 2021 at 9:14 am This is an old one, but I liked Tru Calling with Eliza Dushku. We just finished watching Santa Clarita Diet. It was on for three seasons, but ended with a cliffhanger.
Bluebell* February 7, 2021 at 8:43 pm I loved both of those! Was just talking about SCD this afternoon.
ThatGirl* February 7, 2021 at 9:30 am Pushing Daisies. It was so great and never even got a proper wrap-up.
Dark Macadamia* February 7, 2021 at 12:13 pm I was so invested in this show I was literally having dreams about how it could’ve ended after I ran out of episodes. So good.
Dark Macadamia* February 7, 2021 at 12:16 pm Pan Am! I don’t remember much about it except that it was cute and I was sad it only got one season.
pancakes* February 7, 2021 at 2:47 pm I’m disappointed At Home with Amy Sedaris didn’t get renewed for a 4th season.
Mstr* February 7, 2021 at 4:33 pm The Good Guys with Colin Hanks. Looks like it’s on Amazon for anyone looking to watch.
Potatoes gonna potate* February 7, 2021 at 8:00 pm oh! now that I remember, I was really engrossed in Flash Forward. Was sorry to see it go.
HBJ* February 7, 2021 at 8:14 pm As someone already posted, Pan Am. It only had one fairly short season. Also, Hellcats.
Ciscononymous* February 6, 2021 at 11:54 pm I liked Pitch. I’m a baseball nerd anyway so the story of the first female MLB pitcher was right up my alley!
StudentA* February 7, 2021 at 12:28 am Hoping someone can give advice on a smelly washing machine. I used a whole box of Affresh on it in the Machine Wash cycle (5 pods.) I don’t understand why it still has this smell. Help?
Enough* February 7, 2021 at 12:49 am Try hot water and vinegar. If it’s a top loader fill it at largest load and add additional hot water to bring the level up short of overflow. Kitchn has an article on how to do a thorough clean but you only really need the main part. Natural washing machine cleaner – vinegar.
SG* February 7, 2021 at 3:01 am Is it a front loader? There are some great youtube videos about troubleshooting this type of problem.
SG* February 7, 2021 at 3:10 am Re: the suggestion of vinegar. It could help, but don’t use it regularly or it will destroy the rubber hosing.
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 11:43 am Pretty much all US tap water is slightly alkaline, more than enough to neutralize a small amount of vinegar.
allathian* February 7, 2021 at 6:48 am Have you emptied the rubbish filter? Sometimes those can really make a stink after a while. Sodium bicarbonate can also be useful, it’s alkaline (pH 9) rather than acid like vinegar (pH 2 or 3), so it’s less likely to damage the plastic tubing inside the machine. If it’s a front loader, make sure you clean the seal around the door at least occasionally with a gentle cleaner. Sometimes some gunk can get stuck between the seal and the machine in a place you can’t see, and cause a smell. Especially with a front loader, it’s crucial to leave the machine open for a while to dry properly between washing cycles. Obviously this can be difficult if you have either a toddler or a pet who likes to hide in the machine, but we’ve kept our front loader (in the utility room) for years with the door of the machine open whenever it’s actually not in use, and it’s never been smelly.
lobsterp0t* February 7, 2021 at 6:57 am I usually clean the trap at the front of my combi dryer twice a year and I think that helps. I also run the detergent tray through a dishwasher cycle periodically, and run a super hot empty cycle once a month with those anti lime scale tablets
AvonLady Barksdale* February 7, 2021 at 7:54 am Dip a rag in hot water and vinegar and get really into the rubber around the door, assuming you have a front loader. That can get mildewy and won’t always get the benefit of the cleaning cycle. I use vinegar as a fabric softener, which also helps keep things fresher. But the key with contemporary washers is to clean the “trim”. My beloved Samsung, which I had to leave when we moved, used to get gunk in the detergent drawer.
*daha** February 7, 2021 at 1:38 pm My front-loader had a little sump(?) drain hose tucked away behind a panel at the bottom. I would drain that into a pan every couple of months and it would release the stinkiest water imaginable. Check your owner’s manual for something similar. If you don’t have it, you can probably find a copy of the manual online at the manufacturer’s site.
anonforthis* February 8, 2021 at 12:33 am Distilled vinegar or bleach, and run it through a cycle on cold wash.
Analyst Editor* February 7, 2021 at 3:48 am How do you go about making mom friends? I am having the problem that most of my friends don’t have kids, and aren’t even close, and I don’t really click with a lot of moms I met randomly at playgrounds. I also find that my path, ie opting out of a career path for more time with the kids, is not one friends sympathize with. Many of them are making strides in careers in finance or medicine: they’re doctors, senior managers, and I left the workforce a lowly analyst, and am looking for similar roles now – which I’m mostly happy with, but I can tell our priorities are so different when we talk, out of a damper on things. I don’t know where to find my own circle of like-minded people of couch with – or even how to begin. Wonder if other moms on here have this issue.
Analyst Editor* February 7, 2021 at 9:12 am I’m in three or four, and they’re a great resource but a little too big to really fit the bill, in my geographic area at least.
Hi there* February 7, 2021 at 6:04 am I definitely had this issue when kiddo was younger. I had the most luck meeting parents at activities that were fairly specialized. To give some examples, I didn’t really make connections at story time at the library but met a lot of outdoors-minded parents at Scouts. And that was when we could do activities in person. I wonder if you could do some group activities online for yourself and then see if a parent connection shakes out. Like join an online book club at the local library and see if you encounter friendly people there. Good luck!
CJM* February 7, 2021 at 7:14 am I was looking for mom friends too, especially after we moved to a new city when my older daughter was about a year old. I made a few lovely friends through the newcomers’ club. I also regularly took my daughter to a library story time and to a gymnastics class. Events like those (held during the standard workday) attracted other moms like me. I made one friend because she was bold. As we put our kids in our cars after a newcomers’ meeting, I told her it was nice to meet her, and I hoped we’d see each other again soon — the usual bland, polite stuff. She surprised me by asking when I’d like to get together. I’ve always admired her courage, and now I try to be brave like that when I feel the spark of kindred spirits.
Analyst Editor* February 7, 2021 at 7:22 am So many typos.qhen we talk, it puts a bit of* a damper on things, And a circle od like-minded people to I’d click* with.
Not So NewReader* February 7, 2021 at 7:27 am I had an aunt who was in her 70s. Many of her friends were young women with kids. There were reasons for that. My aunt was active, her thinking was current and relevant, she loved a good laugh and she would give rock solid advice when asked. I think her main draw was that not too much phased her. I remember her saying she was over a younger friend’s house and their child got Windex in their own eye. Friend almost started crying, my aunt jumped right in with practical actions and got the situation under control. As you think about friendships, don’t skate by an older woman who takes an interest in you. You might find a gem right there. As things worked out with my aunt, a lot of her younger friends became friends with each other.
AGM* February 7, 2021 at 9:52 am This is absolutely something I’ve struggled with! My kid just turned two, and I’m still figuring it out, but there were two things I did that yielded a few really good “mom friends” the last couple years. One was joining a group that attracted like-minded people. Mine was MOPs (mothers of preschoolers), which is a Christian-based org. That was pre-covid. Now the meetings are online and I don’t care for it as much, but definitely plan to join again when it’s safer to meet in person. I’ve also looked into book clubs, exercise-with-baby groups, etc. on places like NextDoor. There are also local chapters of MOMS club and you can find if there’s an active group near you but going to their website. The other practical suggestion using apps/tech to help you connect. There’s an app called Peanut created specifically to connect you with moms in your area. It’s very similar to online dating–which I’ve done and don’t think is for everyone but can be a useful tool–and so it’s kind of hokey and maybe not as “natural” as I expected this phase of life to be. But! I met a very good friend this way who I now talk to often, get together for playdates, and trade childcare once in awhile. We were able to connect over shared interests and similar life experiences. It takes some work to cultivate these new relationships. Give it time, give yourself (and other moms) grace in the process, and know you’re not alone in this! I don’t know how old you kid(s) are, but I’ve heard it does get easier as they get a bit older and are more involved with school, sports, clubs, or whatever. Good luck to you!
OyHiOh* February 7, 2021 at 11:23 am Keep in mind that my “how I did this” is from six to eight years ago and not necessarily practical in these COVID times. You don’t say how old your kids are, but it gets a little easier with pre school and especially starting in Kindergarten, because you’re dropping off/picking up with parents who picked the same school (or live in your neighborhood in the case of neighborhood elementary schools). Weirdly, this feels more in common than just random parents at the playground. Any kind of parent organization you can get involved with. It sounds a little trite but you’ll probably find at least one or two people in that group you want to be friends with. What kind of hobbies did you enjoy before kids? When my youngest was four, I started participating in my hobbies after a long abscence. I made some not-mom friends, but also became friends with other parents and in a couple cases, after we started hanging out, our kids got to be friends too.
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 12:06 pm Something I found surprisingly helpful was taking a group parenting class. At first I was going to skip it because I really didn’t see the point of another thing on zoom, but I changed my mind as the pandemic dragged on. This org specifically recommends a regular out-of-class meetup (virtually right now, as it’s winter), and that helped a lot. We still do them weekly, although it’s never the whole group, and we have an ongoing text chain. One thing you might think about is, what specifically are you looking for in “mom friends”? Talking to other moms about parenting? Talking to other parents about life in general with a “mom” lens? Just people with a similar schedule as you or understanding that you have other responsibilities? I think those things can be helpful to think about because it’s going to be harder to find people that are a) moms of similar age kids, and b) in a similar career pattern as you, and c) personality you click with, and d) other things. Particularly as I grow older I notice how uncommon it is to meet people that tick every one of my friend boxes. And in the mom group I’m in, there is a lot of variety as far as career trajectory, parenting philosophy, even political leanings to some extent (within the sane spectrum, nobody’s a conspiracy theorist or covid truther that I can tell). I’ve actually also noticed this with my book club, I really enjoy them as a group even though some of the individuals and I would not click one on one. Another thing to think about is if you feel self-conscious about your own circumstances. I definitely notice that, if I’m doubting or feeling defensive about something, it feels a little more like people handling that same issue differently are living their lives *at* me.
Analyst Editor* February 7, 2021 at 2:11 pm I am looking for people that I can talk to beyond covering our pregnancies, what local hospital, do we work or stay home, and minor daily struggles of schedule and sleep and comparing baby products. I am pretty outgoing in general; I talk to moms on playgrounds, help in the moment and encourage kids to play together, try to make “play dates” at the same playground next week, etc. But don’t always get a good uptake. If I do, it is almost never with white American moms, Russian, Ethiopian, Hispanic (can’t say a specific country), Asian is hit or miss. But not American moms. Someone with similar parenting philosophies. I also found that I have the most in common in terms of parenting philosophy with parents who are basically hippies, even though I am far from being one myself. I suppose it’s a dumb thing to crowdsource, because how would you know my specific area? And I realize a lot of it is a numbers game. But I’m so jealous of my parents’ generation, where they have these huge networks of friends who they are FAMILY friends with, and kids I grew up with and played together, and there’s just such a universal dearth of that (where I live, anyway).
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 4:05 pm It’s not a dumb question. But as you say, it’s so individual to your personality and interests, your area, what kind of time you have available, etc. And that’s leaving aside the whole pandemic weirdness. I guess the main advice I have is one of those annoying reminders that making friends takes time. The reason we make friends so easily in school is that we spend 20-40 hours a week with the same kids. That just doesn’t happen as an adult – even at work we probably aren’t interesting as much with our colleagues as school kids do. In that book club I mentioned, I think it took something like 3 years before some of us got together outside of the book discussions and started to become friends independent of seeing each other at book club.
Roci* February 8, 2021 at 12:58 am It sounds like you are looking for white American mom friends with hippie parenting philosophies in your specific geographic area who you click with as friends. That’s… kind of a lot of requirements? Why not find several people who give you part of what you’re looking for (same parenting philosophy or friend you click with?) and maybe reevaluate how important each of those elements are (do they need to be white American moms? Could they be a different race/culture, or a dad or nonbinary parent? Someone you don’t agree with politically/parentally but enjoy talking to?)
RagingADHD* February 7, 2021 at 12:54 pm Making mom friends is so hard! I’m rather an odd man out as well, because I had mine at a slightly older than average age for where I lived at the time, but a good 10+ years older than average for where we live now. So most people my age have kids who could babysit mine but not really play with them, and the first-time moms who frequent mommy groups were so young I had nothing in common with them other than the babies. Most of the friends I wound up clicking with were moms with several kids whose youngest was close in age to my oldest. My kids are tweens now, so the “sources” from which I’ve accumulated likeminded friends over the years include: – A lucky convergence of friendly neighborhood families – helped by the fact that our neighborhood has a distinct personality that is a selling point. – Religious activities, both formal services and informal groups. – Some hobby groups, like gardening. – Parents of the kids’ school friends. -People I met through one of these other contacts.
Perpetua* February 7, 2021 at 12:56 pm For me, it was a general topic online forum with the subtopic of pregnancy. As we got closer to birth or as a part of us already gave birth and wanted to continue talking somewhere more private, we moved to a private Facebook group and it’s been really great to have this group of 20+ women to share everyday mom life with, especially in the very dynamic first year of our babies’ life. Many of those women are not women I’d probably make friends with otherwise, but it’s still nice to have this group as support, and I’ve met up for walks a couple of times with those living closer to me. I got really close chatting with one of them privately and I consider her one of my best mom friends, even if we haven’t met in person yet. So I’d recommend any online group with the topic of your choice, or just a generic parents group that is local – location plays a HUGE part sometimes. If there aren’t any available, maybe start one of your own? There is probably someone out there in your vicinity who wishes they would make mom friends as well. :) Good luck!
nep* February 7, 2021 at 8:59 am The one thing that was your game changer for healthier, smoother skin?
Dwight Schrute* February 7, 2021 at 9:11 am I just joined Curology about a month ago and added tretinoin to my formula and holy cow it’s a game changer! My face feels smooth as a baby butt, and my skin tone is evening out. It can take a long time to notice full results so I’m hoping it gets even better.
Dwight Schrute* February 7, 2021 at 9:35 am You’re welcome! You should be able to get it from a doctor or you can sign up for curology if you’re interested in it. It’s also great for anti aging! Just make sure you use sunscreen
nep* February 7, 2021 at 9:49 am Right. I want to shout it to the young’uns–Use that sunscreen! I use it now, but spent years not doing so. Wish someone in my life would have conveyed its importance to me at the time.
A313* February 7, 2021 at 10:42 am Dr. Dennis Gross alpha beta peels, Skinceuticals C E ferulic serum, and la Roche posay retinol with b3. Use the peels after morning shower and then apply the vitamin c serum. Use the retinol at night. And yes, sunscreen!
Helvetica* February 7, 2021 at 10:43 am Honestly, just having a set routine. I used to skip moisturizer on the weekend because…I thought I didn’t need it?? And I never cleaned my face with anything but water. I don’t wear foundation or the like so now I use oil-based cleanser every day, I moisturize twice a day and my skin is looking great. Nothing fancy, just Cerave and Weleda SkinFood.
Helvetica* February 7, 2021 at 11:15 am I use SkinFood light of everyday and the original for like couple of times a month at night if my face feels too tight and dry. I also use their rose eye cream, which has a nice texture – thick but doesn’t feel heavy under the eyes.
Yellow Warbler* February 7, 2021 at 11:39 pm Smell it before you buy. It’s really strong, and people tend to love it or hate it.
Grace* February 7, 2021 at 10:56 am Not facial skincare, but my big pet peeve for my skin has always been my keratosis pilaris on my legs. (You never notice how many adverts and shows/films have clearly photoshopped or makeup-covered legs until you spend the best part of a decade refusing to show your legs above the ankle because they’re “spotty”.) Besides moisturiser, my absolute lifesaver has been an epilator. Didn’t expect it – I bought one on sale as an alternative to the short-sighted terror of shaving legs in the shower – but it’s massively decreased how noticeable my KP is. I’ve already spent the last couple of years coming to terms with the fact that it’s not going away, and am reasonably comfortable showing my legs these days, but it’s still nice to have it be less of an issue!
Potatoes gonna potate* February 7, 2021 at 12:14 pm Honestly, the thing that helped me the most was consistency. Consistently washing my face from makeup after a long day, applying creams etc. I followed a modified version of the Korean 10-step skincare.
Not So NewReader* February 7, 2021 at 12:20 pm The biggest one was getting rid of sugar from my diet. I never realized eating veggies like butternut squash, sweet potatoes and other colors could change the color of my skin so much. I started looking better before I started feeling better. Water and oil shortages in my diet now show up quicker- or I should say I can see it in my skin quicker and take action. I bought a luffa sponge. My father had a cyst on his back, and the doc said to use a back brush and he would never have this problem again. Coincidentally, I had a couple other people say their doc said the same thing. I thought using something all over, would probably help prevent some problems in other places. The first week with the luffa, I absolutely hated the thing. I put it away. After a few days without it, I noticed that my skin felt like it had a residue on it. My skin felt yukky. By the end of week #2, I pulled that luffa back out and I have never stopped using one. Luffas compost, no waste. You can grow you own, if your growing season is long enough. (The vine is insanely long and it will grow up vinyl siding. Be aware.)
RagingADHD* February 7, 2021 at 12:57 pm Perimenopause. It screws some people up, but it calmed down my breakouts.
nep* February 7, 2021 at 1:40 pm Same. Few to no breakouts as I moved through perimenopause > menopause. One more plus of this phase.
Voluptuousfire* February 7, 2021 at 6:31 pm I’m on the first ascent of the roller coaster that is perimenopause and my skin cleared up royally. Also my skin seems to have shifted to flaky/drier from fairly oily. I went over my face with a razor gently to exfoliate and get rid of any peach fuzz. I then use hyaluronic acid, squalane oil and gel-cream moisturizer and it seems to have made a difference so far.
Unkempt Flatware* February 7, 2021 at 1:29 pm Learning about ceramides and only using products that promote the health of my ceramides.
nep* February 7, 2021 at 1:54 pm Along these lines, I’m quite excited about a new mulberry silk sleep mask I ordered last night. Can’t wait to try it. I’ve been on a quest for the perfect sleep mask.
KeinName* February 7, 2021 at 3:31 pm AHA/BHA fruit acid peelings/tonics. It is a chemical peeling you can use daily (depending on the strength)
Toasty Bacon and Eggs** February 7, 2021 at 9:04 am Quick question for anyone that has some US tax knowledge. I have been donating plasma for most of 2020. I made about $3500 Does anyone know if I should report this as income? I have looked online, and the opinion is split from as to whether or not to report this. Those that say no ( including those that work at the place I donate at) because you are donating blood plasma. Those that say yes ( including those on Turbo Tax) because you aren’t being compensated for the plasma, but the time spent donating. Any thoughts?
ThatGirl* February 7, 2021 at 9:33 am Legally speaking it counts as misc income, and since it’s over $600 they should send you a 1099. If they don’t, then the IRS probably won’t track you down over it. But not unlike cash tips it does count.
Toasty Bacon and Eggs** February 7, 2021 at 2:40 pm I am from the US. From what I heard is that the company will not send out 1099 misc because the payments are being made out go into a debit card.
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 3:55 pm Electronic payments have a different threshold ($20K) than cash or check payments, so they don’t need to send out 1099s. That doesn’t relieve you of the obligation to pay taxes on your misc income, for what it’s worth.
Choggy* February 7, 2021 at 9:40 am While I think you should not have to be taxed for something that is literally life giving to other human beings, all signs point to yes, it does have to be claimed as Miscellaneous income. Will this amount really make a huge difference in your overall taxable income, probably not.
Toasty Bacon and Eggs** February 7, 2021 at 2:43 pm Well, for me the amount will have me paying into federal for the first time since I started doing my own taxes. It will take me from a small refund (223) to a small payment (160). I will also lose about 300 dollars in my state refund.
Lifelong student* February 7, 2021 at 9:40 am In general, sale of personal property when the proceeds exceed your basis (usually cost) of the personal property, is taxable income. Since you have no cost in the plasma you donated, the proceeds would be taxable income. Many donation centers issue 1099’s. If your sale of plasma is frequent, the process may be determined to be a business. In that case, your net receipts after deduction for related business expenses would be subject not only to income tax,, but also self employment tax. So if you are being compensated for the plasma, it is taxable. If you are being compensated for the time, it is taxable.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 8:22 pm So if I buy (for example) a computer for $500 and sell it for $300, the IRS doesn’t care, but if I sell it for $700, I should technically be reporting the $200 gains as income on my taxes? Am I understanding that correctly?
Natalie* February 7, 2021 at 10:11 pm Yep, exactly that. This rarely comes up for individual filers since you generally sell things for less than you paid for them (and there are specific rules for real estate that exempt a large amount of capital gain). But business filers can deal with it a lot.
Ali G* February 7, 2021 at 9:51 am I could see how this could qualify as “other income” that would be taxable. But if the facility you are donating at isn’t reporting to the IRS, then there isn’t much motivation for you to report it either! Is it possible TurboTax wants you to report it, but it’s not taxable?
nep* February 7, 2021 at 9:53 am If you do report the income, which it sounds like you should, be sure to include your related expenses as deductions. People more in the know correct me if I’m wrong.
Former CPA, Retired* February 7, 2021 at 10:52 am You can only deduct those expenses if you treat the income as a business (schedule C). The threshold on miscellaneous itemized deductions is high enough to preclude any benefit otherwise. Besides, what expenses would those be? You can’t deduct for your time, or for good nutrition. Transportation (mileage, tolls, parking), possibly, but how material is that? To reiterate what others have said, yes, this is taxable income. Failure of the payor to issue a 1099 does not mean the recipient shouldn’t report it. Besides, you don’t know that they didn’t report it, just that you didn’t receive your copy. I recommend contacting them to ask about the 1099.
nep* February 7, 2021 at 11:12 am I love all the expertise at AAM. Thanks. (Transportation was the only thing that came to my mind as a related expense…) Appreciate the insights.
Toasty Bacon and Eggs* February 7, 2021 at 5:16 pm The company I go thru will not send out a 1099 because The payments made go thru a debit card, which has a higher threshold (20,000).
fposte* February 7, 2021 at 11:03 am “Plasma donation” is the accepted term but there is remuneration for it; how much varies.
Toasty Bacon and Eggs** February 7, 2021 at 2:47 pm Grim- You can donate twice a week at the place I go to. Usually, first donation is 20 dollars, second one is 50 dollars. Also they run promotions and coupons as well (get an extra 40 dollars for your 7th donation in the month, 15 dollars more for your next 5 donation). I think they are looking for people who recovered from COVID and still have the Antibodies. I believe they are offering more money ( like 100-150 per donation).
noahwynn* February 7, 2021 at 11:39 am It is income, even if they didn’t send you a 1099-MISC. There’s a court case (US vs Garber) that backs this up. Garber was convicted of tax evasion for failing to pay taxes on the income earned from plasma donation.
Toasty Bacon and Eggs** February 7, 2021 at 2:49 pm I read up on that case, that was pretty interesting.
lapgiraffe* February 7, 2021 at 12:36 pm So I have a very specific house question that I should possibly put on a this old house forum, but I don’t actually ever look at those (yet, maybe this is the start of a new hobby). I live in a “two family” house that is 100 years old, it is unclear when it was converted into two separate units, but it was reno’d 3/4 years ago and sold as separate condos, me upstairs with other owners downstairs. Basement is share and is where our laundry hookups are, so there is a back stairwell that leads down there. The door that separates my condo from the back stairwell is old, maybe not 100 years old but definitely decades, solid wood. My problem is that I can hear *everything* that happens in the back stairwell, which is annoying because the neighbors have to use it to go do laundry, play with their woodworking toys in basement, and also to pass through and take their dogs out back. I can’t really hear my neighbors in their own condo, muffled voices sometimes, occasional bark, music only when they’re clearly entertaining or unwinding on a Friday night. Point is, I know noise is normal and I think what I hear falls very much under normal. But the back hallway is an entirely different unsolved mystery. For instance, what prompted this is that I am sitting in the front of the house AND I have a tv on, there is a relatively open room and then a completely walled off room between me snd that door, at least 50 feet and 1.5 walls plus furniture, and yet I just heard the neighbor, who is down a flight of stairs in the back hallways, hock a major major loogie with such clarity and volume it is as if he were in the room with me. Why is this sound carrying like this?! How do I fix it?! Do I put a dampening blanket over that door? But also know I have to use that door not quite daily but multiple times a week. Do I put foam on the walls of the stairway to absorb the sound? I feel like my house has one of those noise tricks like in a rotunda where you can hear a whisper from 100 feet away, but I want to get rid of it haha
GoryDetails* February 7, 2021 at 1:29 pm Might be pipes or heating vents – those can carry sound. Not sure what you could do about it, though. A blanket over the door might be worth trying, but if it doesn’t help, maybe check the vents or pipes and see if there’s an obvious place where you could stuff some insulation? [Or just wait ’til the next time you hear them and then go to your heating vent and moan “Who’s walking across my graaaaaaave…”]
lapgiraffe* February 7, 2021 at 2:02 pm So old there’s no vents, good old fashioned radiators, but it is crazy how if someone trips on a pipe in the basement it clangs in my radiators upstairs ;-)
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 1:31 pm The sound could be echoing because there is no fabric like rugs and curtains that they have in the condo itself. The fabrics help absorb and dampen noise. You could try putting carpet rectangles on the stairs which you can get pretty cheaply and hang some foam padding on your door that leads to the back stairs
lapgiraffe* February 7, 2021 at 2:04 pm You know I have some a friend gave me when she had leftovers from her own basement project, but I was worried they were too slippery. On some level it’s nice that the stairs aren’t carpeted because I can be as dirty as I want when I’m gardening in the back, but I think year round peace and quiet would be preferred over a few last summer days.
fposte* February 7, 2021 at 1:40 pm It’s basically a huge ear trumpet. It’s funneling the sound up to you. What you can do will depend on architecture, permission, and investment. Remember sound absorption and sound blocking are two different things—while both can be helpful, they’ll use different substances. Absorption is probably the cheaper thing to try first, with thick fabric or acoustic panels along the sides, floor, ceiling, wherever of the stairway. Tension rods may be helpful if you’re not investing in permanent changes—a tension rod with a thick divided curtain across the stairs would absorb some sound and be easy to pass through, and you could fiddle with placement to achieve maximum benefit.
lapgiraffe* February 7, 2021 at 2:08 pm I think this is where I tap into my restaurant friends network to figure out what sound panels have worked better than others. Add this to things you don’t think about when buying a house.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 2:46 pm Would there be any benefit to checking with the neighbors and seeing if it’s a problem for them too, and maybe splitting the cost of having a contractor do some sound muffling or otherwise addressing it as a joint thing? I feel you on the noise tricks though – my house seems to funnel every noise within its walls to the corner of the living room where I always sit, so I hear every squeak of my husband’s office chair upstairs and every shriek of my housemate’s annoying girlfriend downstairs and I am JUST TRYING TO WATCH MY TRASHY MURDER TV, GUYS.
Sabine the Very Mean* February 7, 2021 at 3:45 pm Yes this is what I would do. I realize you are not blaming neighbor but if I were heard so clearly while I thought I was alone in the basement, I would want to know. Go over and say, Hey, Im about to go into basement to do X, do you mind listening and telling me how loudly and clearly you can hear what I’m doing? Then hopefully they’ll want to know what you hear when someone is downstairs. This will likely get alliance on finding and financing a solution and alerting them that you heard them hawk their loogie. Did they spit the loogie into the basement somewhere? Ugh.
lapgiraffe* February 7, 2021 at 4:04 pm I’m glad you understand how odd noises can get in the way of our trash tv viewing hahahaha :-)
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 8:18 pm So far, I’m the only one who uses the treadmill so the noise doesn’t bother me. I fear for when my husband (who has 11 inches and about 80 pounds on me) finally follows through with his oft-stated intention to start using the treadmill someday, I’m sure it’ll sound like the ceiling is coming down on me. “I am watching a show about people murdering their spouses, can you please reconsider your life decisions?” :P (I kid. We’ve agreed long since that divorce is way cheaper and less hassle than murder.)
lapgiraffe* February 7, 2021 at 4:08 pm Pressed submit too soon. Luckily the owners downstairs are usually quite reasonable, in fact he really enjoys home projects so I have a feeling once I mention it he’ll rig something up in no time. I’m actually a little afraid of that enthusiasm and want to know what I’d like to do before I let him get crazy with whatever wild idea he comes up with.
RagingADHD* February 7, 2021 at 3:13 pm This is probably some quirk of acoustics with the fact that the staircase acts like a well – similar to the way you can amplify music from your phone by placing it in a drinking glass. Your two ideas would be good first steps to experiment toward the solution : first, baffle the door with something like blankets. If that doesn’t work or only works partially, try baffling the staircase walls. If the stairwell itself turns out to be the right placement, it would make sense to ask the neighbors or the landowner (however common areas are administered) about sharing costs for a permanent solution.
Cendol* February 7, 2021 at 12:55 pm Cat question. Do any of you have cats with asthma—as in, the cats have asthma? Have you ever taken them in for dental procedures or cleaning? I have a ~10 year old rescue whose teeth are in really bad shape (resorption). I’d booked him for surgery in late 2020, but they ended up not being able to proceed because he had fluid in his lungs. (Cue a sad couple of weeks when I thought he was on death’s door, until we got the asthma diagnosis.) So his teeth are still in there, but his gums are so inflamed and painful, and he stinks! He hates his inhaler so much (yowls, fights tooth and claw, and hides for days after each attempt) that we’ve given up on trying to use it. We just try to keep the air warm and humid so as not to aggravate his little lungs. Has anyone been in this situation before? What did you do?
A313* February 7, 2021 at 3:15 pm Maybe it’s not the inhaler so much, but his mouth that hurts when using the inhaler? Might it improve after surgery? Just a thought, but my cat turned out not to have asthma. Is the cat on oral steroids, also? Is there another way to help kitty, like closing him in the bathroom with the shower on for humidity? Sorry, I’m just throwing out random ideas!
Dwight Schrute* February 7, 2021 at 5:00 pm My cat has asthma, we did a steroid shot for him and he had dental surgery a year ago to remove all of his teeth. The asthma and dental surgery both went well and he healed relatively quickly.
Cendol* February 7, 2021 at 9:36 pm Interesting, my vet refused to do the surgery because of the asthma! Glad to hear your kitty healed well.
Jess* February 7, 2021 at 8:24 pm My cat has had asthma for awhile. He’s 14 years old and was diagnosed around 7-8. He has had his teeth cleaned several times with no issues. You mention his inhaler. This might be a dumb question, but do you try to give him the inhaler without any device? If so, I would highly recommend the Aerocat, which is a device you insert the inhaler into and there is a mask that easily fits over the nose and mouth. My cat doesn’t mind this (and he doesn’t do any other oral medications well – as in, the inhaler is the only way I can give him drugs). If you don’t already use the aerocat, please check it out. There are YouTube videos on how to get your cat acclimated.
Cendol* February 7, 2021 at 9:35 pm Yes, we have the Aerokat, which looks adorable to us and is, to the cat, a torture device! We kept it around his bed to let him acclimate and even put treats in/around it for a few weeks, but the minute it touched his whiskers, he was ready to fight to the death. Lol.
AnonandAnon* February 7, 2021 at 1:11 pm Well, I’m due for my colonoscopy and was wondering, seriously, if I could/should just do one of the at-home tests (Cologuard)? I am 55, healthy and have no incidences of colon cancer in my family, I’ve had four relatives whose cancers appeared later in their life (after 70 years old). At my first/last one, only had very small polyps which were benign. I don’t feel comfortable going anywhere for this procedure, and was wondering why the heck it wasn’t suggested I just do the home test. Anyone have a similar concern?
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 1:40 pm Cologuard will tell you if you need a colonoscopy (not sure on accuracy) so I think it’s a reasonable step to take during this time. But definitely go in next time.
PollyQ* February 7, 2021 at 2:04 pm My GI doctor pointed out the big difference between the at-home test and a colonoscopy: the home test only detects cancers, but the colonoscopy removes possible pre-cancerous lesions and so actually prevents cancer. I’m also wondering how long it’s been since your last procedure. I’ve only had one colonoscopy, and afterwards they told me I could wait 10 years for my next one. If it’s been a shorter period of time, perhaps you could ask if it’s really necessary for you to have one right now. I absolutely get the fear of going anywhere medical during COVID, and I think it’s probably not an outrageous risk to wait maybe 6 months.
nep* February 7, 2021 at 2:10 pm I hear you. I’m 54 and my last colonoscopy was some nine years ago. Of course when I see my PCP for routine blood work (which has also been a long time), they recommend the mammogram and colonoscopy. I don’t know when I’ll ever do any of that at this point. Agree w others that during COVID, more than OK for you to hold off. All the best
Jenny* February 7, 2021 at 2:22 pm My Dad just got his colonoscopy a couple months ago. They did take multiple steps to keep him safe and everything was okay. My Dad is closer to 70 and has a strong family history of colon cancer. But I would recommend keeping these types of appointments.
653-CXK* February 7, 2021 at 2:28 pm It depends on your health history. If you’ve had no history of cancer, then yes, they may offer a home test. If you have had history, then you will be directed to take the regular colonscopy. I’m due for my five year colonoscopy this year (I had it at 45, but I’ll be 50 this year), but where one of my siblings had a pre-cancerous lesion a long time ago, we can’t have the Cologuard at-home test – it has to be the clear diet and prep, then the actual colonoscopy (and where my colon was too long for the sigmoidoscope in the first colonoscopy, I had to have a virtual colonoscopy a month later – same prep, but no anesthesia and took less than 20 minutes).
The teapots are on fire* February 7, 2021 at 3:19 pm It probably wasn’t suggested because you had polyps previously. A well-run ambulatory surgery center is a pretty safe place to go, really. Lots of masking, pre-procedure testing, spacing as much as possible. I am planning to schedule mine this spring.
I Wrote This in the Bathroom* February 7, 2021 at 9:21 pm Second this. (Some) grocery stores, Dr appointments, and blood donations were really the only places I’ve gone to this year. I had a few situations where I needed to see a Dr and could not wait a year, and a chronic condition that I need to be monitored for, and then I just kept going. Dr appointments seemed really safe to me. I had mine a year ago and it also found polyps, so I got a massive bill, and am supposed to come back in another two years… fun fun. But they did remove the polyps. They also told me that next time, I could try it without the anestesia, and then would not need a ride. I’ve been considering this. Rides are hard to come by for me, and will only get harder as my children get older and move on with their lives.
RagingADHD* February 7, 2021 at 3:19 pm I would go if I’d had polyps before. My husband had a colonoscopy recently, and there were so many layers of protection – he stayed masked and didn’t see or interact with anyone except the providers, who were swathed in every kind of PPE there is. All patients and their responsible parties had to wait in the car until their turn to check in and pick up.
Not trying to be rude, just good at it* February 7, 2021 at 6:18 pm I had one a month ago. I waited in the car until it was my time. I had a mask on the whole time. I saw three people, the nurse, the anesthesiologist, and the gastroenterologist. I just hate feeling drowsy for the rest of the day.
MacGillicuddy* February 8, 2021 at 3:18 pm Home tests detect cancer. Colonoscopies can find polyps and remove them before they become cancerous. This is a big deal! I have had 2 colonoscopies, the first found nothing. The second (10 years later) found a polyp. So now I need to have colonoscopies more frequently. I would absolutely NOT have a colonoscopies without anesthesia. (It’s not the type they use for major surgery but i still didn’t remember anything). My husband’s first colonoscopy a number of years ago was done without anesthesia of any kind, and he said it was absolutely horrible. It’s worth having to find a ride home.
Maxie's Mommy* February 7, 2021 at 1:43 pm So I’m getting my Covid vacc this week. QUESTION: can you take Xofluza or Tamiflu to deal with the flu-ish symptoms from the vaccine, or is that a bad idea??
PollyQ* February 7, 2021 at 2:07 pm Since they both attack the flu virus, which you won’t get from the vaccine, I would expect them to do nothing at all for COVID vaccine symptoms.
Taxachusetts* February 7, 2021 at 2:11 pm The first dose you may not have any symptoms but the next is the worst. Definitely ask whatever you need whole you’re there. They’ll give you an information packet.
Venus* February 7, 2021 at 2:17 pm You want your system to have an immune response, so I wouldn’t take anything that will change this. Taking a painkiller to help with the side effects, maybe.
BRR* February 7, 2021 at 2:32 pm The most recent data recommends NOT taking a painkiller following the vaccine.
Lucette Kensack* February 7, 2021 at 4:00 pm I’m pretty sure the recommendation is to avoid taking a painkiller BEFORE the vaccine, but it’s ok to take NSAIDs after receiving the vaccine. https://www.healthline.com/health-news/should-you-take-pain-relievers-after-covid-19-vaccine#Little-data-on-pain-relievers-and-COVID-19-vaccine
BRR* February 7, 2021 at 6:46 pm Ah thank you for correcting my error and providing a source. Ugh I wish I could delete my misinformation :(
fhqwhgads* February 7, 2021 at 2:19 pm Those are both prescription medications so you can’t just take them because you feel like it. A doctor would need to determine you actually need it. I doubt it would be helpful since as far as I know they are antiviral medications, not just symptom-treating, so if you don’t have the flu, I wouldn’t expect them to help.
Jenny* February 7, 2021 at 2:20 pm So anti flu medications will do nothing (and don’t take those unless prescribed for the flu). It’s actually best if you can take nothing at all. There’s some evidence painkillers reduce your immune response and make vaccines less effective. This is more a general vaccine thing and they don’t have data on the COVID vaccine but better safe than sorry. But I was specifically warned not to give my son preemptive painkillers before getting any of his vaccines.
00ff00Claire* February 7, 2021 at 3:04 pm If you have a primary care doctor, I would recommend that you check with them. Both of those medicines would be unhelpful, and I have seen it recommended via several sources to avoid taking any out-of-the-ordinary medication before the shot (so, if you already take a daily aspirin, continue to take it on your normal dose schedule!). I have only seen a little about taking a painkiller or fever reducer post-shot and that source said to ask your primary care provider. Also, since the first shot should be less likely to cause symptoms, you can certainly ask at the vaccine site if they have recommendations and then you can prepare for the second shot.
YRH* February 7, 2021 at 3:12 pm Rewatched the Sound of Music this weekend (RIP Christopher Plummer, I didn’t realize you hated the movie until I was part way through it) and Captain Von Trapp’s vehemently anti-Nazi stance is far more poignant than is should be 80+ years post Anschluss. Also, it would take approximately 80 hours to walk from Salzburg to Switzerland.
OyHiOh* February 7, 2021 at 3:28 pm I am exactly the kind of nerd who read Maria’s memoir (“The Trapp Family Singers”) before seeing either the stage or screen productions. The Captain’s political vehemence is much clearer and more nuanced in the memoir, and their escape really is much more harrowing – the productions hint but that’s about it. My big book vs production quibble is the context of the singing competition as a means to escape: The scripts play it as as somewhat ad hoc, last minute decision while what Maria wrote in the memoir is that the decision to leave Austria was carefully planned well in advance (although only the oldest children knew, the younger ones were kept in the dark as long as possible).
Chaordic One* February 7, 2021 at 4:44 pm Yes, the real story of the Von Trapp family is more interesting and complicated than the sentimental and saccharine one depicted in the movie. Even Julie Andrews had reservations about the movie and her part in it and felt type-cast by it. Still, the Von Trapp’s story provided the inspiration for an interesting and uplifting family movie and there haven’t been very many of those through the years.
Rick Tq* February 7, 2021 at 5:38 pm To get an idea just why the Nazis wanted Korvettenkapitan von Trapp to command a U-boat read “To the Last Salute”, his memoir of his submarine commands in the Adriatic during WW I. More insight in to the mind of the man behind the caricature in the movie.
Analyst Editor* February 7, 2021 at 6:57 pm But it’s so much easier to memorize seven notes directly than the entire song, lol.
WS* February 7, 2021 at 7:00 pm I watched it for the first time on TV when I was about 10 or 11, and I remember asking my parents, “How is he a submarine commander? Austria is landlocked!” but they made me wait for the ad break to explain about the Austro-Hungarian Empire!
YRH* February 7, 2021 at 7:36 pm That was me watching the 1992 Olympics. I didn’t think it was fair that one country got to use the Olympic flag as their flag (the former Soviet republics competed as the Unified Team). At a commercial break, they had to explain the breakup of the Soviet Union and that Russia and the Soviet Union were different places.
00ff00Claire* February 7, 2021 at 4:01 pm So I realize New Years Resolutions are a little cliché, but is anyone else working on meeting specific personal goals? I started off 2020 doing pretty well in this area and then it all fell apart mid-March when every aspect of everyday life got disrupted. Other commitments came up, some pandemic related and some not, for several more months, so most of my goals got placed on the back burner. But I’m finally able to pick back up with some targeted goals now that the dust has settled and I have time to focus on them again, and I’m interested in hearing others’ experiences with goal setting and goal meeting. I should note: I’m not really looking for advice, this is just a topic that fascinates me and I enjoy hearing others’ thoughts on it. That being said, I’m not at all opposed to adopting new ideas! How do you normally decide what goals to set for yourself? Anyone find themselves setting the same or similar goals regularly? The general theme of “maintaining and/or improving the home”, whether it’s decluttering, organizing, yard maintenance, or other home improvement goals, is a regular one for me. I also often have at least one goal related to hobbies or similar pursuits, and in previous years I have regularly had some kind of “health” goal. The health goals were actually generally the same broad goal that kept getting recycled and rephrased, so I don’t currently have a health goal. However, in January, my husband and I completed a month-long healthy habit challenge put on by our local hospital’s wellness outreach program. The challenge was different enough that it didn’t really feel like a recycled attempt to improve my overall health, and that was refreshing.
lapgiraffe* February 7, 2021 at 4:30 pm My sister is a big New Years resolution person and has always “made” us send her our list each year, so what used to be an annoying exercise to appease my sister has evolved into something I enjoy thinking about every year. Like you I made some good ones last year that completely evaporated before we even got to Q2, so this year I scaled back considerably. Instead of specific goals (my sister loves SMART goals haha), I decided this year to live by a mantra of sorts – make decisions that your future self will view as a gift. It helps with small things like doing the dishes before bed, folding laundry while it’s still warm, food prep, etc. On a larger scale it’s things like showing up to my workout today only helps my future self, ditto with choosing a healthy meal, financial decisions that are rooted in forward thinking rather than instant gratification, basically just trying be more intentional in how I spend my time, energy, money, etc. My hope is that I can break a couple of bad habits, I know I can’t overhaul them all but if I can rewire the way I approach my time in some small way then it feels like progress.
OtterB* February 8, 2021 at 9:06 am I like this approach. I may try to adopt it. I’m also trying to be more intentional, especially about use of time.
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 7:28 pm I told my doctor at my annual checkup in October that I know my weight isn’t where her system’s algorithms would like it to be (and frankly it won’t be, short of like amputating a limb, because I am a short but rock-solid Midwestern farm girl and haven’t been in her system’s range of my “ideal” weight class since I was fourteen) and that I won’t be fretting about the numbers in my weight until such time as I have to go pants-shopping in a larger size. However, I also pointed out to myself at the time that if I could do something about my general tendency to be sedentary and/or the facts that I bored-eat junk food and suck at portion control, working on one or both of THOSE problems would both improve my health and make my ample backside slightly less ample, thus reducing the likelihood of needing to buy new pants. So basically my goals are to move my butt around more consistently, and make better decisions on feeding it, so that I don’t have to buy it new pants. The former is going well. The latter … is a work in progress.
nep* February 7, 2021 at 8:24 pm I hear you on all that. I’ve been a little freaked about buying a certain size pants past few shopping trips. Focusing on the fact that I’m healthy–touch wood–and I can make things better/do things to make myself more comfortable in my skin. (I recall like it was yesterday being self-conscious going into first grade…thinking my teachers wouldn’t like me because I was chubby. May all adults be careful what they let their children hear about people’s weight/body.)
Red Reader the Adulting Fairy* February 7, 2021 at 10:41 pm For me it’s mostly that I have some clothing hoarding tendencies where I can’t deal with having just one of an everyday-wear-type item that fits, so if I have to buy a new size of jeans, I’ll end up with like three or four pairs, but it’ll be literal years before I can get myself to get rid of any pants I can’t wear anymore just in case, and … it’s ridiculous. That’s why my hard line is “I don’t care what the scale says *as long as I can still fit into my current clothes*” and my goal is to not size out of my current wardrobe. (In either direction, frankly, because being a smaller size would result in the same issues.)
Squeakrad* February 7, 2021 at 9:52 pm Anyone have a Cortizone shot for shoulder pain? I’ve been told it hurts quite a bit to get it but then it gives relief. I’ve been going to physical therapy and while it’s somewhat improved my doctor is concerned that the pain has not abated as much as she would’ve liked. I’m scheduled for an ultrasound to see if there’s more ligament or rotator cuff damage than she originally thought, and then the next step would be the Cortizone shot. Any thoughts or experiences?
Dee* February 7, 2021 at 10:43 pm I get lidocaine shots, which if I understand correctly would feel like cortizone shots to get. I get over a hundred sticks at a time so it’s very intense, but even if I were getting stuck in just one place I would still want to be prepared. The more relaxed, well-rested, and well-fed I am, the easier it is to deal with. I would recommend to anyone to ask for a description of what will happen in advance if they feel like that would help them.
RC Rascal* February 8, 2021 at 12:03 am I had one in my hip for torn cartilage. Getting the shot hurt & I was laid up on the couch for a day or so afterwards. Lots of limping. But, it worked. The needle they used was enormous. Both long and large. I made the mistake of looking at it. I would suggest keeping your eyes shut.
MacGillicuddy* February 8, 2021 at 3:26 pm Had a cortisone shot in the shoulder. The shot hurt a little bit going in. But the following day the pain was excruciating. Plus either the Dr not the nurse told me to expect this. I phoned the next day to see if something had gone wrong; that’s when they explained that this was normal. I took them to task for not telling me this up front, and that they should have given me a printed sheet with what to expect, the way they do when you have other procedures. After 24 -48 hours things improved.